diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:19:57 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:19:57 -0700 |
| commit | 5afcc0567b26888aca84b8bcda56b3d6145e5522 (patch) | |
| tree | 1634b896104a253e42e724b8bf4779854cbaaabc | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 2854-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 70784 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 2854-h/2854-h.htm | 3525 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 2854.txt | 3209 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 2854.zip | bin | 0 -> 68187 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/fdrvv10.txt | 3210 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/fdrvv10.zip | bin | 0 -> 66714 bytes |
9 files changed, 9960 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/2854-h.zip b/2854-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2878b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/2854-h.zip diff --git a/2854-h/2854-h.htm b/2854-h/2854-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ee47b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/2854-h/2854-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3525 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="us-ascii"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + Sir Francis Drake Revived, by Philip Nichols + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Sir Francis Drake Revived, by Philip Nichols + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Sir Francis Drake Revived + +Author: Philip Nichols + +Release Date: March 31, 2006 [EBook #2854] +Last Updated: February 4, 2013 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED *** + + + + +Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h1> + SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + </h1> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + Edited by Philip Nichols + </h2> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + PREPARER'S NOTE + + This text was originally prepared from a 1910 edition, + published by P F + Collier & Son Company, New York. It included this note: + + Faithfully taken out of the report of Master Christopher Ceely, + Ellis Hixom, and others, who were in the same Voyage with him + By Philip Nichols, Preacher + Reviewed by Sir Francis Drake himself + Set forth by Sir Francis Drake, Baronet (his nephew) +</pre> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + Contents + </h2> + <table summary="" style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto"> + <tr> + <td> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> INTRODUCTORY NOTE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> <big><b>SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED</b></big> + </a> + </p> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + INTRODUCTORY NOTE + </h2> + <p> + Sir Francis Drake, the greatest of the naval adventurers of England of the + time of Elizabeth, was born in Devonshire about 1540. He went to sea + early, was sailing to the Spanish Main by 1565, and commanded a ship under + Hawkins in an expedition that was overwhelmed by the Spaniards in 1567. In + order to recompense himself for the loss suffered in this disaster, he + equipped the expedition against the Spanish treasure-house at Nombre de + Dios in 1572, the fortunes of which are described in the first of the two + following narratives. It was on this voyage that he was led by native + guides to "that goodly and great high tree" on the isthmus of Darien, from + which, first of Englishmen, he looked on the Pacific, and "besought + Almighty God of His goodness to give him life and leave to sail once in an + English ship in that sea." + </p> + <p> + The fulfilment of this prayer is described in the second of the voyages + here printed, in which it is told how, in 1578, Drake passed through the + Straits of Magellan into waters never before sailed by his countrymen, and + with a single ship rifled the Spanish settlements on the west coast of + South America and plundered the Spanish treasure-ships; how, considering + it unsafe to go back the way he came lest the enemy should seek revenge, + he went as far north as the Golden Gate, then passed across the Pacific + and round by the Cape of Good Hope, and so home, the first Englishman to + circumnavigate the globe. Only Magellan's ship had preceded him in the + feat, and Magellan had died on the voyage. The Queen visited the ship, + "The Golden Hind," as she lay at Deptford and knighted the commander on + board. + </p> + <p> + Drake's further adventures were of almost equal interest. Returning from a + raid on the Spaniards in 1586, he brought home the despairing Virginian + colony, and is said at the same time to have introduced from America + tobacco and potatoes. Two years later he led the English fleet in the + decisive engagement with the Great Armada. In 1595 he set out on another + voyage to the Spanish Main; and in the January of the following year died + off Porto Bello and was buried in the waters where he had made his name as + the greatest seaman of his day and nation. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + TO THE HIGH AND MIGHTY + CHARLES THE FIRST, OF + GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE, and IRELAND, + KING, all the blessings of this, and a better life. +</pre> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + MOST GRACIOUS SOVEREIGN, + + That this brief Treatise is yours, both by right and by + succession, will appear by the Author's and Actor's ensuing + <i>Dedication</i>. To praise either the Mistress or the Servant, might + justly incur the censure of <i>Quis eos unquam sanus vituperavit</i>; + either's worth having sufficiently blazed their fame. + + This Present loseth nothing, by glancing on former actions; and + the observation of passed adventures may probably advantage future + employments. Caesar wrote his own Commentaries; and this Doer was + partly the Indictor. + + Neither is there wanting living testimony to confirm its truth. + For his sake, then, cherish what is good! and I shall willingly + entertain check for what is amiss. Your favourable acceptance may + encourage my collecting of more neglected notes! However, though + Virtue, as Lands, be not inheritable; yet hath he left of his + Name, one that resolves, and therein joys to approve himself. + + Your most humble and loyal subject, + + FRANCIS DRAKE [BART.] +</pre> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + The Dedicatory Epistle, Intended To + QUEEN ELIZABETH + Written By SIR FRANCIS DRAKE, Deceased. + + To The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, + my most dread Sovereign. +</pre> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + Madam, + + Seeing divers have diversely reported and written of these Voyages + and Actions which I have attempted and made, every one + endeavouring to bring to light whatsoever inklings or conjectures + they have had; whereby many untruths have been published, and the + certain truth concealed: as [so] I have thought it necessary + myself, as in a Card [chart] to prick the principal points of the + counsels taken, attempts made, and success had, during the whole + course of my employment in these services against the Spaniard. + Not as setting sail for maintaining my reputation in men's + judgment, but only as sitting at helm, if occasion shall be, for + conducting the like actions hereafter. So I have accounted it my + duty, to present this Discourse to Your Majesty, as of right; + either for itself being the first fruits of your Servant's pen, or + for the matter, being service done to Your Majesty by your poor + vassal, against your great Enemy: at times, in such places, and + after such sort as may seem strange to those that are not + acquainted with the whole carriage thereof; but will be a pleasing + remembrance to Your Highness, who take the apparent height of the + Almighty's favour towards you, by these events, as truest + instruments. + + Humbly submitting myself to Your gracious censure, both in writing + and presenting; that Posterity be not deprived of such help as may + happily be gained hereby, and our present Age, at least, may be + satisfied, in the rightfulness of these actions, which hitherto + have been silenced: and Your Servant's labour not seem altogether + lost, not only in travels by sea and land, but also in writing the + Report thereof (a work to him no less troublesome) yet made + pleasant and sweet, in that it hath been, is, and shall be for + Your Majesty's content; to whom I have devoted myself [and] live + or die. + + FRANCIS DRAKE [Knight]. + + January 1, 1592 [i.e., 1593]. +</pre> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + TO THE COURTEOUS READER +</pre> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + HONEST READER, + + Without apology, I desire thee, in this ensuing Discourse, to + observe, with me, the power and justice of the LORD of Hosts, Who + could enable so mean a person to right himself upon so mighty a + Prince; together with the goodness and providence of GOD very + observable in that it pleased Him to raise this man, not only from + a low condition, but even from the state of persecution. His + father suffered in it, being forced to fly from his house, near + South Tavistock in Devon, into Kent: and there to inhabit in the + hull of a ship, wherein many of his younger sons were born. He had + twelve in all: and as it pleased GOD to give most of them a being + upon the water, so the greatest part of them died at sea. The + youngest, who though he was [went] as far as any, yet died at + home; whose posterity inherits that, which by himself and this + noble Gentleman the eldest brother, was hardly, yet worthily + gotten. + + I could more largely acquaint thee, that this voyage was his Third + he made into the West Indies; after that [of] his excellent + service, both by sea and land, in Ireland, under WALTER, Earl of + ESSEX; his next, about the World; another, wherein he took St. + Jago, Cartagena, St. Domingo, St. Augustino; his doings at Cadiz; + besides the first Carrack taught by him to sail into England; his + stirrings in Eighty-seven; his remarkable actions in Eighty-eight; + his endeavours in the Portugal employment; his last enterprise, + determined by death; and his filling Plymouth with a plentiful + stream of fresh water: but I pass by all these. I had rather thou + shouldest inquire of others! then to seem myself a vainglorious + man. + + I intend not his praise! I strive only to set out the praise of + his and our good GOD! that guided him in his truth! and protected + him in his courses! My ends are to stir thee up to the worship of + GOD, and service of our King and Country, by his example! If + anything be worth thy consideration; conclude with me, that the + LORD only, can do great things! + + FRANCIS DRAKE [Bart.] +</pre> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + </h2> + <p> + Calling upon this dull or effeminate Age, to follow his noble steps for + gold and silver. + </p> + <p> + As there is a general Vengeance which secretly pursueth the doers of + wrong, and suffereth them not to prosper, albeit no man of purpose empeach + them: so is there a particular Indignation, engrafted in the bosom of all + that are wronged, which ceaseth not seeking, by all means possible, to + redress or remedy the wrong received. Insomuch as those great and mighty + men, in whom their prosperous estate hath bred such an overweening of + themselves, but they do not only wrong their inferiors, but despise them + being injured, seem to take a very unfit course for their own safety, and + far unfitter for their rest. For as ESOP teacheth, even the fly hath her + spleen, and the emmet [ant] is not without her choler; and both together + many times find means whereby, though the eagle lays her eggs in JUPITER'S + lap, yet by one way or other, she escapeth not requital of her wrong done + [to] the emmet. + </p> + <p> + Among the manifold examples hereof, which former Ages have committed to + memory, or our Time yielded to sight: I suppose, there hath not been any + more notable then this in hand; either in respect of the greatness of the + person in whom the first injury was offered, or the meanness of him who + righted himself. The one being, in his own conceit, the mightiest Monarch + of all the world! The other, an English Captain, a mean subject of her + Majesty's! Who (besides the wrongs received at Rio de [la] Hacha with + Captain JOHN LOVELL in the years 1565 and 1566) having been grievously + endamaged at San Juan de Ulua in the Bay of Mexico, with captain JOHN + HAWKINS, in the years 1567 and 1568, not only in the loss of his goods of + some value, but also of his kinsmen and friends, and that by the falsehood + of DON MARTIN HENRIQUEZ then the Viceroy of Mexico; and finding that no + recompense could be recovered out of Spain, by any of his own means, or by + Her Majesty's letters; he used such helps as he might, by two several + voyages into the West Indies (the first with two ships, the one called the + <i>Dragon</i>, the other the <i>Swan</i>, in the year 1570: the other in + the <i>Swan</i> alone in the year 1571, to gain such intelligences as + might further him, to get some amends for his loss. + </p> + <p> + On Whitsunday Eve, being the 24th of May, in the year 1572, Captain DRAKE + in the <i>Pascha</i> of Plymouth of 70 tons, his admiral [flag-ship]; with + the <i>Swan</i> of the same port, of 25 tons, his vice-admiral, in which + his brother JOHN DRAKE was Captain (having in both of them, of men and + boys seventy-three, all voluntarily assembled; of which the eldest was + fifty, all the rest under thirty: so divided that there were forty-seven + in the one ship, and twenty-six in the other. Both richly furnished with + victuals and apparel for a whole year; and no less heedfully provided of + all manner of munition, artillery, artificers, stuff and tools, that were + requisite for such a Man-of-war in such an attempt: but especially having + three dainty pinnaces made in Plymouth, taken asunder in all pieces, and + stowed aboard, to be set up as occasion served), set sail, from out of the + Sound of Plymouth, with intent to land at Nombre de Dios. + </p> + <p> + The wind continued prosperous and favourable at northeast, and gave us a + very good passage, without any alteration or change: so that albeit we had + sight (3rd June) of Porto Santo, one of the Madeiras, and of the Canaries + also within twelve days of our setting forth: yet we never struck sail nor + came to anchor, nor made any stay for any cause, neither there nor + elsewhere, until twenty-five days after; when (28th June) we had sight of + the island Guadaloupe, one of the islands of the West Indies, goodly high + land. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (29th June), we entered between Dominica and Guadaloupe, + where we descried two canoes coming from a rocky island, three leagues off + Dominica; which usually repair thither to fish, by reason of the great + plenty thereof, which is there continually to be found. + </p> + <p> + We landed on the south side of it, remaining there three days to refresh + our men; and to water our ships out of one of those goodly rivers, which + fall down off the mountain. There we saw certain poor cottages; built with + Palmito boughs and branches; but no inhabitants, at that time, civil or + savage: the cottages it may be (for we could know no certain cause of the + solitariness we found there) serving, not for continual inhabitation, but + only for their uses, that came to that place at certain seasons to fish. + </p> + <p> + The third day after (1st July), about three in the afternoon, we set sail + from thence, toward the continent of <i>Terra firma</i>. + </p> + <p> + And the fifth day after (6th July), we had sight of the high land of Santa + Marta; but came not near the shore by ten leagues. + </p> + <p> + But thence directed our course, for a place called by us, Port Pheasant; + for that our Captain had so named it in his former voyage, by reason of + the great store of those goodly fowls, which he and his company did then + daily kill and feed on, in that place. In this course notwithstanding we + had two days calm, yet within six days after we arrived (12th July) at + Port Pheasant, which is a fine round bay, of very safe harbour for all + winds, lying between two high points, not past half a cable's length over + at the mouth, but within, eight or ten cables' length every way, having + ten or twelve fathoms of water more or less, full of good fish; the soil + also very fruitful, which may appear by this, that our Captain having been + in this place, within a year and few days before [i. e., in July, 1571] + and having rid the place with many alleys and paths made; yet now all was + so overgrown again, as that we doubted, at first, whether this was the + same place or not. + </p> + <p> + At our entrance into this bay, our Captain having given order to his + brother what to do, if any occasion should happen in his absence, was on + his way, with intent to have gone aland with some few only in his company, + because he knew there dwelt no Spaniards within thirty-five leagues of + that place. [Santiago de] Tolou being the nearest to the eastwards, and + Nombre de Dios to the westwards, where any of that nation dwelt. + </p> + <p> + But as we were rowing ashore, we saw a smoke in the woods, even near the + place where our Captain had aforetime frequented; therefore thinking it + fit to take more strength with us, he caused his other boat also to be + manned, with certain muskets and other weapons, suspecting some enemy had + been ashore. + </p> + <p> + When we landed, we found by evident marks, that there had been lately + there, a certain Englishman of Plymouth, called JOHN GARRET, who had been + conducted thither by certain English mariners which had been there with + our Captain, in some of his former voyages. He had now left a plate of + lead, nailed fast to a mighty great tree (greater than any four men + joining hands could fathom about) on which were engraven these words, + directed to our Captain. + </p> + <p> + CAPTAIN DRAKE + </p> + <p> + If you fortune to come to this Port, make haste away! For the Spaniards + which you had with you here, the last year, have bewrayed this place, and + taken away all that you left here. + </p> + <p> + I depart from hence, this present 7th of July, 1572. + </p> + <p> + Your very loving friend, John Garret. + </p> + <p> + The smoke which we saw, was occasioned by a fire, which the said Garret + and his company had made, before their departure, in a very great tree, + not far from this which had the lead nailed on it, which had continued + burning at least five days before our arrival. + </p> + <p> + This advertisement notwithstanding, our Captain meant not to depart before + he had built his pinnaces; which were yet aboard in pieces: for which + purpose he knew this port to be a most convenient place. + </p> + <p> + And therefore as soon as we had moored our ships, our Captain commanded + his pinnaces to be brought ashore for the carpenters to set up; himself + employing all his other company in fortifying a place (which he had chosen + out, as a most fit plot) of three-quarters of an acre of ground, to make + some strength or safety for the present, as sufficiently as the means he + had would afford. Which was performed by felling of great trees; bowsing + and hauling them together, with great pulleys and hawsers, until they were + enclosed to the water; and then letting others fall upon them, until they + had raised with trees and boughs thirty feet in height round about, + leaving only one gate to issue at, near the water side; which every night, + that we might sleep in more safety and security, was shut up, with a great + tree drawn athwart it. + </p> + <p> + The whole plot was built in pentagonal form, to wit, of five equal sides + and angles, of which angles two were toward the sea, and that side between + them was left open, for the easy launching of our pinnaces: the other four + equal sides were wholly, excepting the gate before mentioned, firmly + closed up. + </p> + <p> + Without, instead of a trench, the ground was rid [laid bare] for fifty + feet space, round about. The rest was very thick with trees, of which many + were of those kinds which are never without green leaves, till they are + dead at the root: excepting only one kind of tree amongst them, much like + to our Ash, which when the sun cometh right over them, causing great + rains, suddenly casteth all its leaves, viz., within three days, and yet + within six days after becomes all green again. The leaves of the other + trees do also in part fall away, but so as the trees continue still green + notwithstanding: being of a marvellous height, and supported as it were + with five or six natural buttresses growing out of their bodies so far, + that three men may so be hidden in each of them, that they which shall + stand in the very next buttress shall not be able to see them. One of them + specially was marked to have had seven of those stays or buttresses, for + the supporting of his greatness and height, which being measured with a + line close by the bark and near to the ground, as it was indented or + extant, was found to be above thirty-nine yards about. The wood of those + trees is as heavy or heavier than Brazil or <i>Lignum vitae</i>; and is in + colour white. + </p> + <p> + The next day after we had arrived (13th July), there came also into that + bay, an English bark of the Isle of Wight, of Sir EDWARD HORSEY'S; wherein + JAMES RANSE was Captain and JOHN OVERY, Master, with thirty men: of which, + some had been with our Captain in the same place, the year before. They + brought in with them a Spanish caravel of Seville, which he had taken the + day before, athwart of that place; being a Caravel of <i>Adviso</i> + [Despatch boat] bound for Nombre de Dios; and also one shallop with oars, + which he had taken at Cape Blanc. This Captain RANSE understanding our + Captain's purpose, was desirous to join in consort with him; and was + received upon conditions agreed on between them. + </p> + <p> + Within seven days after his coming, having set up our pinnaces, and + despatched all our business, in providing all things necessary, out of our + ships into our pinnaces: we departed (20th July) from that harbour, + setting sail in the morning towards Nombre de Dios, continuing our course + till we came to the Isles of Pinos: where, being within three days + arrived, we found (22nd July) two frigates of Nombre de Dios lading plank + and timber from thence. + </p> + <p> + The Negroes which were in those frigates, gave us some particular + understanding of the present state of the town; and besides, told us that + they had heard a report, that certain soldiers should come thither + shortly, and were daily looked for, from the Governor of Panama, and the + country thereabout, to defend the town against the Cimaroons (a black + people, which about eighty years past [i.e., 1512] fled from the Spaniards + their masters, by reason of their cruelty, and are since grown to a + Nation, under two Kings of their own: the one inhabiteth to the West, and + the other to the East of the Way from Nombre de Dios to Panama) which had + nearly surprised it [i.e., Nombre de Dios], about six weeks before [i.e., + about 10th June, 1572]. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain willing to use those Negroes well (not hurting himself) set + them ashore upon the Main, that they might perhaps join themselves to + their countrymen the Cimaroons, and gain their liberty, if they would; or + if they would not, yet by reason of the length and troublesomeness of the + way by land to Nombre de Dios, he might prevent any notice of his coming, + which they should be able to give. For he was loath to put the town to too + much charge (which he knew they would willingly bestow) in providing + beforehand for his entertainment; and therefore he hastened his going + thither, with as much speed and secrecy as possibly he could. + </p> + <p> + To this end, disposing of all his companies, according as they inclined + most; he left the three ships and the caravel with Captain RANSE; and + chose into his four pinnaces (Captain RANSE'S shallop made the fourth) + beside fifty-three of our men, twenty more of Captain RANSE'S company; + with which he seemed competently furnished, to achieve what he intended; + especially having proportioned, according to his own purpose, and our + men's disposition, their several arms, viz., six targets, six firepikes, + twelve pikes, twenty-four muskets and calivers, sixteen bows, and six + partisans, two drums, and two trumpets. + </p> + <p> + Thus having parted (23rd July) from our company: we arrived at the island + of Cativaas, being twenty-five leagues distant, about five days afterward + (28th July). There we landed all in the morning betimes: and our Captain + trained his men, delivering them their several weapons and arms which + hitherto he had kept very fair and safe in good caske [casks]: and + exhorting them after his manner, he declared "the greatness of the hope of + good things that was there! the weakness of the town, being unwalled! and + the hope he had of prevailing to recompense his wrongs! especially now + that he should come with such a crew, who were like-minded with himself; + and at such a time, as he should be utterly undiscovered." + </p> + <p> + Therefore, even that afternoon, he causeth us to set sail for Nombre de + Dios, so that before sunset we were as far as Rio Francisco. Thence, he + led us hard aboard the shore, that we might not be descried of the Watch + House, until that being come within two leagues of the point of the bay, + he caused us to strike a hull, and cast our grappers [grappling irons], + riding so until it was dark night. + </p> + <p> + Then we weighed again, and set sail, rowing hard aboard the shore, with as + much silence as we could, till we recovered the point of the harbour under + the high land. There, we stayed, all silent; purposing to attempt the town + in the dawning of the day: after that we had reposed ourselves, for a + while. + </p> + <p> + But our captain with some other of his best men, finding that our people + were talking of the greatness of the town, and what their strength might + be; especially by the report of the Negroes that we took at the Isle of + Pinos: thought it best to put these conceits out of their heads, and + therefore to take the opportunity of the rising of the moon that night, + persuading them that "it was the day dawning." By this occasion we were at + the town a large hour sooner than first was purposed. For we arrived there + by three of the clock after midnight. At that time it fortuned that a ship + of Spain, of 60 tons, laden with Canary wines and other commodities, which + had but lately come into the bay; and had not yet furled her spirit-sail + (espying our four pinnaces, being an extraordinary number, and those + rowing with many oars) sent away her gundeloe [? gondola] towards the + town, to give warning. But our Captain perceiving it, cut betwixt her and + the town, forcing her to go to the other side of the bay: whereby we + landed without impeachment, although we found one gunner upon the Platform + [battery] in the very place where we landed; being a sandy place and no + key [quay] at all, not past twenty yards from the houses. + </p> + <p> + There we found six great pieces of brass ordinance, mounted upon their + carriages, some Demy, some Whole-Culvering. + </p> + <p> + We presently dismounted them. The gunner fled. The town took alarm (being + very ready thereto, by reason of their often disquieting by their near + neighbours the Cimaroons); as we perceived, not only by the noise and + cries of the people, but by the bell ringing out, and drums running up and + down the town. + </p> + <p> + Our captain, according to the directions which he had given over night, to + such as he had made choice of for the purpose, left twelve to keep the + pinnaces; that we might be sure of a safe retreat, if the worst befell. + And having made sure work of the Platform before he would enter the town, + he thought best, first to view the Mount on the east side of the town: + where he was informed, by sundry intelligences the year before, they had + an intent to plant ordnance, which might scour round about the town. + </p> + <p> + Therefore, leaving one half of his company to make a stand at the foot of + the Mount, he marched up presently unto the top of it, with all speed to + try the truth of the report, for the more safety. There we found no piece + of ordnance, but only a very fit place prepared for such use, and + therefore we left it without any of our men, and with all celerity + returned now down the Mount. + </p> + <p> + Then our Captain appointed his brother, with JOHN OXNAM [or OXENHAM] and + sixteen other of his men, to go about, behind the King's Treasure House, + and enter near the eastern end of the Market Place: himself with the rest, + would pass up the broad street into the Market Place, with sound of drum + and trumpet. The Firepikes, divided half to the one, and half to the other + company, served no less for fright to the enemy than light of our men, who + by this means might discern every place very well, as if it were near day: + whereas the inhabitants stood amazed at so strange a sight, marvelling + what the matter might be, and imagining, by reason of our drums and + trumpets sounding in so sundry places, that we had been a far greater + number then we were. + </p> + <p> + Yet, by means of the soldiers of which were in the town, and by reason of + the time which we spent in marching up and down the Mount, the soldiers + and inhabitants had put themselves in arms, and brought their companies in + some order, at the south-east end of the Market Place, near the Governor's + House, and not far from the gate of the town, which is the only one, + leading towards Panama: having (as it seems) gathered themselves thither, + either that in the Governor's sight they might shew their valour, if it + might prevail; or else, that by the gate they might best take their <i>Vale</i>, + and escape readiest. + </p> + <p> + And to make a shew of far greater numbers of shot, or else of a custom + they had, by the like device to terrify the Cimaroons; they had hung lines + with matches lighted, overthwart the western end of the Market Place, + between the Church and the Cross; as though there had been in a readiness + some company of shot, whereas indeed there were not past two or three that + taught these lines to dance, till they themselves ran away, as soon as + they perceived they were discovered. + </p> + <p> + But the soldiers and such as were joined with them, presented us with a + jolly hot volley of shot, beating full upon the full egress of that + street, in which we marched; and levelling very low, so as their bullets + ofttimes grazed on the sand. + </p> + <p> + We stood not to answer them in like terms; but having discharged our first + volley of shot, and feathered them with our arrows (which our Captain had + caused to be made of purpose in England; not great sheaf arrows, but fine + roving shafts, very carefully reserved for the service) we came to the + push of pike, so that our firepikes being well armed and made of purpose, + did us very great service. + </p> + <p> + For our men with their pikes and short weapons, in short time took such + order among these gallants (some using the butt-end of their pieces + instead of other weapons), that partly by reason of our arrows which did + us there notable service, partly by occasion of this strange and sudden + closing with them in this manner unlooked for, and the rather for that at + the very instant, our Captain's brother, with the other company, with + their firepikes, entered the Market Place by the eastern street: they + casting down their weapons, fled all out of the town by the gate + aforesaid, which had been built for a bar to keep out of the town the + Cimaroons, who had often assailed it; but now served for a gap for the + Spaniards to fly at. + </p> + <p> + In following, and returning; divers of our men were hurt with the weapons + which the enemy had let fall as he fled; somewhat, for that we marched + with such speed, but more for that they lay so thick and cross one on the + other. + </p> + <p> + Being returned, we made our stand near the midst of the Market Place, + where a tree groweth hard by the Cross; whence our Captain sent some of + our men to stay the ringing of the alarm bell, which had continued all + this while: but the church being very strongly built and fast shut, they + could not without firing (which our Captain forbade) get into the steeple + where the bell rung. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, our Captain having taken two or three Spaniards in their + flight, commanded them to shew him the Governor's House, where he + understood was the ordinary place of unlading the moiles [mules] of all + the treasure which came from Panama by the King's appointment. Although + the silver only was kept there; the gold, pearl, and jewels (being there + once entered by the King's officer) was carried from thence to the King's + Treasure House not far off, being a house very strongly built of lime and + alone, for the safe keeping thereof. + </p> + <p> + At our coming to the Governor's House we found the great door where the + mules do usually unlade, even then opened, a candle lighted upon the top + of the stairs; and a fair gennet ready saddled, either for the Governor + himself, or some other of his household to carry it after him. By means of + this light we saw a huge heap of silver in that nether [lower] room; being + a pile of bars of silver of, as near as we could guess, seventy feet in + length, of ten feet in breadth, and twelve feet in height, piled up + against the wall, each bar was between thirty-five and forty pounds in + weight. + </p> + <p> + At sight hereof, our Captain commanded straightly that none of us should + touch a bar of silver; but stand upon our weapons, because the town was + full of people, and there was in the King's Treasure House near the water + side, more gold and jewels than all our four pinnaces could carry: which + we should presently set some in hand to break open, notwithstanding the + Spaniards report the strength of it. + </p> + <p> + We were no sooner returned to our strength, but there was a report brought + by some of our men that our pinnaces were in danger to be taken; and that + if we ourselves got not aboard before day, we should be oppressed with + multitude both of soldiers and towns-people. This report had his ground + from one DIEGO a Negro, who, in the time of the first conflict, came and + called to our pinnaces, to know "whether they were Captain DRAKE'S?" And + upon answer received, continued entreating to be taken aboard, though he + had first three or four shot made at him, until at length they fetched + him; and learned by him, that, not past eight days before our arrival, the + King had sent thither some 150 soldiers to guard the town against the + Cimaroons, and the town at this time was full of people beside: which all + the rather believed, because it agreed with the report of the Negroes, + which we took before at the Isle of Pinos. And therefore our Captain sent + his brother and JOHN OXNAM to understand the truth thereof. + </p> + <p> + They found our men which we left in our pinnaces much frightened, by + reason that they saw great troops and companies running up and down, with + matches lighted, some with other weapons, crying <i>Que gente? Que gente?</i> + which not having been at the first conflict, but coming from the utter + ends of the town (being at least as big as Plymouth), came many times near + us; and understanding that we were English, discharged their pieces and + ran away. + </p> + <p> + Presently after this, a mighty shower of rain, with a terrible storm of + thunder and lightning, fell, which poured down so vehemently (as it + usually doth in those countries) that before we could recover the shelter + of a certain shade or penthouse at the western end of the King's Treasure + House, (which seemeth to have been built there of purpose to avoid sun and + rain) some of our bow-strings were wet, and some of our match and powder + hurt! Which while we were careful of, to refurnish and supply; divers of + our men harping on the reports lately brought us, were muttering of the + forces of the town, which our Captain perceiving, told them, that "He had + brought them to the mouth of the Treasure of the World, if they would want + it, they might henceforth blame nobody but themselves!" + </p> + <p> + And therefore as soon as the storm began to assuage of his fury (which was + a long half hour) willing to give his men no longer leisure to demur of + those doubts, nor yet allow the enemy farther respite to gather themselves + together, he stept forward commanding his brother, with JOHN OXNAM and the + company appointed them, to break the King's Treasure House: the rest to + follow him to keep the strength of the Market Place, till they had + despatched the business for which they came. + </p> + <p> + But as he stepped forward, his strength and sight and speech failed him, + and he began to faint for want of blood, which, as then we perceived, had, + in great quantity, issued upon the sand, out of a wound received in his + leg in the first encounter, whereby though he felt some pain, yet (for + that he perceived divers of the company, having already gotten many good + things, to be very ready to take all occasions, of winding themselves out + of that conceited danger) would he not have it known to any, till this his + fainting, against his will, bewrayed it: the blood having first filled the + very prints which our footsteps made, to the great dismay of all our + company, who thought it not credible that one man should be able to spare + so much blood and live. + </p> + <p> + And therefore even they, which were willing to have ventured the most for + so fair a booty, would in no case hazard their Captain's life; but (having + given him somewhat to drink wherewith he recovered himself, and having + bound his scarf about his leg, for the stopping of the blood) entreated + him to be content to go with them aboard, there to have his wound searched + and dressed, and then to return on shore again if he thought good. + </p> + <p> + This when they could not persuade him unto (as who knew it to be utterly + impossible, at least very unlikely, that ever they should, for that time, + return again, to recover the state in which they now were: and was of + opinion, that it were more honourable for himself, to jeopard his life for + so great a benefit, than to leave off so high an enterprise unperformed), + they joined altogether and with force mingled with fair entreaty, they + bare him aboard his pinnace, and so abandoned a most rich spoil for the + present, only to preserve their Captain's life: and being resolved of him, + that while they enjoyed his presence, and had him to command them, they + might recover wealth sufficient; but if once they lost him, they should + hardly be able to recover home. No, not with that which they had gotten + already. + </p> + <p> + Thus we embarked by break of day (29th July), having besides our Captain, + many of our men wounded, though none slain but one Trumpeter: whereupon + though our surgeons were busily employed, in providing remedies and salves + for their wounds: yet the main care of our Captain was respected by all + the rest; so that before we departed out of the harbour for the more + comfort of our company, we took the aforesaid ship of wines without great + resistance. + </p> + <p> + But before we had her free of the haven, they of the town had made means + to bring one of their culverins, which we had dismounted, so as they made + a shot at us, but hindered us not from carrying forth the prize to the + Isle of <i>Bastimentos</i>, or the Isle of Victuals: which is an island + that lieth without the bay to the westward, about a league off the town, + where we stayed the two next days, to cure our wounded men, and refresh + ourselves, in the goodly gardens which we there found abounding with great + store of all dainty roots and fruits; besides great plenty of poultry and + other fowls, no less strange then delicate. + </p> + <p> + Shortly upon our first arrival in this island, the Governor and the rest + of his Assistants in the town, as we afterwards understood, sent unto our + Captain, a proper gentleman, of mean stature, good complexion, and a fair + spoken, a principal soldier of the late sent garrison, to view in what + state we were. At his coming he protested "He came to us, of mere good + will, for that we had attempted so great and incredible a matter with so + few men: and that, at the first, they feared that we had been French, at + whose hands they knew they should find no mercy: but after they perceived + by our arrows, that we were Englishmen, their fears were the less, for + that they knew, that though we took the treasure of the place, yet we + would not use cruelty toward their persons. But albeit this his affection + gave him cause enough, to come aboard such, whose virtue he so honoured: + yet the Governor also had not only consented to his coming, but directly + sent him, upon occasion that divers of the town affirmed, said he, 'that + they knew our Captain, who the last two years had been often on our coast, + and had always used their persons very well.' And therefore desired to + know, first, Whether our Captain was the same Captain DRAKE or not? and + next, Because many of their men were wounded with our arrows, whether they + were poisoned or not? and how their wounds might best be cured? lastly, + What victuals we wanted, or other necessaries? of which the Governor + promised by him to supply and furnish us, as largely as he durst." + </p> + <p> + Our Captain, although he thought this soldier but a spy: yet used him very + courteously, and answered him to his Governor's demands: that "He was the + same DRAKE whom they meant! It was never his manner to poison his arrows! + They might cure their wounded by ordinary surgery! As for wants, he knew + the Island of <i>Bastimentos</i> has sufficient, and could furnish him if + he listed! But he wanted nothing but some of that special commodity which + that country yielded, to content himself and his company." And therefore + he advised the Governor "to hold open his eyes! for before he departed, if + GOD lent him life and leave, he meant to reap some of their harvest, which + they get out of the earth, and sent into Spain to trouble all the earth!" + </p> + <p> + To this answer unlooked for, this gentleman replied, "If he might, without + offence, move such a question, what should then be the cause of our + departing from that town at this time, where was above 360 tons of silver + ready for the Fleet, and much more gold in value, resting in iron chests + in the King's Treasure House?" + </p> + <p> + But when our Captain had shewed him the true cause of his unwilling + retreat aboard, he acknowledged that "we had no less reason in departing, + than courage in attempting:" and no doubt did easily see, that it was not + for the town to seek revenge of us, by manning forth such frigates or + other vessels as they had; but better to content themselves and provide + for their own defence. + </p> + <p> + Thus, with great favour and courteous entertainment, besides such gifts + from our Captain as most contented him, after dinner, he was in such sort + dismissed, to make report of what he had seen, that he protested, "he was + never so much honoured of any in his life." + </p> + <p> + After his departure, the Negro formentioned, being examined more fully, + confirmed this report of the gold and the silver; with many other + intelligences of importance: especially how we might have gold and silver + enough, if we would by means of the Cimaroons, whom though he had betrayed + divers times (being used thereto by his Masters) so that he knew they + would kill him, if they got him: yet if our Captain would undertake his + protection, he durst adventure his life, because he knew our Captain's + name was most precious and highly honoured by them. + </p> + <p> + This report ministered occasion to further consultation: for which, + because this place seemed not the safest; as being neither the healthiest + nor quietest; the next day, in the morning, we all set our course for the + Isle of <i>Pinos</i> or Port Plenty, where we had left our ships, + continuing all that day, and the next till towards night, before we + recovered it. + </p> + <p> + We were the longer in this course, for that our Captain sent away his + brother and ELLIS HIXOM to the westward, in search of the River of + Chagres, where himself had been the year before, and yet was careful to + gain more notice of; it being a river which trendeth to the southward, + within six leagues of Panama, where is a little town called Venta Cruz + [Venta de Cruzes], whence all the treasure, that was usually brought + thither from Panama by mules, was embarked in frigates [sailing] down that + river into the North sea, and so to Nombre de Dios. + </p> + <p> + It ebbeth and floweth not far into the land, and therefore it asketh three + days' rowing with a fine pinnace to pass [up] from the mouth to Venta + Cruz; but one day and a night serveth to return down the river. + </p> + <p> + At our return to our ships (1st August), in our consultation, Captain + RANSE (forecasting divers doubts of our safe continuance upon that coast, + being now discovered) was willing to depart; and our Captain no less + willing to dismiss him: and therefore as soon as our pinnaces returned + from Chagres (7th August) with such advertisement as they were sent for, + about eight days before; Captain RANSE took his leave, leaving us at the + isle aforesaid, where we had remained five or six days. + </p> + <p> + In which meantime, having put all things in a readiness, our captain + resolved, with his two ships and three pinnaces to go to Cartagena; + whither in sailing, we spent some six days by reason of the calms which + came often upon us: but all this time we attempted nothing that we might + have done by the way, neither at [Santiago de] Tolou nor otherwhere, + because we would not be discovered. + </p> + <p> + We came to anchor with our two ships in the evening [13th August], in + seven fathom water, between the island of Charesha and St. Bernards [San + Bernardo]. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain led the three pinnaces about the island, into the harbour of + Cartagena; where at the very entry, he found a frigate at anchor, aboard + which was only one old man; who being demanded, "Where the rest of his + company was?" answered, "That they were gone ashore in their gundeloe [? + gondola or ship's boat], that evening, to fight about a mistress:" and + voluntarily related to our Captain that, "two hours before night, there + past by them a pinnace, with sail and oars, as fast as ever they could + row, calling to him 'Whether there had not been any English or Frenchmen + there lately?' and upon answer that, 'There had been none!' they bid them + 'look to themselves!' That, within an hour that this pinnace was come to + the utterside [outside] of Cartagena, there were many great pieces shot + off, whereupon one going to top, to descry what might be the cause? + espied, over the land, divers frigates and small shipping bringing + themselves within the Castle." + </p> + <p> + This report our Captain credited, the rather for that himself had heard + the report of the ordnance at sea; and perceived sufficiently, that he was + now descried. Notwithstanding in farther examination of this old mariner, + having understood, that there was, within the next point, a great ship of + Seville, which had here discharged her loading, and rid now with her yards + across, being bound the next morning for Santo Domingo: our Captain took + this old man into his pinnace to verify that which he had informed, and + rowed towards this ship, which as we came near it, hailed us, asking, + "Whence our shallops were?" + </p> + <p> + We answered, "From Nombre de Dios!" + </p> + <p> + Straightway they railed and reviled! We gave no heed to their words, but + every pinnace, according to our Captain's order, one on the starboard bow, + the other on the starboard quarter, and the Captain in the midship on the + larboard side, forthwith boarded her; though we had some difficulty to + enter by reason of her height, being of 240 tons. But as soon as we + entered upon the decks, we threw down the grates and spardecks, to prevent + the Spaniards form annoying us with their close fights: who then + perceiving that we were possessed of their ship, stowed themselves all in + hold with their weapons, except two or three yonkers, which were found + afore the beetes: when having light out of our pinnaces, we found no + danger of the enemy remaining, we cut their cables at halse, and with our + three pinnaces, towed her without the island into the sound right afore + the down, without [beyond the] danger of their great shot. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the town, having intelligence hereof, or by their watch, took + the alarm, rang out their bells, shot off about thirty pieces of great + ordnance, put all their men in a readiness, horse and foot, came down to + the very point of the wood, and discharged their calivers, to impeach us + if they might, in going forth. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (14th August) our ships took two frigates, in which there + were two, who called themselves King's <i>Scrivanos</i>, the one of + Cartagena, the other of Veragua, with seven mariners and two Negroes; who + had been at Nombre de Dios and were now bound for Cartagena with double [? + duplicate] letters of advice, to certify them that Captain DRAKE had been + at Nombre de Dios, had taken it; and had it not been that he was hurt with + some blessed shot, by all likelihood he had sacked it. He was yet still + upon the coast; they should therefore carefully prepare for him! + </p> + <p> + After that our Captain had brought out all his fleet together, at the <i>Scrivanos'</i> + entreaties, he was content to do them all favour, in setting them and all + their companies on shore; and so bare thence with the islands of St. + Bernards, about three leagues of the town: where we found great store of + fish for our refreshing. + </p> + <p> + Here, our Captain considering that he was now discovered upon the + chieftest places of all the coast, and yet not meaning to leave it till he + had found the Cimaroons, and "made" his voyage, as he had conceived; which + would require some length of time, and sure manning of his pinnaces: he + determined with himself, to burn one of the ships, and make the other a + Storehouse; that his pinnaces (which could not otherwise) might be + thoroughly manned, and so he might be able to abide any time. + </p> + <p> + But knowing the affection of his company, how loath they were to leave + either of their ships, being both so good sailers and so well furnished; + he purposed in himself by some policy, to make them most willing to effect + that he intended. And therefore sent for one THOMAS MOONE, who was + Carpenter in the <i>Swan</i>, and asking him into his cabin, chargeth him + to conceal for a time, a piece of service, which he must in any case + consent to do aboard his own ship: that was, in the middle of the second + watch, to go down secretly into the well of the ship, and with a + spike-gimlet, to bore three holes, as near the keel as he could, and lay + something against it, that the force of the water entering, might make no + great noise, nor be discovered by a boiling up. + </p> + <p> + THOMAS MOONE at the hearing hereof, being utterly dismayed, desired to + know "What cause there might be, to move him to sink so good a bark of his + own, new and strong; and that, by <i>his</i> means, who had been in two so + rich and gainful voyages in her with himself heretofore: If his brother, + the Master, and the rest of the company [numbering 26] should know of such + his fact, he thought verily they would kill him." + </p> + <p> + But when our Captain had imparted to him his cause, and had persuaded him + with promise that it should not be known, till all of them should be glad + of it: he understood it, and did it accordingly. + </p> + <p> + The next morning [15th August] our Captain took his pinnace very early, + purposing to go a fishing, for that there is very great store on the + coast; and falling aboard the <i>Swan</i>, calleth for his brother to go + with him, who rising suddenly, answereth that "He would follow presently, + or if it would please him to stay a very little, he would attend him." + </p> + <p> + Our Captain perceiving the feat wrought, would not hasten him; but in + rowing away, demanded of them, "Why their bark was so deep?" as making no + great account of it. But, by occasion of this demand, his brother sent one + down to the Steward, to know "Whether there were any water in the ship? Or + what other cause might be?" + </p> + <p> + The Steward, hastily stepping down at his usual scuttle, was wet up to his + waist, and shifting with more haste to come up again as if the water had + followed him, cried out that "The ship was full of water!" There was no + need to hasten the company, some to the pump, others to search for the + leak, which the Captain of the bark seeing they did, on all hands, very + willingly; he followed his brother, and certified him of "the strange + chance befallen them that night; that whereas they had not pumped twice in + six weeks before, now they had six feet of water in hold: and therefore he + desireth leave from attending him in fishing, to intend the search and + remedy of the leak." And when our Captain with his company preferred + [offered] to go to help them; he answered, "They had men enough aboard, + and prayed him to continue his fishing, that they might have some part of + it for their dinner." Thus returning, he found his company had taken great + pain, but had freed the water very little: yet such was their love to the + bark, as our Captain well knew, that they ceased not, but to the utmost of + their strength, laboured all that they might till three in the afternoon; + by which time, the company perceiving, that (though they had been relieved + by our Captain himself and many of his company) yet they were not able to + free above a foot and a half of water, and could have no likelihood of + finding the leak, had now a less liking of her than before, and greater + content to hear of some means for remedy. + </p> + <p> + Whereupon our Captain (consulting them what they thought best to be done) + found that they had more desire to have all as he thought fit, than + judgement to conceive any means of remedy. And therefore he propounded, + that himself would go in the pinnace, till he could provide him some + handsome frigate; and that his brother should be Captain in the admiral + [flag-ship] and the Master should also be there placed with him, instead + of this: which seeing they could not save, he would have fired that the + enemy might never recover her: but first all the pinnaces should be + brought aboard her, that every one might take out of her whatever they + lacked or liked. + </p> + <p> + This, though the company at first marvelled at; yet presently it was put + in execution and performed that night. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain had his desire, and men enough for his pinnaces. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (16th August) we resolved to seek out some fit place, in + the Sound of Darien, where we might safely leave our ship at anchor, not + discoverable by the enemy, who thereby might imagine us quite departed + from the coast, and we the meantime better follow our purposes with our + pinnaces; of which our Captain would himself take two to Rio Grande + [Magdalena], and the third leave with his brother to seek the Cimaroons. + </p> + <p> + Upon this resolution, we set sail presently for the said Sound; which + within five days [21st August], we recovered: abstaining of purpose from + all such occasion, as might hinder our determination, or bewray [betray] + our being upon the coast. + </p> + <p> + As soon as we arrived where our Captain intended, and had chosen a fit and + convenient road out of all trade [to or from any Mart] for our purpose; we + reposed ourselves there, for some fifteen days, keeping ourselves close, + that the bruit of our being upon the coast might cease. + </p> + <p> + But in the meantime, we were not idle: for beside such ordinary works, as + our Captain, every month did usually inure us to, about the trimming and + setting of his pinnaces, for their better sailing and rowing: he caused us + to rid a large plot of ground, both of trees and brakes, and to build us + houses sufficient for all our lodging, and one especially for all our + public meetings; wherein the Negro which fled to us before, did us great + service, as being well acquainted with the country, and their means of + building. Our archers made themselves butts to shoot at, because we had + many that delighted in that exercise, and wanted not a fletcher to keep + our bows and arrows in order. The rest of the company, every one as he + liked best, made his disport at bowls, quoits, keiles, etc. For our + Captain allowed one half of the company to pass their time thus, every + other day interchangeable; the other half being enjoined to the necessary + works, about our ship and pinnaces, and the providing of fresh victuals, + fish, fowl, hogs, deer, conies, etc., whereof there is great plenty. Here + our smiths set up their forge, as they used, being furnished out of + England, with anvil, iron, coals, and all manner of necessaries, which + stood us in great stead. + </p> + <p> + At the end of these fifteen days (5th September), our Captain leaving his + ship in his brother's charge, to keep all things in order; himself took + with him, according to his former determination, two pinnaces for Rio + Grande, and passing by Cartagena but out of sight, when we were within two + leagues of the river, we landed (8th September), to the westward on the + Main, where we saw great store of cattle. There we found some Indians, who + asking us in friendly sort, in broken Spanish, "What we would have?" and + understanding that we desired fresh victuals in traffic; they took such + cattle for us as we needed, with ease and so readily, as if they had a + special commandment over them, whereas they would not abide us to come + near them. And this also they did willingly, because our Captain, + according to his custom, contented them for their pains, with such things + as they account greatly of; in such sort that they promised, we should + have there, of them at any time what we would. + </p> + <p> + The same day, we departed thence to Rio Grande [Magdalena], where we + entered about three of the clock in the afternoon. There are two entries + into this river, of which we entered the western most called <i>Boca Chica</i>. + The freshet [current] is so great, that we being half a league from the + mouth of it, filled fresh water for our beverage. + </p> + <p> + From three o'clock till dark at night, we rowed up the stream; but the + current was so strong downwards, that we got but two leagues, all that + time. We moored our pinnaces to a tree that night: for that presently, + with the closing of the evening, there fell a monstrous shower of rain, + with such strange and terrible claps of thunder, and flashes of lightning, + as made us not a little to marvel at, although our Captain had been + acquainted with such like in that country, and told us that they continue + seldom longer than three-quarters of an hour. + </p> + <p> + This storm was no sooner ceast, but it became very calm, and therewith + there came such an innumerable multitude of a kind of flies of that + country, called mosquitoes, like our gnats, which bit so spitefully, that + we could not rest all that night, nor find means to defend ourselves from + them, by reason of the heat of the country. The best remedy we then found + against them, was the juice of lemons. + </p> + <p> + At the break of day (9th September), we departed, rowing in the eddy, and + hauling up by the trees where the eddy failed, with great labour, by + spells, without ceasing, each company their half-hour glass: without + meeting any, till about three o'clock in the afternoon, by which time we + could get but five leagues ahead. + </p> + <p> + Then we espied a canoe, with two Indians fishing in the river; but we + spake not to them, lest so we might be descried: nor they to us, as taking + us to be Spaniards. But within an hour after, we espied certain houses, on + the other side of the river, whose channel is twenty-five fathom deep, and + its breadth so great, that a man can scantly be discerned from side to + side. Yet a Spaniard which kept those houses, had espied our pinnaces; and + thinking we had been his countrymen, made a smoke, for a signal to turn + that way, as being desirous to speak with us. After that, we espying this + smoke, had made with it, and were half the river over, he wheaved [waved] + to us, with his hat and his long hanging sleeves, to come ashore. + </p> + <p> + But as we drew nearer to him, and he discerned that we were not those he + looked for: he took his heels, and fled from his houses, which we found to + be, five in number, all full of white rusk, dried bacon, that country + cheese (like Holland cheese in fashion, but far more delicate in taste, of + which they send into Spain as special presents) many sorts of sweetmeats, + and conserves; with great store of sugar: being provided to serve the + Fleet returning to Spain. + </p> + <p> + With this store of victuals, we loaded our pinnaces; by the shutting in of + the day, we were ready to depart; for that we hastened the rather, by + reason of an intelligence given us by certain Indian women which we found + in those houses: that the frigates (these are ordinarily thirty, or + upwards, which usually transport the merchandise, sent out of Spain to + Cartagena from thence to these houses, and so in great canoes up hence + into Nuevo Reyno, for which the river running many hundred of leagues + within the land serveth very fitly: and return in exchange, the gold and + treasure, silver, victuals, and commodities, which that kingdom yields + abundantly) were not yet returned from Cartagena, since the first alarm + they took of our being there. + </p> + <p> + As we were going aboard our pinnaces from these Storehouses (10th + September), the Indians of a great town called Villa del Rey, some two + miles distant from the water's side where we landed, were brought down by + the Spaniards into the bushes, and shot arrows; but we rowed down the + stream with the current (for that the wind was against us) only one + league; and because it was night, anchored till the morning, when we rowed + down to the mouth of the river, where we unloaded all our provisions, and + cleansed our pinnaces, according to our Captain's custom, and took it in + again, and the same day went to the Westward. + </p> + <p> + In this return, we descried a ship, a barque, and a frigate, of which the + ship and frigate went for Cartagena, but for the Barque was bound to the + Northwards, with the wind easterly, so that we imagined she had some gold + or treasure going for Spain: therefore we gave her chase, but taking her, + and finding nothing of importance in her, understanding that she was bound + for sugar and hides, we let her go; and having a good gale of wind, + continued our former course to our ship and company. + </p> + <p> + In the way between Cartagena and Tolou, we took [11th September] five or + six frigates, which were laden from Tolou, with live hogs, hens, and maize + which we call Guinea wheat. Of these, having gotten what intelligence they + could give, of their preparations for us, and divers opinions of us, we + dismissed all the men; only staying two frigates with us, because they + were so well stored with good victuals. + </p> + <p> + Within three days after, we arrived at the place which our Captain chose, + at first, to leave his ship in, which was called by our Captain, Port + Plenty; by reason we brought to thither continually all manner store of + good victuals, which we took, going that way by sea, for the victualling + of Cartagena and Nombre de Dios as also the Fleets going and coming out of + Spain. So that if we had been two thousand, yea three thousand persons, we + might with our pinnaces easily have provided them sufficient victuals of + wine, meal, rusk; <i>cassavi</i> (a kind of bread made of a root called + Yucca, whose juice is poison, but the substance good and wholesome), dried + beef, dried fish, live sheep, live hogs, abundance of hens, besides the + infinite store of dainty fresh fish, very easily to be taken every day: + insomuch that we were forced to build four several magazines or + storehouses, some ten, some twenty leagues asunder; some in islands, some + in the Main, providing ourselves in divers places, that though the enemy + should, with force, surprise any one, yet we might be sufficiently + furnished, till we had "made" our voyage as we did hope. In building of + these, our Negro's help was very much, as having a special skill, in the + speedy erection of such houses. + </p> + <p> + This our store was much, as thereby we relieved not only ourselves and the + Cimaroons while they were with us; but also two French ships in extreme + want. + </p> + <p> + For in our absence, Captain JOHN DRAKE, having one of our pinnaces, as was + appointed, went in with the Main, and as he rowed aloof the shore, where + he was directed by DIEGO the Negro aforesaid, which willingly came unto us + at Nombre de Dios, he espied certain of the Cimaroons; with whom he dealt + so effectually, that in conclusion he left two of our men with their + leader, and brought aboard two of theirs: agreeing that they should meet + him again the next day, at a river midway between the Cabecas [Cabeza is + Spanish for Headland] and our ships; which they named Rio Diego. + </p> + <p> + These two being very sensible men, chosen out by their commander [chief], + did, with all reverence and respect, declare unto our Captain, that their + nation conceited great joy of his arrival, because they knew him to be an + enemy to the Spaniards, not only by his late being in Nombre de Dios, but + also by his former voyages; and therefore were ready to assist and favour + his enterprises against his and their enemies to the uttermost: and to + that end their captain and company did stay at this present near the mouth + of Rio Diego, to attend what answer and order should be given them; that + they would have marched by land, even to this place, but that the way is + very long, and more troublesome, by reason of many steep mountains, deep + rivers, and thick brakes: desiring therefore, that it might please our + Captain to take some order, as he thought best, with all convenient speed + in this behalf. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain considering the speech of these persons, and weighing it with + his former intelligences had not only Negroes, but Spaniards also, whereof + he was always very careful: as also conferring it with his brother's + informations of the great kindness that they shewed him, being lately with + them: after he had heard the opinions of those of best service with him, + "what were fittest to be done presently?" resolved himself with his + brother, and the two Cimaroons, in his two pinnaces, to go toward this + river. As he did the same evening, giving order, that the ship and the + rest of his fleet should the next morning follow him, because there was a + place of as great safety and sufficiency, which his brother had found out + near the river. The safety of it consisted, not only in that which is + common all along that coast from Tolou to Nombre de Dios, being above + sixty leagues, that it is a most goodly and plentiful country, and yet + inhabited not with one Spaniard, or any for the Spaniards: but especially + in that it lieth among a great many of goodly islands full of trees. + Where, though there be channels, yet there are such rocks and shoals, that + no man can enter by night without great danger; nor by day without + discovery, whereas our ships might be hidden within the trees. + </p> + <p> + The next day (14th September) we arrived at this river appointed, where we + found the Cimaroons according to promise: the rest of their number were a + mile up, in a wood by the river's side. There after we had given them + entertainment, and received good testimonies of their joy and good will + towards us, we took two more of them into our pinnace, leaving our two men + with the rest of theirs, to march by land, to another river called Rio + Guana, with intent there to meet with another company of Cimaroons which + were now in the mountains. + </p> + <p> + So we departed that day from Rio Diego, with our pinnaces, towards our + ship, as marvelling that she followed us not as was appointed. + </p> + <p> + But two days after (16th September), we found her in the place where we + left her; but in far other state, being much spoiled and in great danger, + by reason of a tempest she had in our absence. + </p> + <p> + As soon as we could trim our ship, being some two days, our Captain sent + away (18th September) one of his pinnaces, towards the bottom of the bay, + amongst the shoals and sandy islands, to sound out the channel, for the + bringing in of our ship nearer the Main. + </p> + <p> + The next day (19th September) we followed, and were with wary pilotage, + directed safely into the best channel, with much ado to recover the road, + among so many flats and shoals. It was near about five leagues from the + Cativaas, betwixt an island and the Main, where we moored our ship. The + island was not above four cables in length from the Main, being in + quantity some three acres of ground, flat and very full of trees and + bushes. + </p> + <p> + We were forced to spend the best part of three days, after our departure + from our Port Plenty, before we were quiet in this new found road, which + we had but newly entered, when our two men and the former troop of + Cimaroons, with twelve others whom they had met in the mountains, came + (23rd September) in sight over against our ship, on the Main. Whence we + fetched them all aboard, to their great comfort and our content: they + rejoicing that they should have some fit opportunity to wreak their wrongs + on the Spaniards; we hoping that now our voyage should be bettered. + </p> + <p> + At our first meeting, when our Captain had moved them, to shew him the + means which they had to furnish him with gold and silver; they answered + plainly, that "had they known gold had been his desire; they would have + satisfied him with store, which, for the present, they could not do: + because the rivers, in which they sunk great store (which they had taken + from the Spaniards, rather to despite them than for love of gold) were now + so high, that they could not get it out of such depths for him; and + because the Spaniards, in these rainy months, do not use [are not + accustomed] to carry their treasure by land." + </p> + <p> + This answer although it were somewhat unlooked for, yet nothing + discontented us, but rather persuaded us farther of their honest and + faithful meaning toward us. Therefore our Captain to entertain these five + months, commanded all our ordnance and artillery ashore, with all our + other provisions: sending his pinnaces to the Main, to bring over great + trees, to make a fort upon the same island, for the planting of all our + ordnance therein, and for our safeguard, if the enemy, in all this time, + should chance to come. + </p> + <p> + Our Cimaroons (24th September) cut down Palmito boughs and branches, and + with wonderful speed raised up two large houses for all our company. Our + fort was then made, by reason of the place, triangle-wise, with main + timber, and earth of which the trench yielded us good store, so that we + made it thirteen feet in height. [Fort Diego.] + </p> + <p> + But after we had continued upon this island fourteen days, our Captain + having determined, with three pinnaces, to go for Cartagena left (7th + October), his brother, JOHN DRAKE, to govern these who remained behind + with the Cimaroons to finish the fort which he had begun: for which he + appointed him to fetch boards and planks, as many as his pinnaces would + carry, from the prize we took at Rio Grande, and left at the Cativaas, + where she drove ashore and wrecked in our absence: but now she might serve + commodiously, to supply our use, in making platforms for our ordnance. + Thus our Captain and his brother took their leave; the one to the + Eastward, and the other to the Cativaas. + </p> + <p> + That night, we came to an isle, which he called Spur-kite land, because we + found there great store of such a kind of bird in shape, but very + delicate, of which we killed and roasted many; staying there till the next + day midnoon (8th October), when we departed thence. And about four o'clock + recovered a big island in our way, where we stayed all night, by reason + that there was great store of fish, and especially of a great kind of + shell-fish of a foot long. We called them whelks. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (9th October), we were clear of these islands and shoals, + and hauled off into the sea. About four days after (13th October), near + the island of St. Bernards, we chased two frigates ashore; and recovering + one of these islands, made our abode there some two days (14th-15th + October) to wash our pinnaces and to take of the fish. + </p> + <p> + Thence we went towards Tolou, and that day (16th October) landed near the + town in a garden, where we found certain Indians, who delivered us their + bows and arrows, and gathered for us such fruit as the garden did yield, + being many sorts of dainty fruits and roots, [we] still contenting them + for what we received. Our Captain's principal intent in taking this and + other places by the way, not being for any other cause, but only to learn + true intelligence of the state of the country and of the Fleets. + </p> + <p> + Hence we departed presently, and rowed towards Charesha, the island of + Cartagena; and entered in at Bocha Chica, and having the wind large, we + sailed in towards the city, and let fall our grappers betwixt the island + and the Main, right over against the goodly Garden Island. In which, our + Captain would not suffer us to land, notwithstanding our importunate + desire, because he knew, it might be dangerous: for that they are wont to + send soldiers thither, when they know of any Men-of-war on the coast; + which we found accordingly. For within three hours after, passing by the + point of the island, we had a volley of a hundred shot from them, and yet + there was but one of our men hurt. + </p> + <p> + This evening (16th October) we departed to sea; and the day following + (17th October), being some two leagues off the harbour, we took a bark, + and found that the Captain and his wife with the better sort of + passengers, had forsaken her, and were gone ashore in the Gundeloe: by + occasion whereof we boarded without resistance, though they were well + provided with swords and targets and some small shot, besides four iron + bases. She was 50 tons, having ten mariners, five or six Negroes, great + store of soap and sweet meat, bound from St. Domingo to Cartagena. This + Captain left behind him a silk ancient [flag] with his arms; as might be + thought, in hasty departing. + </p> + <p> + The next day (18th October), we sent all the company ashore to seek their + masters, saving a young Negro two or three years old, which we brought + away; but kept the bark, and in her, bore into the mouth of Cartagena + harbour, where we anchored. + </p> + <p> + That afternoon, certain horsemen came down to the point by the wood side, + and with the <i>Scrivano</i> fore-mentioned, came towards our bark with a + flag of truce, desiring of our Captain's safe conduct for his coming and + going; the which being granted, he came aboard us, giving our Captain + "great thanks for his manifold favours, etc., promising that night before + daybreak, to bring as much victuals as they would desire, what shift so + ever he made, or what danger so ever incurred of law and punishment." But + this fell out to be nothing but a device of the Governor forced upon the + <i>Scrivano</i>, to delay time, till they might provide themselves of + sufficient strength to entrap us: for which this fellow, by his smooth + speech, was thought a fit means. So by sun rising, (19th October), when we + perceived his words but words, we put to sea to the westward of the + island, some three leagues off, where we lay at hull the rest of all that + day and night. + </p> + <p> + The next day (20th October), in the afternoon, there came out of + Cartagena, two frigates bound for St. Domingo, the one of 58, the other of + 12 tons, having nothing in them but ballast. We took them within a league + of the town, and came to anchor with them within sacre shot of the east + Bulwark. There were in those frigates some twelve or thirteen common + mariners, which entreated to be set ashore. To them our Captain gave the + greater frigate's gundeloe, and dismissed them. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (21st October) when they came down to the western point + with a flag of truce, our Captain manned one of his pinnaces and rowed + ashore. When we were within a cable's length of the shore, the Spaniards + fled, hiding themselves in the woods, as being afraid of our ordnance; but + indeed to draw us on to land confidently, and to presume of our strength. + Our Captain commanding the grapnell to be cast out of the stern, veered + the pinnace ashore, and as soon as she touched the sand, he alone leapt + ashore in their sight, to declare that he durst set his foot aland: but + stayed not among them, to let them know, that though he had not sufficient + forces to conquer them, yet he had sufficient judgment to take heed of + them. + </p> + <p> + And therefore perceiving their intent, as soon as our Captain was aboard, + we hauled off upon our grapner and rid awhile. + </p> + <p> + They presently came forth upon the sand, and sent a youth, as with a + message from the Governor, to know, "What our intent was, to stay upon the + coast?" + </p> + <p> + Our Captain answered: "He meant to traffic with them; for he had tin, + pewter, cloth, and other merchandise that they needed." + </p> + <p> + The youth swam back again with this answer, and was presently returned, + with another message: that, "The King had forbidden to traffic with any + foreign nation for any commodities, except powder and shot; of which, if + he had any store, they would be his merchants." + </p> + <p> + He answered, that "He was come from his country, to exchange his + commodities for gold and silver, and is not purposed to return without his + errand. They are like, in his opinion, to have little rest, if that, by + fair means, they would not traffic with him." + </p> + <p> + He gave this messenger a fair shirt for a reward, and so returned him: who + rolled his shirt about his head and swam very speedily. + </p> + <p> + We heard no answer all that day; and therefore toward night we went aboard + our frigates and reposed ourselves, setting and keeping very orderly all + that night our watch, with great and small shot. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (22nd October) the wind, which had been westerly in the + evening, altered to the Eastward. + </p> + <p> + About the dawning of the day, we espied two sails turning towards us, + whereupon our Captain weighed with his pinnaces, leaving the two frigates + unmanned. But when we were come somewhat nigh them, the wind calmed, and + we were fain to row towards them, till that approaching very nigh, we saw + many heads peering over board. For, as we perceived, these two frigates + were manned and set forth out of Cartagena, to fight with us, and, at + least, to impeach or busy us; whilst by some means or other they might + recover the frigates from us. + </p> + <p> + But our Captain prevented both their drifts. For commanding JOHN OXNAM to + stay with the one pinnace, to entertain these two Men-of-war; himself in + the other made much speed, that he got to his frigates which he had left + at anchor; and caused the Spaniards, (who in the meantime had gotten + aboard in a small canoe, thinking to have towed them within the danger of + their shot) to make the greater haste thence, than they did thither. + </p> + <p> + For he found that in shifting thence, some of them were fain to swim aland + (the canoe not being able to receive them) and had left their apparel, + some their rapiers and targets, some their flasks and calivers behind + them; although they were towing away of one of them. + </p> + <p> + Therefore considering that we could not man them, we sunk the one, and + burnt the other, giving them to understand by this, that we perceived + their secret practices. + </p> + <p> + This being done, he returned to JOHN OXNAM; who all this while lay by the + Men-of-war without proffering to fight. And as soon as our Captain was + come up to these frigates, the wind blew much for the sea, so that, we + being betwixt the shore and them, were to a manner forced to bear room + into the harbour before them, to the great joy of the Spaniards; who + beheld it; in supposing, that we would still have fled before them. But as + soon as we were in the harbour, and felt smooth water, our pinnaces, as we + were assured of, getting the wind, we sought, with them upon the + advantage, so that after a few shot exchanged, and a storm rising, they + were contented to press no nearer. Therefore as they let fall their + anchors, we presently let drop our grapner in the wind of them; which the + Spanish soldiers seeing, considering the disadvantage of the wind, the + likelihood of the storm to continue, and small hope of doing any good, + they were glad to retire themselves to the town. + </p> + <p> + But by reason of the foul and tempestuous weather, we rode therein four + days, feeling great cold, by reason we had such sore rains with westerly + wind, and so little succour in our pinnaces. + </p> + <p> + The fifth day (27th October) there came in a frigate from the sea, which + seeing us make towards her, ran herself ashore, unhanging her rudder and + taking away her sails, that she might not easily be carried away. But when + we were come up to her, we perceived about a hundred horse and foot, with + their furniture, come down to the point of the Main, where we interchanged + some shot with them. One of our great shot passed so near a brave cavalier + of theirs, that thereby they were occasioned to advise themselves, and + retreat into the woods: where they might sufficiently defend and rescue + the frigate from us, and annoy us also, if we stayed long about her. + </p> + <p> + Therefore we concluded to go to sea again, putting forth through <i>Boca + Chica</i>, with intent to take down our masts, upon hope of fair weather, + and to ride under the rocks called <i>Las Serenas</i>, which are two + leagues off at sea, as we had usually done aforetime, so that they could + not discern us from the rocks. But, there, the sea was mightily grown, + that we were forced to take the harbour again; where we remained six days, + notwithstanding the Spaniards grieved greatly at our abode there so long. + </p> + <p> + They put (2nd November) another device in practice to endanger us. + </p> + <p> + For they sent forth a great shallop, a fine gundeloe, and a great canoe, + with certain Spaniards with shot, and many Indians with poisoned arrows, + as it seemed, with intent to begin some fight, and then to fly. For as + soon as we rowed toward them and interchanged shot, they presently retired + and went ashore into the woods, where an ambush of some sixty shot were + laid for us: besides two pinnaces and a frigate warping towards us, which + were manned as the rest. They attempted us very boldly, being assisted by + those others, which from out of the wood, had gotten aboard the gundeloe + and canoe, and seeing us bearing from them (which we did in respect of the + <i>ambuscado</i>), they encouraged themselves and assured their fellows of + the day. + </p> + <p> + But our Captain weighing this their attempt, and being out of danger of + their shot from the land, commanding his other pinnace to be brought ahead + of him, and to let fall their grapners each ahead of the other, environed + both the pinnaces with bonnets, as for a close fight, and then wheaved + [waved] them aboard him. + </p> + <p> + They kept themselves upon their oars at caliver-shot distance, spending + powder apace; as we did some two or three hours. We had only one of our + men wounded in that fight. What they had is unknown to us, but we saw + their pinnaces shot through in divers places, and the powder of one of + them took fire; whereupon we weighed, intending to bear room to overrun + them: which they perceiving, and thinking that we would have boarded them, + rowed away amain to the defence they had in the wood, the rather because + they were disappointed of their help that they expected from the frigate; + which was warping towards us, but by reason of the much wind that blew, + could not come to offend us or succour them. + </p> + <p> + Thus seeing that we were still molested, and no hope remained of any + purchase to be had in this place any longer; because we were now so + notably made known in those parts, and because our victuals grew scant: as + soon as the weather waxed somewhat better (the wind continuing always + westerly, so that we could not return to our ships) our Captain thought + best to go (3rd November) to the Eastward, towards <i>Rio Grande</i> + [Magdalena] long the coast, where we had been before, and found great + store of victuals. + </p> + <p> + But when after two days' sailing, we were arrived (5th November) at the + villages of store, where before we had furnished ourselves with abundance + of hens, sheep, calves, hogs, etc.; now we found bare nothing, not so much + as any people left: for that they, by the Spaniards' commandments, had + fled to the mountains, and had driven away all their cattle, that we might + not be relieved by them. Herewith being very sorry, because much of our + victuals in our pinnaces was spoilt by the foul weather at sea and rains + in harbour. A frigate being descried at sea revived us, and put us in some + hope for the time, that in her we should find sufficient; and thereupon it + may easily be guessed, how much we laboured to recover her: but when we + had boarded her, and understood that she had neither meat nor money, but + that she was bound for <i>Rio Grande</i> to take in provision upon bills, + our great hope converted into grief. + </p> + <p> + We endured with our allowance seven or eight days more, proceeding to the + Eastward, and bearing room for Santa Marta, upon hope to find some + shipping in the road, or limpets on the rocks, or succour against the + storm in that good harbour. Being arrived; and seeing no shipping; we + anchored under the western point, where is high land, and, as we thought, + free in safety from the town, which is in the bottom of the bay: not + intending to land there, because we knew that it was fortified, and that + they had intelligence of us. + </p> + <p> + But the Spaniards (knowing us to be Men-of-war, and misliking that we + should shroud under their rocks without their leave) had conveyed some + thirty or forty shot among the cliffs, which annoyed us so spitefully and + so unrevengedly, for that they lay hidden behind the rocks, but we lay + open to them, that we were soon weary of our harbour, and enforced (for + all the storm without and want within) to put to sea. Which though these + enemies of ours were well contented withal, yet for a farewell, as we came + open of the town, they sent us a culverin shot; which made a near escape, + for it fell between our pinnaces, as we were upon conference of what was + best to be done. + </p> + <p> + The company advised that if it pleased him, they might put themselves + aland, some place to the Eastward to get victuals, and rather hope for + courtesy from the country-people, than continue at sea, in so long cold, + and great a storm in so leaky a pinnace. But our Captain would in no wise + like of that advice; he thought it better to bear up towards Rio de [la] + Hacha, or Coricao [Curacao], with hope to have plenty without great + resistance: because he knew, either of the islands were not very populous, + or else it would be very likely that these would be found ships of victual + in a readiness. + </p> + <p> + The company of the other pinnace answered, that "They would willingly + follow him through the world; but in this they could not see how either + their pinnaces should live in that sea, without being eaten up in that + storm, or they themselves able to endure so long time, with so slender + provision as they had, viz., only one gammon of bacon and thirty pounds of + biscuit for eighteen men." + </p> + <p> + Our Captain replied, that "They were better provided than himself was, who + had but one gammon of bacon, and forty pounds of biscuit for his + twenty-four men; and therefore he doubted not but they would take such + part as he did, and willingly depend upon God's Almighty providence, which + never faileth them that trust in Him." + </p> + <p> + With that he hoisted his foresail, and set his course for Coricao; which + the rest perceiving with sorrowful hearts in respect of the weak pinnace, + yet desirous to follow their Captain, consented to take the same course. + </p> + <p> + We had not sailed past three leagues, but we had espied a sail plying to + the Westward, with her two courses, to our great joy: who vowed together, + that we would have her, or else it should cost us dear. + </p> + <p> + Bearing with her, we found her to be a Spanish ship of above 90 tons, + which being wheaved [waved] amain by us, despised our summons, and shot + off her ordnance at us. + </p> + <p> + The sea went very high, so that it was not for us to attempt to board her, + and therefore we made fit small sail to attend upon her, and keep her + company to her small content, till fairer weather might lay the sea. We + spent not past two hours in our attendance, till it pleased God, after a + great shower, to send us a reasonable calm, so that we might use our + pieces [i. e., bases] and approach her at pleasure, in such sort that in + short time we had taken her; finding her laden with victuals well powdered + [salted] and dried: which at that present we received as sent us of God's + great mercy. + </p> + <p> + After all things were set in order, and that the wind increased towards + night, we plied off and on, till day (13th November), at what time our + Captain sent in ELLIS HIXOM, who had then charge of his pinnace, to search + out some harbour along the coast; who having found out a little one, some + ten or twelve leagues to the east of Santa Marta, where in sounding he had + good ground and sufficient water, presently returned, and our Captain + brought in his new prize. Then by promising liberty, and all the apparel + to the Spaniards which we had taken if they would bring us to water and + fresh victuals; the rather by their means, we obtained of the inhabitants + (Indians) what they had, which was plentiful. These Indians were clothed + and governed by a Spaniard, which dwelt in the next town, not past a + league off. We stayed there all day, watering and wooding, and providing + things necessary, by giving content and satisfaction of the Indians. But + towards night our Captain called all of us aboard (only leaving the + Spaniards lately taken in the prize ashore, according to our promise made + them, to their great content; who acknowledged that our Captain did them a + far greater favour in setting them freely at liberty, than he had done + them displeasure in taking their ship), and so set sail. + </p> + <p> + The sickness which had begun to kindle among us, two or three days before, + did this day shew itself, in CHARLES GLUB, one of our Quarter-Masters, a + very tall man, and a right good mariner; taken away, to the great grief + both of Captain and company. What the cause of this malady was, we knew + not of certainty, we imputed it to the cold which our men had taken, lying + without succour in the pinnaces. But however it was, thus it pleased GOD + to visit us, and yet in favour to restore unto health all the rest of our + company, that were touched with this disease; which were not a few. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (15th November) being fair weather, though the wind + continued contrary, our Captain commanded the <i>Minion</i>, his lesser + pinnace, to hasten away before him towards his ships at Fort Diego within + the Cabecas [Headlands] to carry news of his coming, and to put all things + in a readiness for our land journey, if they heard anything of the Fleet's + arrival by the Cimaroons; giving the <i>Minion</i> charge if they wanted + wine, to take St. Bernards in their way, and there take in some such + portion as they thought good, of the wines which we had there hidden in + the sand. + </p> + <p> + We plied to windwards, as near as we could, so that within seven-night + after the <i>Minion</i> departed from us, we came (22nd November) to St. + Bernards, finding but twelve <i>botijos</i> of wine of all the store we + left, which had escaped the curious search of the enemy, who had been + there; for they were deep in the ground. + </p> + <p> + Within four or five days after, we came (27th November) to our ship, where + we found all other things in good order; but received very heavy news of + the death of JOHN DRAKE, our Captain's brother, and another young man + called RICHARD ALLEN, which were both slain at one time (9th October), as + they attempted the boarding of a frigate, within two days after our + departing from them. + </p> + <p> + The manner of it, as we learned by examination of the company, was this. + When they saw this frigate at sea, as they were going towards their fort + with planks to make the platforms, the company were very importunate on + him, to give chase and set upon this frigate, which they deemed had been a + fit booty for them. But he told them, that they "wanted weapons to assail; + they knew not how the frigate was provided, they had their boats loaded + with planks, to finish that his brother had commanded." But when this + would not satisfy them, but that still they urged him with words and + supposals: "If you will needs," said he, "adventure! It shall never be + said that I will be hindmost, neither shall you report to my brother, that + you lost your voyage by any cowardice you found in me!" + </p> + <p> + Thereupon every man shifted as they might for the time: and heaving their + planks overboard, took them such poor weapons as they had: viz., a broken + pointed rapier, one old visgee, and a rusty caliver: JOHN DRAKE took the + rapier, and made a gauntlet of his pillow, RICHARD ALLEN the visgee, both + standing at the head of the pinnace, called <i>Eion</i>. ROBERT took the + caliver and so boarded. But they found the frigate armed round about with + a close fight of hides, full of pikes and calivers, which were discharged + in their faces, and deadly wounded those that were in the fore-ship, JOHN + DRAKE in the belly, and RICHARD ALLEN in the head. But notwithstanding + their wounds, they with oars shifted off the pinnace, got clear of the + frigate, and with all haste recovered their ship: where within an hour + after, this young man of great hope, ended his days, greatly lamented of + all the company. + </p> + <p> + Thus having moored our ships fast, our Captain resolved to keep himself + close without being descried, until he might hear of the coming of the + Spanish Fleet; and therefore set no more to sea; but supplied his wants, + both for his own company and the Cimaroons, out of his aforesaid magazine, + beside daily out of the woods, with wild hogs, pheasants, and guanas: + continuing in health (GOD be praised) all the meantime, which was a month + at least; till at length about the beginning of January, half a score of + our company fell down sick together (3rd January, 1573), and the most of + them died within two or three days. So long that we had thirty at a time + sick of this <i>calenture</i>, which attacked our men, either by reason of + the sudden change from cold to heat, or by reason of brackish water which + had been taken in by our pinnace, through the sloth of their men in the + mouth of the river, not rowing further in where the water was good. + </p> + <p> + Among the rest, JOSEPH DRAKE, another of his brethren, died in our + Captain's arms, of the same disease: of which, that the cause might be the + better discerned, and consequently remedied, to the relief of others, by + our Captain's appointment he was ripped open by the surgeon, who found his + liver swollen, his heart as it were sodden, and his guts all fair. This + was the first and last experiment that our Captain made of anatomy in this + voyage. + </p> + <p> + The Surgeon that cut him open, over-lived him not past four days, although + he was not touched with that sickness, of which he had been recovered + about a month before: but only of an over-bold practice which he would + needs make upon himself, by receiving an over-strong purgation of his own + device, after which taken, he never spake; nor his Boy recovered the + health which he lost by tasting it, till he saw England. + </p> + <p> + The Cimaroons, who, as is before said, had been entertained by our Captain + in September last, and usually repaired to our ship, during all the time + of our absence, ranged the country up and down, between Nombre de Dios and + us, to learn what they might for us; whereof they gave our Captain + advertisement, from time to time; as now particularly certain of them let + him understand, that the Fleet had certainly arrived in Nombre de Dios. + </p> + <p> + Therefore he sent (30th January) the <i>Lion</i>, to the seamost islands + of the Cativaas, to descry the truth of the report: by reason it must + needs be, that if the Fleet were in Nombre de Dios, all frigates of the + country would repair thitherward with victuals. + </p> + <p> + The <i>Lion</i>, within a few days descried that she was sent for, espying + a frigate, which she presently boarded and took, laden with maize, hens, + and pompions from Tolou; who assured us of the whole truth of the arrival + of the Fleet: in this frigate were taken one woman and twelve men, of whom + one was the <i>Scrivano</i> of Tolou. These we used very courteously, + keeping them diligently guarded form the deadly hatred of the Cimaroons; + who sought daily by all means they could, to get them of our Captain, that + they might cut their throats, to revenge their wrongs and injuries which + the Spanish nation had done them; but our Captain persuaded them not to + touch them, or give them ill countenance, while they were in his charge; + and took order for their safety, not only in his presence, but also in his + absence. For when he had prepared to take his journey for Panama, by land; + he gave ELLIS HIXOM charge of his own ship and company, and especially of + those Spaniards whom he had put into the great prize, which was hauled + ashore to the island, which we termed Slaughter Island (because so many of + our men died there), and used as a storehouse for ourselves, and a prison + for our enemies. + </p> + <p> + All things thus ordered, our Captain conferring with his company, and the + chiefest of the Cimaroons, what provisions were to be prepared for this + great and long journey, what kind of weapons, what store of victuals, and + what manner of apparel: was especially advised, to carry as great store of + shoes as possible he might, by reason of so many rivers with stone and + gravel as they were to pass. Which, accordingly providing, prepared his + company for that journey, entering it upon Shrove-Tuesday (3rd February). + At what time, there had died twenty-eight of our men, and a few whole men + were left aboard with ELLIS HIXOM to keep the ship, and attend the sick, + and guard the prisoners. + </p> + <p> + At his departure our Captain gave this Master straight charge, in any case + not to trust any messenger, that should come in his name with any tokens, + unless he brought his handwriting: which he knew could not be + counterfeited by the Cimaroons or Spaniards. + </p> + <p> + We were in all forty-eight, of which eighteen only were English; the rest + were Cimaroons, which beside their arms, bare every one of them, a great + quantity of victuals and provision, supplying our want of carriage in so + long a march, so that we were not troubled with anything but our + furniture. And because they could not carry enough to suffice us + altogether; therefore (as they promised before) so by the way with their + arrows, they provided for us competent store from time to time. + </p> + <p> + They have every one of them two sorts of arrows: the one to defend himself + and offend the enemy, the other to kill his victuals. These for fight are + somewhat like the Scottish arrow; only somewhat longer, and headed with + iron, wood, or fish bones. But the arrows for provision are of three + sorts, the first serveth to kill any great beast near at hand, as ox, + stag, or wild boar: this hath a head of iron of a pound and a half weight, + shaped in form like the head of a javelin or boar-spear, as sharp as any + knife, making so large and deep a wound as can hardly be believed of him + that hath not seen it. The second serveth for lesser beasts, and hath a + head of three-quarters of a pound: this he most usually shooteth. The + third serveth for all manner of birds: it hath a head of an ounce weight. + And these heads though they be of iron only, yet are they so cunningly + tempered, that they will continue a very good edge a long time: and though + they be turned sometimes, yet they will never or seldom break. The + necessity in which they stand hereof continually causeth them to have iron + in far greater account than gold: and no man among them is of greater + estimation, than he that can most perfectly give this temper unto it. + </p> + <p> + Every day we were marching by sun-rising. We continued till ten in the + forenoon: then resting (ever near some river) till past twelve, we marched + till four, and then by some river's side, we reposed ourselves in such + houses, as either we found prepared heretofore by them, when they + travelled through these woods, or they daily built very readily for us in + this manner. + </p> + <p> + As soon as we came to the place where we intended to lodge, the Cimaroons, + presently laying down their burdens, fell to cutting of forks or posts, + and poles or rafters, and palmito boughs, or plantain leaves; and with + great speed set up the number of six houses. For every of which, they + first fastened deep into the ground, three or four great posts with forks: + upon them, they laid one transom, which was commonly about twenty feet, + and made the sides, in the manner of the roofs of our country houses, + thatching it close with those aforesaid leaves, which keep out water a + long time: observing always that in the lower ground, where greater heat + was, they left some three or four feet open unthatched below, and made the + houses, or rather roofs, so many feet the higher. But in the hills, where + the air was more piercing and the nights cold, they made our rooms always + lower, and thatched them close to the ground, leaving only one door to + enter in, and a louvre hole for a vent, in the midst of the roof. In every + of these, they made four several lodgings, and three fires, one in the + midst, and one at each end of every house: so that the room was most + temperately warm, and nothing annoyed with smoke, partly by reason of the + nature of the wood which they use to burn, yielding very little smoke, + partly by reason of their artificial making of it: as firing the wood cut + in length like our billets at the ends, and joining them together so + close, that though no flame or fire did appear, yet the heat continued + without intermission. + </p> + <p> + Near many of the rivers where we stayed or lodged, we found sundry sorts + of fruits, which we might use with great pleasure and safety temperately: + Mammeas, Guayvas, Palmitos, Pinos, Oranges, Lemons, and divers other; from + eating of which they dissuaded us in any case, unless we eat very few of + them, and those first dry roasted, as Plantains, Potatoes, and such like. + </p> + <p> + In journeying, as oft as by chance they found any wild swine, of which + those hills and valleys have store, they would ordinarily, six at a time, + deliver their burdens to the rest of their fellows, pursue, kill and bring + away after us, as much as they could carry, and time permitted. One day as + we travelled, the Cimaroons found an otter, and prepared it to be drest: + our Captain marvelling at it, PEDRO, our chief Cimaroon, asked him, "Are + you a man of war, and in want; and yet doubt whether this be meat, that + hath blood?" + </p> + <p> + Herewithal our Captain rebuked himself secretly, that he had so slightly + considered of it before. + </p> + <p> + The third day of our journey (6th February), they brought us to a town of + their own, seated near a fair river, on the side of a hill, environed with + a dyke of eight feet broad, and a thick mud wall of ten feet high, + sufficient to stop a sudden surpriser. It had one long and broad street, + lying east and west, and two other cross streets of less breadth and + length: there were in it some five or six and fifty households; which were + kept so clean and sweet, that not only the houses, but the very streets + were very pleasant to behold. In this town we saw they lived very civilly + and cleanly. For as soon as we came thither, they washed themselves in the + river; and changed their apparel, as also their women do wear, which was + very fine and fitly made somewhat after the Spanish fashion, though + nothing so costly. This town is distant thirty-five leagues from Nombre de + Dios and forty-five from Panama. It is plentifully stored with many sorts + of beasts and fowl, with plenty of maize and sundry fruits. + </p> + <p> + Touching their affection in religion, they have no kind of priests, only + they held the Cross in great reputation. But at our Captain's persuasion, + they were contented to leave their crosses, and to learn the <i>Lord's + Prayer</i>, and to be instructed in some measure concerning GOD's true + worship. They kept a continual watch in four parts, three miles off their + town, to prevent the mischiefs, which the Spaniards intend against them, + by the conducting of some of their own coats [i.e., Cimaroons], which + having been taken by the Spaniards have been enforced thereunto: wherein, + as we learned, sometimes the Spaniards have prevailed over them, + especially when they lived less careful; but since, they [watch] against + the Spaniards, whom they killed like beasts, as often as they take them in + the woods; having aforehand understood of their coming. + </p> + <p> + We stayed with them that night, and the next day (7th February) till noon; + during which time, they related unto us diverse very strange accidents, + that had fallen out between them and the Spaniards, namely one. A gallant + gentleman entertained by the Governor of the country, undertook, the year + last past (1572), with 150 soldiers, to put this town to the sword, men, + women, and children. Being conducted to it by one of them, that had been + taken prisoner, and won by great gifts; he surprised it half an hour + before day, by which occasion most of the men escaped, but many of their + women and children were slaughtered, or taken: but the same morning by sun + rising (after that their guide was slain, in following another man's wife, + and that the Cimaroons had assembled themselves in their strength) they + behaved themselves in such sort, and drove the Spaniards to such + extremity, that what with the disadvantage of the woods (having lost their + guide and thereby their way), what with famine and want, there escaped not + past thirty of them, to return answer to those which sent them. + </p> + <p> + Their king [chief] dwelt in a city within sixteen leagues southeast of + Panama; which is able to make 1,700 fighting men. + </p> + <p> + They all intreated our Captain very earnestly, to make his abode with them + some two or three days; promising that by that time, they would double his + strength if he thought good. But he thanking them for their offer, told + them, that "He could stay no longer! It was more than time to prosecute + his purposed voyage. As for strength, he would wish no more than he had, + although he might have presently twenty times as much!" Which they took as + proceeding not only from kindness, but also from magnanimity; and + therefore, they marched forth, that afternoon, with great good will. + </p> + <p> + This was the order of our march. Four of those Cimaroons that best knew + the ways, went about a mile distance before us, breaking boughs as they + went, to be a direction to those that followed; but with great silence, + which they also required us to keep. + </p> + <p> + Then twelve of them were as it were our Vanguard, other twelve, our + Rearward. We with their two Captains in the midst. + </p> + <p> + All the way was through woods very cool and pleasant, by reason of those + goodly and high trees, that grow there so thick, that it is cooler + travelling there under them in that hot region, than it is in the most + parts of England in the summer time. This gave a special encouragement + unto us all, that we understood there was a great Tree about the midway, + from which, we might at once discern the North Sea from whence we came, + and the South Sea whither we were going. + </p> + <p> + The fourth day following (11th February) we came to the height of the + desired hill, a very high hill, lying East and West, like a ridge between + the two seas, about ten of the clock: where [PEDRO] the chiefest of these + Cimaroons took our Captain by the hand, and prayed him to follow him, if + he was desirous to see at once the two seas, which he had so long longed + for. + </p> + <p> + Here was that goodly and great high Tree, in which they had cut and made + divers steps, to ascend up near unto the top, where they had also made a + convenient bower, wherein ten or twelve men might easily sit: and from + thence we might, without any difficulty, plainly see the Atlantic Ocean + whence now we came, and the South Atlantic [i.e., Pacific Ocean] so much + desired. South and north of this Tree, they had felled certain trees, that + the prospect might be the clearer; and near about the Tree there were + divers strong houses, that had been built long before, as well by other + Cimaroons as by these, which usually pass that way, as being inhabited in + divers places in those waste countries. + </p> + <p> + After our Captain had ascended to this bower, with the chief Cimaroon, and + having, as it pleased God, at that time, by reason of the brize [breeze], + a very fair day, had seen that sea, of which he had heard such golden + reports: he "besought Almighty God of His goodness, to give him life and + leave to sail once in an English ship, in that sea!" And then calling up + all the rest of our [17 English] men, he acquainted JOHN OXNAM especially + with this his petition and purpose, if it would please God to grant him + that happiness. Who understanding it, presently protested, that "unless + our Captain did beat him from his company, he would follow him, by God's + grace!" + </p> + <p> + Thus all, thoroughly satisfied with the sight of the seas, descended; and + after our repast, continued our ordinary march through woods, yet two days + more as before: without any great variety. But then (13th February) we + came to march in a champion country, where the grass groweth, not only in + great lengths as the knot grass groweth in many places, but to such + height, that the inhabitants are fain to burn it thrice in the year, that + it may be able to feed the cattle, of which they have thousands. + </p> + <p> + For it is a kind of grass with a stalk, as big as a great wheaten reed, + which hath a blade issuing from the top of it, on which though the cattle + feed, yet it groweth every day higher, until the top be too high for an ox + to reach. Then the inhabitants are wont to put fire to it, for the space + of five or six miles together; which notwithstanding after it is thus + burnt, within three days, springeth up fresh like green corn. Such is the + great fruitfulness of the soil: by reason of the evenness of the day and + night, and the rich dews which fall every morning. + </p> + <p> + In these three last days' march in the champion, as we past over the + hills, we might see Panama five or six times a day; and the last day (14th + February) we saw the ships riding in the road. + </p> + <p> + But after that we were come within a day's journey of Panama, our Captain + (understanding by the Cimaroons that the Dames of Panama are wont to send + forth hunters and fowlers for taking of sundry dainty fowl, which the land + yieldeth; by whom if we marched not very heedfully, we might be descried) + caused all his company to march out of all ordinary way, and that with as + great heed, silence, and secrecy, as possibly they might, to the grove + (which was agreed on four days before) lying within a league of Panama, + where we might lie safely undiscovered near the highway, that leadeth from + thence to Nombre de Dios. + </p> + <p> + Thence we sent a chosen Cimaroon, one that had served a master in Panama + before time, in such apparel as the Negroes of Panama do use to wear, to + be our espial, to go into the town, to learn the certain night, and time + of the night, when the carriers laded the Treasure from the King's + Treasure House to Nombre de Dios. For they are wont to take their journey + from Panama to Venta Cruz, which is six leagues, ever by night; because + the country is all champion, and consequently by day very hot. But from + Venta Cruz to Nombre de Dios as oft as they travel by land with their + treasure, they travel always by day and not by night, because all that way + is full of woods, and therefore very fresh and cool; unless the Cimaroons + happily encounter them, and made them sweat with fear, as sometimes they + have done: whereupon they are glad to guard their <i>Recoes</i> [i.e., + Recuas, the Spanish word for a drove of beasts of burden; meaning here, a + mule train] with soldiers as they pass that way. + </p> + <p> + This last day, our Captain did behold and view the most of all that fair + city, discerning the large street which lieth directly from the sea into + the land, South and North. + </p> + <p> + By three of the clock, we came to this grove; passing for the more secrecy + alongst a certain river, which at that time was almost dried up. + </p> + <p> + Having disposed of ourselves in the grove, we despatched our spy an hour + before night, so that by the closing in of the evening, he might be in the + city; as he was. Whence presently he returned unto us, that which very + happily he understood by companions of his. That the Treasurer of Lima + intending to pass into Spain in the first <i>Adviso</i> (which was a ship + of 350 tons, a very good sailer), was ready that night to take his journey + towards Nombre de Dios, with his daughter and family: having fourteen + mules in company: of which eight were laden with gold, and one with + jewels. And farther, that there were two other Recuas, of fifty mules in + each, laden with victuals for the most part, with some little quantity of + silver, to come forth that night after the other. + </p> + <p> + There are twenty-eight of these Recuas; the greatest of them is of seventy + mules, the less of fifty; unless some particular man hire for himself, + ten, twenty, or thirty, as he hath need. + </p> + <p> + Upon this notice, we forthwith marched four leagues, till we came within + two leagues of Venta Cruz, in which march two of our Cimaroons which were + sent before, by scent of his match, found and brought a Spaniard, whom + they had found asleep by the way, by scent of the said match, and drawing + near thereby, heard him taking his breath as he slept; and being but one, + they fell upon him, stopped his mouth from crying, put out his match, and + bound him so, that they well near strangled him by that time he was + brought unto us. + </p> + <p> + By examining him, we found all that to be true, which our spy had reported + to us, and that he was a soldier entertained with others by the Treasurer, + for guard and conduct of this treasure, from Venta Cruz to Nombre de Dios. + </p> + <p> + This soldier having learned who our Captain was, took courage, and was + bold to make two requests unto him. The one that "He would command his + Cimaroons which hated the Spaniards, especially the soldiers extremely, to + spare his life; which he doubted not but they would do at his charge." The + other was, that "seeing he was a soldier, and assured him, that they + should have that night more gold, besides jewels, and pearls of great + price, then all they could carry (if not, then he was to be dealt with how + they would); but if they all found it so, then it might please our Captain + to give unto him, as much as might suffice for him and his mistress to + live upon, as he had heard our Captain had done to divers others: for + which he would make his name as famous as any of them which had received + like favour." + </p> + <p> + Being at the place appointed, our Captain with half his men [8 English and + 15 Cimaroons], lay on one side of the way, about fifty paces off in the + long grass; JOHN OXNAM with the Captain of the Cimaroons, and the other + half, lay on the other side of the way, at the like distance: but so far + behind, that as occasion served, the former company might take the + foremost mules by the heads, and the hindmost because the mules tied + together, are always driven one after another; and especially that if we + should have need to use our weapons that night, we might be sure not to + endamage our fellows. We had not lain thus in ambush much above an hour, + but we heard the <i>Recuas</i> coming both from the city to Venta Cruz, + and from Venta Cruz to the city, which hath a very common and great trade, + when the fleets are there. We heard them by reason they delight much to + have deep-sounding bells, which, in a still night, are heard very far off. + </p> + <p> + Now though there were as great charge given as might be, that none of our + men should shew or stir themselves, but let all that came from Venta Cruz + to pass quietly; yea, their <i>Recuas</i> also, because we knew that they + brought nothing but merchandise from thence: yet one of our men, called + ROBERT PIKE, haven drunken too much <i>aqua vitae</i> without water, + forgot himself, and enticing a Cimaroon forth with him was gone hard to + the way, with intent to have shown his forwardness on the foremost mules. + And when a cavalier from Venta Cruz, well mounted, with his page running + at his stirrup, passed by, unadvisedly he rose up to see what he was: but + the Cimaroon of better discretion pulled him down, and lay upon him, that + he might not discover them any more. Yet by this, the gentleman had taken + notice by seeing one half all in white: for that we had all put our shirts + over our other apparel, that we might be sure to know our own men in the + pell mell in the night. By means of this sight, the cavalier putting spurs + to his horse, rode a false gallop; as desirous not only himself to be free + of this doubt which he imagined, but also to give advertisement to others + that they might avoid it. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain who had heard and observed by reason of the hardness of the + ground and stillness of the night, the change of this gentleman's trot to + a gallop, suspected that he was discovered, but could not imagine by whose + fault, neither did the time give him leisure to search. And therefore + considering that it might be, by reason of the danger of the place, well + known to ordinary travellers: we lay still in expectation of the + Treasurer's coming; and he had come forward to us, but that this horseman + meeting him, and (as we afterwards learnt by the other Recuas) making + report to him, what he had seen presently that night, what he heard of + Captain DRAKE this long time, and what he conjectured to be most likely: + viz., that the said Captain DRAKE, or some for him, disappointed of his + expectation, of getting any great treasure, both at Nombre de Dios and + other places, was by some means or other come by land, in covert through + the woods, unto this place, to speed of his purpose: and thereupon + persuaded him to turn his <i>Recua</i> out of the way, and let the other + <i>Recuas</i> which were coming after to pass on. They were whole <i>Recuas</i>, + and loaded but with victuals for the most part, so that the loss of them + were far less if the worst befell, and yet they should serve to discover + them as well as the best. + </p> + <p> + Thus by the recklessness of one of our company, and by the carefulness of + this traveller; we were disappointed of a most rich booty: which is to be + thought GOD would not should be taken, for that, by all likelihood, it was + well gotten by that Treasurer. + </p> + <p> + The other two <i>Recuas</i> were no sooner come up to us, but being stayed + and seized on. One of the Chief Carriers, a very sensible fellow, told our + Captain by what means we were discovered, and counselled us to shift for + ourselves betimes, unless we were able to encounter the whole force of the + city and country before day would be about us. + </p> + <p> + It pleased us but little, that we were defeated of our golden <i>Recua</i>, + and that in these we could find not past some two horse-loads of silver: + but it grieved our Captain much more, that he was discovered, and that by + one of his own men. But knowing it bootless to grieve at things past, and + having learned by experience, that all safety in extremity, consisteth in + taking of time [i. e., by the forelock, making an instant decision]; after + no long consultation with PEDRO the chief of our Cimaroons, who declared + that "there were but two ways for him: the one to travel back again the + same secret way they came, for four leagues space into the woods, or else + to march forward, by the highway to Venta Cruz, being two leagues, and + make a way with his sword through the enemies." He resolved, considering + the long and weary marches that we had taken, and chiefly that last + evening and day before: to take now the shortest and readiest way: as + choosing rather to encounter his enemies while he had strength remaining, + than to be encountered or chased when we should be worn out with + weariness: principally now having the mules to ease them that would, some + part of the way. + </p> + <p> + Therefore commanding all to refresh themselves moderately with such store + of victuals as we had here in abundance: he signified his resolution and + reason to them all; asking PEDRO by name, "Whether he would give his hand + not to forsake him?" because he knew that the rest of the Cimaroons would + also then stand fast and firm, so faithful are they to their captain. He + being very glad of his resolution, gave our Captain his hand, and vowed + that "He would rather die at his foot, than leave him to the enemies, if + he held this course." + </p> + <p> + So having strengthened ourselves for the time, we took our journey towards + Venta Cruz, with help of the mules till we came within a mile of the town, + where we turned away the <i>Recuas</i>, charging the conductors of them, + not to follow us upon pain of their lives. + </p> + <p> + There, the way is cut through the woods, above ten or twelve feet broad, + so as two <i>Recuas</i> may pass one by another. The fruitfulness of the + soil, causeth that with often shredding and ridding the way, those woods + grow as thick as our thickest hedges in England that are oftenest cut. + </p> + <p> + To the midst of this wood, a company of soldiers, which continually lay in + that town, to defend it against the Cimaroons, were come forth, to stop us + if they might on the way; if not, to retreat to their strength, and there + to expect us. A Convent [Monastery] of Friars, of whom one was become a + Leader, joined with these soldiers, to take such part as they did. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain understanding by our Cimaroons, which with great heedfulness + and silence, marched now, but about half a flight-shot before us, that it + was time for us to arm and take us to our weapons, for they knew the enemy + was at hand, by smelling of their match and hearing of a noise: had given + us charge, that no one of us should make any shot, until the Spaniards had + first spent their volley: which he thought they would not do before they + had spoken, as indeed fell out. + </p> + <p> + For as soon as we were within hearing, a Spanish Captain cried out, "Hoo!" + Our Captain answered him likewise, and being demanded "<i>Que gente?</i>" + replied "Englishmen!" But when the said Commander charged him, "In the + name of the King of Spain, his Master, that we should yield ourselves; + promising in the word and faith of a Gentleman Soldier, that if we would + so do, he would use us with all courtesy." Our Captain drawing somewhat + near him said: "That for the honour of the Queen of England, his Mistress, + he must have passage that way," and therewithal discharged his pistol + towards him. + </p> + <p> + Upon this, they presently shot off their whole volley; which, though it + lightly wounded our Captain, and divers of our men, yet it caused death to + one only of our company called JOHN HARRIS, who was so powdered with + hail-shot, (which they all used for the most part as it seemed, or else + "quartered," for that our men were hurt with that kind) that we could not + recover his life, though he continued all that day afterwards with us. + </p> + <p> + Presently as our Captain perceived their shot to come slacking, as the + latter drops of a great shower of rain, with his whistle he gave us his + usual signal, to answer them with our shot and arrows, and so march + onwards upon the enemy, with intent to come to handy-strokes, and to have + joined with them; whom when we found retired as to a place of some better + strength, he increased his pace to prevent them if he might. Which the + Cimaroons perceiving, although by terror of the shot continuing, they were + for the time stept aside; yet as soon as they discerned by hearing that we + marched onward, they all rushed forward one after another, traversing the + way, with their arrows ready in their bows, and their manner of country + dance or leap, very singing <i>Yo peho! Yo peho</i> and so got before us, + where they continued their leap and song, after the manner of their own + country wars, till they and we overtook some of the enemy, who near the + town's end, had conveyed themselves within the woods, to have taken their + stand at us, as before. + </p> + <p> + But our Cimaroons now thoroughly encouraged, when they saw our resolution, + brake in through the thickets, on both sides of them, forcing them to fly, + Friars and all! although divers of our men were wounded, and one Cimaroon + especially was run through with one of their pikes, whose courage and mind + served him so well notwithstanding, that he revenged his own death ere he + died, by killing him that had given him that deadly wound. + </p> + <p> + We, with all speed, following this chase, entered the town of Venta Cruz, + being of about forty or fifty houses, which had both a Governor and other + officers and some fair houses, with many storehouses large and strong for + the wares, which brought thither from Nombre de Dios, by the river of + Chagres, so to be transported by mules to Panama: beside the Monastery, + where we found above a thousand bulls and pardons, newly sent from Rome. + </p> + <p> + In those houses we found three gentlewomen, which had lately been + delivered in Nombre de Dios; because it hath been observed of long time, + as they reported to us, that no Spaniard or white woman could ever be + delivered in Nombre de Dios with safety of their children but that within + two or three days they died; notwithstanding that being born and brought + up in this Venta Cruz or Panama five or six years, and then brought to + Nombre de Dios, if they escaped sickness the first or second month, they + commonly lived in it as healthily as in any other place: although no + stranger (as they say) can endure there any long time, without great + danger of death or extreme sickness. + </p> + <p> + Though at our first coming into the town with arms so suddenly, these + ladies were in great fear, yet because our Captain had given straight + charge to all the Cimaroons (that while they were in his company, they + should never hurt any woman nor man that had not a weapon in his hand to + do them hurt; which they earnestly promised, and no less faithfully + performed) they had no wrong offered them, nor any thing taken from them, + to the worth of a garter; wherein, albeit they had indeed sufficient + safety and security, by those of his company, which our Captain sent unto + them, of purpose to comfort them: yet they never ceased most earnestly + entreating, that our Captain would vouchsafe to come to them himself for + their more safety; which when he did, in their presence reporting the + charge he had first been given, and the assurance of his men, they were + comforted. + </p> + <p> + While the guards which we had, not without great need, set, as well on the + bridge which we had to pass over, as at the town's end where we entered + (they have no other entrance into the town by land: but from the water's + side there is one other to carry up and down their merchandise from their + frigates) gained us liberty and quiet to stay in this town some hour and + half: we had not only refreshed ourselves, but our company and Cimaroons + had gotten some good pillage, which our Captain allowed and gave them + (being not the thing he looked for) so that it were not too cumbersome or + heavy in respect of our travel, or defence of ourselves. + </p> + <p> + A little before we departed, some ten or twelve horsemen came from Panama; + by all likelihood, supposing that we were gone out of this town, for that + all was so still and quiet, came to enter the town confidently: but + finding their entertainment such as it was; they that could, rode faster + back again for fear than they had ridden forward for hope. + </p> + <p> + Thus we having ended our business in this town, and the day beginning to + spring, we marched over the bridge, observing the same order that we did + before. There we were all safe in our opinion, as if we had been environed + with wall and trench, for that no Spaniard without his extreme danger + could follow us. The rather now, for that our Cimaroons were grown very + valiant. But our Captain considering that he had a long way to pass, and + that he had been now well near a fortnight from his ship, where he had + left his company but weak by reason of their sickness, hastened his + journeys as much as he might, refusing to visit the other Cimaroon towns + (which they earnestly desired him) and encouraging his own company with + such example and speech, that the way seemed much shorter. For he marched + most cheerfully, and assured us that he doubted not but ere he left that + coast, we should all be bountifully paid and recompensed for all those + pains taken: but by reason of this our Captain's haste, and leaving of + their towns, we marched many days with hungry stomachs, much against the + will of our Cimaroons: who if we would have stayed any day from this + continual journeying, would have killed for us victuals sufficient. + </p> + <p> + In our absence, the rest of the Cimaroons had built a little town within + three leagues off the port where our ship lay. There our Captain was + contented, upon their great and earnest entreaties to make some stay; for + that they alleged, it was only built for his sake. And indeed he consented + the rather, that the want of shoes might be supplied by means of the + Cimaroons, who were a great help unto us: all our men complaining of the + tenderness of their feet, whom our Captain would himself accompany in + their complaint, some times without cause, but some times with cause + indeed; which made the rest to bear the burden the more easily. + </p> + <p> + These Cimaroons, during all the time that we were with burden, did us + continually very good service, and in particular in this journey, being + unto us instead of intelligencers, to advertise us; of guides in our way + to direct us; of purveyors, to provide victuals for us; of house-wrights + to build our lodgings; and had indeed able and strong bodies carrying all + our necessaries: yea, many times when some of our company fainted with + sickness of weariness, two Cimaroons would carry him with ease between + them, two miles together, and at other times, when need was, they would + shew themselves no less valiant than industrious, and of good judgment. + </p> + <p> + From this town, at our first entrance in the evening, on Saturday (22nd + February), our Captain despatched a Cimaroon with a token and certain + order to the Master: who had, these three weeks, kept good watch against + the enemy, and shifted in the woods for fresh victual, for the relief and + recovery of our men left aboard. + </p> + <p> + As soon as this messenger was come to the shore, calling to our ship, as + bringing some news, he was quickly fet[ched] aboard by those which longed + to hear of our Captain's speeding: but when he showed the toothpike of + gold, which he said our Captain had sent for a token to ELLIS HIXOM, with + charge to meet him at such a river though the Master knew well the + Captain's toothpike: yet by reason of his admonition and caveat [warning] + given him at parting, he (though he bewrayed no sign of distrusting the + Cimaroon) yet stood as amazed, lest something had befallen our Captain + otherwise than well. The Cimaroon perceiving this, told him, that it was + night when he was sent away, so that our Captain could not send any + letter, but yet with the point of his knife, he wrote something upon the + toothpike, "which," he said, "should be sufficient to gain credit to the + messenger." + </p> + <p> + Thereupon, the Master looked upon it, and saw written, <i>By me, FRANCIS + DRAKE</i>: wherefore he believed, and according to the message, prepared + what provision he could, and repaired to the mouth of the river of + Tortugos, as the Cimaroons that went with him then named it. + </p> + <p> + That afternoon towards three a clock, we were come down to that river, not + past half-an-hour before we saw our pinnace ready come to receive us: + which was unto us all a double rejoicing: first that we saw them, and + next, so soon. Our Captain with all our company praised GOD most heartily, + for that we saw our pinnace and fellows again. + </p> + <p> + We all seemed to these, who had lived at rest and plenty all this while + aboard, as men strangely changed (our Captain yet not much changed) in + countenance and plight: and indeed our long fasting and sore travail might + somewhat forepine and waste us; but the grief we drew inwardly, for that + we returned without that gold and treasure we hoped for did no doubt show + her print and footsteps in our faces. + </p> + <p> + The rest of our men which were then missed, could not travel so well as + our Captain, and therefore were left at the Indian new town: and the next + day (23rd February) we rowed to another river in the bottom of the bay and + took them all aboard. Thus being returned from Panama, to the great + rejoicing of our company, who were thoroughly revived with the report we + brought from thence: especially understanding our Captain's purpose, that + he meant not to leave off thus, but would once again attempt the same + journey, whereof they also might be partakers. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain would not, in the meantime, suffer this edge and forwardness + of his men to be dulled or rebated, by lying still idly unemployed, as + knowing right well by continual experience, that no sickness was more + noisome to impeach any enterprise than delay and idleness. + </p> + <p> + Therefore considering deeply the intelligences of other places of + importance thereabouts, which he had gotten the former years; and + particularly of Veragua, a rich town lying to the Westward; between Nombre + de Dios and Nicaragua, where is the richest mine of fine gold that is on + this North side: he consulted with his company touching their opinions, + what was to be done in this meantime, and how they stood affected? + </p> + <p> + Some thought, that "It was most necessary to seek supply of victuals, that + we might the better be able to keep our men close and in health till our + time came: and this way easy to be compassed, because the frigates with + victuals went without great defence, whereas the frigates and barks with + treasure, for the most part were wafted with great ships and store of + soldiers." + </p> + <p> + Others yet judged, "We might better bestow our time in intercepting the + frigates of treasure; first, for that our magazines and storehouses of + victuals were reasonably furnished, and the country itself was so + plentiful, that every man might provide for himself if the worst befell: + and victuals might hereafter be provided abundantly as well as now: + whereas the treasure never floateth upon the sea, so ordinarily as at this + time of the Fleets being there, which time in no wise may be neglected." + </p> + <p> + The Cimaroons being demanded also their opinion (for that they were + experienced in the particularities of all the towns thereabouts, as in + which some or other of them had served), declared that "by Veragua, + Signior PEZORO (some time their master from whom they fled) dwelt; not in + the town for fear of some surprise, but yet not far off from the town, for + his better relief; in a very strong house of stone, where he had dwelt + nineteen years at least, never travelling from home; unless happily once a + year to Cartagena, or Nombre de Dios when the Fleets were there. He + keepeth a hundred slaves at least in the mines, each slave being bound to + bring in daily, clear gain (all charges deducted) three Pesos of Gold for + himself and two for his women (8s. 3d. the Peso), amounting in the whole, + to above 200 pounds sterling each day: so that he hath heaped a mighty + mass of treasure together, which he keepeth in certain great chests, of + two feet deep, three broad, and four long: being (notwithstanding all his + wealth) bad and cruel not only to his slaves, but unto all men, and + therefore never going abroad but with a guard of five or six men to defend + his person from danger, which he feareth extraordinarily from all + creatures. + </p> + <p> + "And as touching means of compassing this purpose, they would conduct him + safely through the woods, by the same ways by which they fled, that he + should not need to enter their havens with danger, but might come upon + their backs altogether unlooked for. And though his house were of stone, + so that it could not be burnt; yet if our Captain would undertake the + attempt, they would undermine and overthrow, or otherwise break it open, + in such sort, as we might have easy access to his greatest treasure." + </p> + <p> + Our Captain having heard all their opinions, concluded so that by dividing + his company, the two first different sentences were both reconciled, both + to be practised and put in use. + </p> + <p> + JOHN OXNAM appointed in the <i>Bear</i>, to be sent Eastward towards + Tolou, to see what store of victuals would come athwart his half; and + himself would to the Westward in the <i>Minion</i>, lie off and on the <i>Cabecas</i>, + where was the greatest trade and most ordinary passage of those which + transported treasure from Veragua and Nicaragua to the Fleet; so that no + time might be lost, nor opportunity let slip either for victuals or + treasure. As for the attempt of Veragua, or Signior PEZORO'S house by + land, by marching through the woods; he liked not of, lest it might + overweary his men by continual labour; whom he studied to refresh and + strengthen for his next service forenamed. + </p> + <p> + Therefore using our Cimaroons most courteously, dismissing those that were + desirous to their wives, with such gifts and favours as were most + pleasing, and entertaining those still aboard his ship, which were + contented to abide with the company remaining; the pinnaces departed as we + determined: the <i>Minion</i> to the West, the <i>Bear</i> to the East. + </p> + <p> + The <i>Minion</i> about the <i>Cabecas</i>, met with a frigate of + Nicaragua, in which was some gold, and a Genoese Pilot (of which Nation + there are many in those coasts), which had been at Veragua not past eight + days before. He being very well entreated, certified our Captain of the + state of the town, and of the harbour, and of a frigate that was there + ready to come forth within few days, aboard which there was above a + million of gold, offering to conduct him to it, if we would do him his + right: for that he knew the channel very perfectly, so that he could enter + by night safely without danger of the sands and shallows, though there be + but little water, and utterly undescried; for that the town is five + leagues within the harbour, and the way by land is so far about and + difficult through the woods, that though we should by any casualty be + discovered, about the point of the harbour, yet we might despatch our + business and depart, before the town could have notice of our coming. + </p> + <p> + At his being there, he perceived they had heard of DRAKE'S being on the + coast, which had put them in great fear, as in all other places (PEZORO + purposing to remove himself to the South Sea!): but there was nothing done + to prevent him, their fear being so great, that, as it is accustomed in + such cases, it excluded counsel and bred despair. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain, conferring with his own knowledge and former intelligences, + was purposed to have returned to his ship, to have taken some of those + Cimaroons which had dwelt with Signior PEZORO, to be the more confirmed in + this point. + </p> + <p> + But when the Genoese Pilot was very earnest, to have the time gained, and + warranted our Captain of good speed, if we delayed not; he dismissed the + frigate, somewhat lighter to hasten her journey! And with this Pilot's + advice, laboured with sail and oars to get this harbour and to enter it by + night accordingly: considering that this frigate might now be gained, and + PEZORO'S house attempted hereafter notwithstanding. + </p> + <p> + But when we were come to the mouth of the harbour, we heard the report of + two Chambers, and farther off about a league within the bay, two other as + it were answering them: whereby the Genoese Pilot conjectured that we were + discovered: for he assured us, that this order had been taken since his + last being there, by reason of the advertisement and charge, which the + Governor of Panama had sent to all the Coasts; which even in their beds + lay in great and continual fear of our Captain, and therefore by all + likelihood, maintained this kind of watch, at the charge of the rich + Gnuffe PEZORO for their security. + </p> + <p> + Thus being defeated of this expectation, we found it was not GOD'S will + that we should enter at that time: the rather for that the wind, which had + all this time been Easterly, came up to the Westward, and invited us to + return again to our ship; where, on Sheere Thursday (19th March), we met, + according to appointment, with our <i>Bear</i>, and found that she had + bestowed her time to more profit than we had done. + </p> + <p> + For she had taken a frigate in which there were ten men (whom they set + ashore) great store of maize, twenty-eight fat hogs, and two hundred hens. + Our Captain discharged (20th March) this frigate of her lading; and + because she was new, strong, and of a good mould, the next day (21st + March) he tallowed her to make her a Man-of-war; disposing all our + ordnance and provisions that were fit for such use, in her. For we had + heard by the Spaniards last taken, that there were two little galleys + built in Nombre de Dios, to waft the Chagres Fleet to and fro, but were + not yet both launched: wherefore he purposed now to adventure for that + Fleet. + </p> + <p> + And to hearten his company he feasted them that Easter Day (22nd March) + with great cheer and cheerfulness, setting up his rest upon that attempt. + </p> + <p> + The next day (23rd March) with the new tailored frigate of Tolou, and his + <i>Bear</i>, we set sail towards the Cativaas, where about two days after + we landed, and stayed till noon; at what time seeing a sail to the + westward, as we deemed making to the island: we set sail and plied towards + him, who descrying us, bare with us, till he perceived by our confidence, + that we were no Spaniards, and conjectured we were those Englishmen, of + whom he had heard long before. And being in great want, and desirous to be + relieved by us: he bare up under our lee, and in token of amity, shot off + his lee ordnance, which was not unanswered. + </p> + <p> + We understood that he was TETU, a French Captain of Newhaven [Havre] a + Man-of-war as we were, desirous to be relieved by us. For at our first + meeting, the French Captain cast abroad his hands, and prayed our Captain + to help him to some water, for that he had nothing but wine and cider + aboard him, which had brought his men into great sickness. He had sought + us ever since he first heard of our being upon the coast, about this five + weeks. Our Captain sent one aboard him with some relief for the present, + willing him to follow us to the next port, where he should have both water + and victuals. + </p> + <p> + At our coming to anchor, he sent our Captain a case of pistols, and a fair + gift scimitar (which had been the late King's of France [HENRY II.], whom + Monsieur MONTGOMERY hurt in the eye, and was given him by Monsieur + STROZZE). Our Captain requited him with a chain of gold, and a tablet + which he wore. + </p> + <p> + This Captain reported unto us the first news of the Massacre of Paris, at + the King of NAVARRE'S marriage on Saint Bartholomew's Day last, [24th + August, 1572]; of the Admiral of France slain in his chamber, and divers + other murders: so that he "thought those Frenchmen the happiest which were + farthest from France, now no longer France but Frensy, even as if all Gaul + were turned into wormwood and gall: Italian practices having over-mastered + the French simplicity." He showed what famous and often reports he had + heard of our great riches. He desired to know of our Captain which way he + might "compass" his voyage also. + </p> + <p> + Though we had seen him in some jealousy and distrust, for all his + pretence; because we considered more the strength he had than the + good-will he might bear us: yet upon consultation among ourselves, + "Whether it were fit to receive him or not?" we resolved to take him and + twenty of his men, to serve with our Captain for halves. In such sort as + we needed not doubt of their forces, being but twenty; nor be hurt by + their portions, being no greater than ours: and yet gratify them in their + earnest suit, and serve our own purpose, which without more help we could + very hardly have achieved. Indeed, he had 70 men, and we now but 31; his + ship was above 80 tons, and our frigate not 20, or pinnace nothing near 10 + tons. Yet our Captain thought this proportionable, in consideration that + not numbers of men, but quality of their judgements and knowledge, were to + be the principal actors herein: and the French ship could do not service, + or stand in any stead to this enterprise which we intended, and had agreed + upon before, both touching the time when it should take beginning, and the + place where we should meet, namely, at Rio Francisco. + </p> + <p> + Having thus agreed with Captain TETU, we sent for the Cimaroons as before + was decreed. Two of them were brought aboard our ships, to give the French + assurance of this agreement. + </p> + <p> + And as soon as we could furnish ourselves and refresh the French company, + which was within five or six days (by bringing them to the magazines which + were the nearest, where they were supplied by us in such sort, as they + protested they were beholding to us for all their lives) taking twenty of + the French and fifteen of ours with our Cimaroons, leaving both our chips + in safe road, we manned our frigate and two pinnaces (we had formerly sunk + our <i>Lion</i>, shortly after our return from Panama, because we had not + men sufficient to man her), and went towards Rio Francisco: which because + it had not water enough for our frigate, caused us to leave her at the + Cabecas, manned with English and French, in the charge of ROBERT DOBLE, to + stay there without attempting any chase, until the return of our pinnaces. + </p> + <p> + And then bore to Rio Francisco, where both Captains landed (31st March) + with such force as aforesaid, and charged them that had the charge of the + pinnaces to be there the fourth day next following without any fail. And + thus knowing that the carriages [mule loads] went now daily from Panama to + Nombre de Dios; we proceeded in covert through the woods, towards the + highway that leadeth between them. + </p> + <p> + It is five leagues accounted by sea, between Rio Francisco and Nombre de + Dios; but that way which we march by land, we found it above seven + leagues. We marched as in our former journey to Panama, both for order and + silence; to the great wonder of the French Captain and company, who + protested they knew not by any means how to recover the pinnaces, if the + Cimaroons (to whom what our Captain commanded was a law; though they + little regarded the French, as having no trust in them) should leave us: + our Captain assured him, "There was no cause of doubt of them, of whom he + had had such former trial." + </p> + <p> + When we were come within an English mile of the way, we stayed all night, + refreshing ourselves, in great stillness, in a most convenient place: + where we heard the carpenters, being many in number, working upon their + ships, as they usually do by reason of the great heat of the day in Nombre + de Dios; and might hear the mules coming from Panama, by reason of the + advantage of the ground. + </p> + <p> + The next morning (1st April), upon hearing of that number of bells, the + Cimaroons, rejoiced exceedingly, as though there could not have befallen + them a more joyful accident chiefly having been disappointed before. Now + they all assured us, "We should have more gold and silver than all of us + could bear away:" as in truth it fell out. + </p> + <p> + For there came three <i>Recuas</i>, one of 50 mules, the other two, of 70 + each, every [one] of which carried 300 lbs. weight of silver; which in all + amounted to near thirty tons. + </p> + <p> + We putting ourselves in readiness, went down near the way to hear the + bells; where we stayed not long, but we saw of what metal they were made; + and took such hold on the heads of the foremost and hindmost mules, that + all the rest stayed and lay down, as their manner is. + </p> + <p> + These three <i>Recuas</i> were guarded with forty-five soldiers or + thereabouts, fifteen to each <i>Recua</i>, which caused some exchange of + bullets and arrows for a time; in which conflict the French Captain was + sore wounded with hail-shot in the belly, and one Cimaroon was slain: but + in the end, these soldiers thought it the best way to leave their mules + with us, and to seek for more help abroad. + </p> + <p> + In which meantime we took some pain to ease some of the mules which were + heaviest loaden of their carriage. And because we ourselves were somewhat + weary, we were contented with a few bars and quoits of gold, as we could + well carry: burying about fifteen tons of silver, partly in the burrows + which the great land crabs had made in the earth, and partly under old + trees which were fallen thereabout, and partly in the sand and gravel of a + river, not very deep of water. + </p> + <p> + Thus when about this business, we had spent some two hours, and had + disposed of all our matters, and were ready to march back the very + self-same way that we came, we heard both horse and foot coming as it + seemed to the mules: for they never followed us, after we were once + entered the woods, where the French Captain by reason of his wound, not + able to travel farther, stayed, in hope that some rest would recover him + better strength. + </p> + <p> + But after we had marched some two leagues, upon the French soldiers' + complaint, that they missed one of their men also, examination being made + whether he were slain or not: it was found that he had drunk much wine, + and over-lading himself with pillage, and hasting to go before us, had + lost himself in the woods. And as we afterwards knew, he was taken by the + Spaniards that evening: and upon torture, discovered unto them where we + had hidden our treasure. + </p> + <p> + We continued our march all that and the next day (2nd and 3rd April) + towards Rio Francisco, in hope to meet with our pinnaces; but when we came + thither, looking out to sea, we saw seven Spanish pinnaces, which had been + searching all the coast thereabouts: whereupon we mightily suspected that + they had taken or spoiled our pinnaces, for that our Captain had given so + straight charge, that they should repair to this place this afternoon; + from the Cabecas where they rode; whence to our sight these Spaniards' + pinnaces did come. + </p> + <p> + But the night before, there had fallen very much rain, with much westerly + wind, which as it enforced the Spaniards to return home the sooner, by + reason of the storm: so it kept our pinnaces, that they could not keep the + appointment; because the wind was contrary, and blew so strong, that with + their oars they could all that day get but half the way. Notwithstanding, + if they had followed our Captain's direction in setting forth over night, + while the wind served, they had arrived at the place appointed with far + less labour, but with far more danger: because that very day at noon, the + shallops manned out, of purpose, from Nombre de Dios, were come to this + place to take our pinnaces: imagining where we were, after they had heard + of our intercepting of the treasure. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain seeing the shallops, feared lest having taken our pinnaces, + they had compelled our men by torture to confess where his frigate and + ships were. Therefore in this distress and perplexity, the company + misdoubting that all means of return to their country were cut off, and + that their treasure then served them to small purpose; our Captain + comforted and encouraged us all, saying, "We should venture no farther + than he did. It was no time now to fear: but rather to hasten to prevent + that which was feared! If the enemy have prevailed against our pinnaces, + which GOD forbid! Yet they must have time to search them, time to examine + the mariners, time to execute their resolution after it is determined. + Before all these times be taken, we may get to our ships, if ye will! + though not possibly by land, because of the hills, thickets, and rivers, + yet by water. Let us, therefore, make a raft with the trees that are here + in readiness, as offering themselves, being brought down the river, + happily this last storm, and put ourselves to sea! I will be one, who will + be the other?" + </p> + <p> + JOHN SMITH offered himself, and two Frenchmen that could swim very well, + desired they might accompany our Captain, as did the Cimaroons likewise + (who had been very earnest with our Captain to have marched by land, + though it were sixteen days' journey, and in case the ship had been + surprised, to have abode always with them), especially PEDRO, who yet was + fain to be left behind, because he could not row. + </p> + <p> + The raft was fitted and fast bound; a sail of a biscuit sack prepared; an + oar was shaped out of a young tree to serve instead of a rudder, to direct + their course before the wind. + </p> + <p> + At his departure he comforted the company, by promising, that "If it + pleased GOD, he should put his foot in safety aboard his frigate, he + would, GOD willing, by one means or other get them all aboard, in despite + of all the Spaniards in the Indies!" + </p> + <p> + In this manner pulling off to the sea, he sailed some three leagues, + sitting up to the waist continually in water, and at every surge of the + wave to the arm-pits, for the space of six hours, upon this raft: what + with the parching of the sun and what with the beating of the salt water, + they had all of them their skins much fretted away. + </p> + <p> + At length GOD gave them the sight of two pinnaces turning towards them + with much wind; but with far greater joy to them than could easily + conjecture, and did cheerfully declare to those three with him, that "they + were our pinnaces! and that all was safe, so that there was no cause of + fear!" + </p> + <p> + But see, the pinnaces not seeing this raft, nor suspecting any such + matter, by reason of the wind and night growing on, were forced to run + into a cover behind the point, to take succour, for that night: which our + Captain seeing, and gathering (because they came not forth again), that + they would anchor there, put his raft ashore, and ran by land about the + point, where he found them; who, upon sight of him, made as much haste as + they could to take him and his company aboard. For our Captain (of purpose + to try what haste they could and would make in extremity), himself ran in + great haste, and so willed the other three with him; as if they had been + chased by the enemy: which they the rather suspected, because they saw so + few with him. + </p> + <p> + And after his coming aboard, when they demanding "How all his company + did?" he answered coldly, "Well!" They all doubted that all went scarce + well. But he willing to rid all doubts, and fill them with joy, took out + of his bosom a quoit of gold, thanking GOD that "our voyage was made!" + </p> + <p> + And to the Frenchmen he declared, how their Captain with great pain of his + company, rowed to Rio Francisco; where he took the rest in, and the + treasure which we had brought with us: making such expedition, that by + dawning of the day, we set sail back again to our frigate, and from thence + directly to our ships: where, as soon as we arrived, our Captain divided + by weight, the gold and silver into two even portions, between the French + and the English. + </p> + <p> + About a fortnight after, when we had set all things to order, and taking + out of our ship [the <i>Pascha</i>] all such necessaries as we needed for + our frigate, had left and given her to the Spaniards, whom we had all this + time detained, we put out of that harbour together with the French ship, + riding some few days among the Cabecas. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, our Captain made a secret composition with the Cimaroons, + that twelve of our men and sixteen of theirs, should make another voyage, + to get intelligence in what case the country stood; and if it might be, + recover Monsieur TETU, the French Captain; at leastwise to bring away that + which was hidden in our former surprise, and could not then be + conveniently carried. + </p> + <p> + JOHN OXNAM and THOMAS SHERWELL were put in trust for his service, to the + great content of the whole company, who conceived greatest hope of them + next our Captain; whom by no means they would condescend to suffer to + adventure again, this time: yet he himself rowed to set them ashore at Rio + Francisco; finding his labour well employed both otherwise, and also in + saving one of those two Frenchmen that had remained willingly to accompany + their wounded captain. + </p> + <p> + For this gentleman, having escaped the rage of the Spaniards, was now + coming towards our pinnace, where he fell down on his knees, blessing GOD + for the time, "that ever our Captain was born; who now, beyond all his + hopes, was become his deliverer." + </p> + <p> + He being demanded, "What was become of his Captain and other fellow?" + shewed that within half an hour after our departure, the Spaniards had + overgotten them, and took his Captain and other fellow: he only escaped by + flight, having cast away all his carriage, and among the rest one box of + jewels, that he might fly the swifter from the pursuers: but his fellow + took it up and burdened himself so sore, that he could make no speed; as + easily as he might otherwise, if he would have cast down his pillage, and + laid aside his covetous mind. As for the silver, which we had hidden + thereabout in the earth and the sands, he thought that it was all gone: + for that he thought there had been near two thousand Spaniards and Negroes + there to dig and search for it. + </p> + <p> + This report notwithstanding, our purpose held, and our men were sent to + the said place, where they found that the earth, every way a mile distant + had been digged and turned up in every place of any likelihood, to have + anything hidden in it. + </p> + <p> + And yet nevertheless, for all that narrow search, all our men's labour was + not quite lost, but so considered, that the third day after their + departure, they all returned safe and cheerful, with as much silver as + they and all the Cimaroons could find (viz., thirteen bars of silver, and + some few quoits of gold), with which they were presently embarked, without + empeachment, repairing with no less speed than joy to our frigate. + </p> + <p> + Now was it high time to think of homewards, having sped ourselves as we + desired; and therefore our Captain concluded to visit Rio Grande + [Magdalena] once again, to see if he could meet with any sufficient ship + or bark, to carry victuals enough to serve our turn homewards, in which we + might in safety and security embark ourselves. + </p> + <p> + The Frenchmen having formerly gone from us, as soon as they had their + shares, at our first return with the treasure; as being very desirous to + return home into their country, and our Captain as desirous to dismiss + them, as they were to be dismissed: for that he foresaw they could not in + their ship avoid the danger of being taken by the Spaniards, if they + should make out any Men-of-war for them, while they lingered on the coast; + and having also been then again relieved with victuals by us.—Now at + our meeting of them again, were very loath to leave us, and therefore + accompanied us very kindly as far up as St. Bernards; and farther would, + but that they durst not adventure so great danger; for that we had + intelligence, that the Fleet was ready to set sail for Spain, riding at + the entry of Cartagena. + </p> + <p> + Thus we departed from them, passing hard by Cartagena, in the sight of all + the Fleet, with a flag of St. GEORGE in the main top of our frigate, with + silk streamers and ancients down to the water, sailing forward with a + large wind, till we came within two leagues of the river [Magdalena], + being all low land, and dark night: where to prevent the over shooting of + the river in the night, we lay off and on bearing small sail, till that + about midnight the wind veering to the eastward, by two of the clock in + the morning, a frigate from Rio Grande [Magdalena] passed hard by us, + bearing also but small sail. We saluted them with our shot and arrows, + they answered us with bases; but we got aboard them, and took such order, + that they were content against their wills to depart ashore and to leave + us this frigate: which was of 25 tons, loaded with maize, hens, and hogs, + and some honey, in very good time fit for our use; for the honey + especially was notable reliever and preserver of crazed people. + </p> + <p> + The next morning as soon as we set those Spaniards ashore on the Main, we + set our course for the Cabecas without any stop, whither we came about + five days after. And being at anchor, presently we hove out all the maize + a land, saving three butts which we kept for our store: and carrying all + our provisions ashore, we brought both our frigates on the careen, and new + tallowed them. + </p> + <p> + Here we stayed about seven nights, trimming and rigging our frigates, + boarding and stowing our provision, tearing abroad and burning our + pinnaces, that the Cimaroons might have the iron-work. + </p> + <p> + About a day or two before our departure, our Captain willed PEDRO and + three of the chiefest of the Cimaroons to go through both his frigates, to + see what they liked; promising to give it them, whatsoever it were, so it + were not so necessary as that he could not return into England without it. + And for their wives he would himself seek out some silks or linen that + might gratify them; which while he was choosing out of his trunks, the + scimitar which CAPTAIN TETU had given to our Captain, chanced to be taken + forth in PEDRO'S sight: which he seeing grew so much in liking thereof, + that he accounted of nothing else in respect of it, and preferred it + before all that could be given him. Yet imagining that it was no less + esteemed of our Captain, durst not himself open his mouth to crave or + commend it; but made one FRANCIS TUCKER to be his mean to break his mind, + promising to give him a fine quoit of gold, which yet he had in store, if + he would but move our Captain for it; and to our Captain himself, he would + give four other great quoits which he had hidden, intending to have + reserved them until another voyage. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain being accordingly moved by FRANCES TUCKER, could have been + content to have made no such exchange; but yet desirous to content him, + that had deserved so well, he gave it him with many good words: who + received it with no little joy, affirming that if he should give his wife + and children which he loved dearly in lieu of it, he could not sufficient + recompense it (for he would present his king with it, who he knew would + make him a great man, even for this very gift's sake); yet in gratuity and + stead of other requital of this jewel, he desired our Captain to accept + these four pieces of gold, as a token of his thankfulness to him, and a + pawn of his faithfulness during life. + </p> + <p> + Our Captain received it in most kind sort, but took it not to his own + benefit, but caused it to be cast into the whole Adventure, saying, "If he + had not been set forth to take that place, he had not attained such a + commodity, and therefore it was just that they which bare part with him of + his burden in setting him to sea, should enjoy the proportion of his + benefit whatsoever at his return." + </p> + <p> + Thus with good love and liking we took our leave of that people, setting + over to the islands of [ ? ], whence the next day after, we set sail + towards Cape St. Antonio; by which we past with a large wind: but + presently being to stand for the Havana, we were fain to ply to the + windward some three or four days; in which plying we fortuned to take a + small bark, in which were two or three hundred hides, and one most + necessary thing, which stood us in great stead, viz., a pump! which we set + in our frigate. Their bark because it was nothing fit for our service, our + Captain gave them to carry them home. + </p> + <p> + And so returning to Cape St. Antonio, and landing there, we refreshed + ourselves, and besides great store of turtle eggs, found by day in the + [sand], we took 250 turtles by night. We powdered [salted] and dried some + of them, which did us good service. The rest continued but a small time. + </p> + <p> + There were, at this time, belonging to Cartagena, Nombre de Dios, Rio + Grande, Santa Marta, Rio de la Hacha, Venta Cruz, Veragua, Nicaragua, the + Honduras, Jamaica etc., above 200 frigates; some of a 120 tons, others but + of 10 or 12 tons, but the most of 30 or 40 tons, which all had intercourse + between Cartagena and Nombre de Dios. The most of which, during our abode + in those parts, we took; and one of them, twice or thrice each: yet never + burnt nor sunk any, unless they were made out Men-of-war against us, or + laid as stales to entrap us. + </p> + <p> + And of all the men taken in these several vessels, we never offered any + kind of violence to any, after they were once come under our power; but + either presently dismissed them in safety, or keeping them with us some + longer time (as some of them we did), we always provided for their + sustenance as for ourselves, and secured them from the rage of the + Cimaroons against them: till at last, the danger of their discovering + where our ships lay being over past, for which only cause we kept them + prisoners, we set them also free. + </p> + <p> + Many strange birds, beasts, and fishes, besides fruits, trees, plants, and + the like, were seen and observed of us in this journey, which willingly we + pretermit as hastening to the end of our voyage: which from this Cape of + St. Antonio, we intended to finish by sailing the directest and speediest + way homeward; and accordingly, even beyond our own expectation, most + happily performed. + </p> + <p> + For whereas our Captain had purposed to touch at Newfoundland, and there + to have watered; which would have been some let unto us, though we stood + in great want of water; yet GOD Almighty so provided for us, by giving us + good store of rain water, that we were sufficiently furnished: and, within + twenty-three days, we passed from the Cape of Florida, to the Isles of + Scilly, and so arrived at Plymouth, on Sunday, about sermon time, August + the 9th, 1573. + </p> + <p> + At what time, the news of our Captain's return brought unto his, did so + speedily pass over all the church, and surpass their minds with desire and + delight to see him, that very few or none remained with the Preacher. All + hastened to see the evidence of GOD's love and blessing towards our + Gracious Queen and country, by the fruit of our Captain's labour and + success. + </p> + <p> + <i>Soli DEO Gloria.</i> FINIS. + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Sir Francis Drake Revived, by Philip Nichols + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED *** + +***** This file should be named 2854-h.htm or 2854-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/5/2854/ + +Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/2854.txt b/2854.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5dd3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/2854.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3209 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Sir Francis Drake Revived, by Philip Nichols + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Sir Francis Drake Revived + +Author: Philip Nichols + +Release Date: March 31, 2006 [EBook #2854] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED *** + + + + +Produced by Dagny; John Bickers + + + + + +SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + +By Philip Nichols + +Editor: Philip Nichols + + + + PREPARER'S NOTE + + This text was originally prepared from a 1910 edition, + published by P F + Collier & Son Company, New York. It included this note: + + Faithfully taken out of the report of Master Christopher Ceely, + Ellis Hixom, and others, who were in the same Voyage with him + By Philip Nichols, Preacher + Reviewed by Sir Francis Drake himself + Set forth by Sir Francis Drake, Baronet (his nephew) + + + + +SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + + + + +INTRODUCTORY NOTE + +Sir Francis Drake, the greatest of the naval adventurers of England of +the time of Elizabeth, was born in Devonshire about 1540. He went to +sea early, was sailing to the Spanish Main by 1565, and commanded a ship +under Hawkins in an expedition that was overwhelmed by the Spaniards +in 1567. In order to recompense himself for the loss suffered in this +disaster, he equipped the expedition against the Spanish treasure-house +at Nombre de Dios in 1572, the fortunes of which are described in the +first of the two following narratives. It was on this voyage that he was +led by native guides to "that goodly and great high tree" on the isthmus +of Darien, from which, first of Englishmen, he looked on the Pacific, +and "besought Almighty God of His goodness to give him life and leave to +sail once in an English ship in that sea." + +The fulfilment of this prayer is described in the second of the voyages +here printed, in which it is told how, in 1578, Drake passed through the +Straits of Magellan into waters never before sailed by his countrymen, +and with a single ship rifled the Spanish settlements on the west +coast of South America and plundered the Spanish treasure-ships; how, +considering it unsafe to go back the way he came lest the enemy should +seek revenge, he went as far north as the Golden Gate, then passed +across the Pacific and round by the Cape of Good Hope, and so home, the +first Englishman to circumnavigate the globe. Only Magellan's ship had +preceded him in the feat, and Magellan had died on the voyage. The Queen +visited the ship, "The Golden Hind," as she lay at Deptford and knighted +the commander on board. + +Drake's further adventures were of almost equal interest. Returning +from a raid on the Spaniards in 1586, he brought home the despairing +Virginian colony, and is said at the same time to have introduced from +America tobacco and potatoes. Two years later he led the English fleet +in the decisive engagement with the Great Armada. In 1595 he set out on +another voyage to the Spanish Main; and in the January of the following +year died off Porto Bello and was buried in the waters where he had made +his name as the greatest seaman of his day and nation. + + + TO THE HIGH AND MIGHTY + CHARLES THE FIRST, OF + GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE, and IRELAND, + KING, all the blessings of this, and a better life. + + + MOST GRACIOUS SOVEREIGN, + + That this brief Treatise is yours, both by right and by + succession, will appear by the Author's and Actor's ensuing + _Dedication_. To praise either the Mistress or the Servant, might + justly incur the censure of _Quis eos unquam sanus vituperavit_; + either's worth having sufficiently blazed their fame. + + This Present loseth nothing, by glancing on former actions; and + the observation of passed adventures may probably advantage future + employments. Caesar wrote his own Commentaries; and this Doer was + partly the Indictor. + + Neither is there wanting living testimony to confirm its truth. + For his sake, then, cherish what is good! and I shall willingly + entertain check for what is amiss. Your favourable acceptance may + encourage my collecting of more neglected notes! However, though + Virtue, as Lands, be not inheritable; yet hath he left of his + Name, one that resolves, and therein joys to approve himself. + + Your most humble and loyal subject, + + FRANCIS DRAKE [BART.] + + + + The Dedicatory Epistle, Intended To + QUEEN ELIZABETH + Written By SIR FRANCIS DRAKE, Deceased. + + To The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, + my most dread Sovereign. + + + Madam, + + Seeing divers have diversely reported and written of these Voyages + and Actions which I have attempted and made, every one + endeavouring to bring to light whatsoever inklings or conjectures + they have had; whereby many untruths have been published, and the + certain truth concealed: as [so] I have thought it necessary + myself, as in a Card [chart] to prick the principal points of the + counsels taken, attempts made, and success had, during the whole + course of my employment in these services against the Spaniard. + Not as setting sail for maintaining my reputation in men's + judgment, but only as sitting at helm, if occasion shall be, for + conducting the like actions hereafter. So I have accounted it my + duty, to present this Discourse to Your Majesty, as of right; + either for itself being the first fruits of your Servant's pen, or + for the matter, being service done to Your Majesty by your poor + vassal, against your great Enemy: at times, in such places, and + after such sort as may seem strange to those that are not + acquainted with the whole carriage thereof; but will be a pleasing + remembrance to Your Highness, who take the apparent height of the + Almighty's favour towards you, by these events, as truest + instruments. + + Humbly submitting myself to Your gracious censure, both in writing + and presenting; that Posterity be not deprived of such help as may + happily be gained hereby, and our present Age, at least, may be + satisfied, in the rightfulness of these actions, which hitherto + have been silenced: and Your Servant's labour not seem altogether + lost, not only in travels by sea and land, but also in writing the + Report thereof (a work to him no less troublesome) yet made + pleasant and sweet, in that it hath been, is, and shall be for + Your Majesty's content; to whom I have devoted myself [and] live + or die. + + FRANCIS DRAKE [Knight]. + + January 1, 1592 [i.e., 1593]. + + + + + TO THE COURTEOUS READER + + + HONEST READER, + + Without apology, I desire thee, in this ensuing Discourse, to + observe, with me, the power and justice of the LORD of Hosts, Who + could enable so mean a person to right himself upon so mighty a + Prince; together with the goodness and providence of GOD very + observable in that it pleased Him to raise this man, not only from + a low condition, but even from the state of persecution. His + father suffered in it, being forced to fly from his house, near + South Tavistock in Devon, into Kent: and there to inhabit in the + hull of a ship, wherein many of his younger sons were born. He had + twelve in all: and as it pleased GOD to give most of them a being + upon the water, so the greatest part of them died at sea. The + youngest, who though he was [went] as far as any, yet died at + home; whose posterity inherits that, which by himself and this + noble Gentleman the eldest brother, was hardly, yet worthily + gotten. + + I could more largely acquaint thee, that this voyage was his Third + he made into the West Indies; after that [of] his excellent + service, both by sea and land, in Ireland, under WALTER, Earl of + ESSEX; his next, about the World; another, wherein he took St. + Jago, Cartagena, St. Domingo, St. Augustino; his doings at Cadiz; + besides the first Carrack taught by him to sail into England; his + stirrings in Eighty-seven; his remarkable actions in Eighty-eight; + his endeavours in the Portugal employment; his last enterprise, + determined by death; and his filling Plymouth with a plentiful + stream of fresh water: but I pass by all these. I had rather thou + shouldest inquire of others! then to seem myself a vainglorious + man. + + I intend not his praise! I strive only to set out the praise of + his and our good GOD! that guided him in his truth! and protected + him in his courses! My ends are to stir thee up to the worship of + GOD, and service of our King and Country, by his example! If + anything be worth thy consideration; conclude with me, that the + LORD only, can do great things! + + FRANCIS DRAKE [Bart.] + + + + +SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + +Calling upon this dull or effeminate Age, to follow his noble steps for +gold and silver. + + +As there is a general Vengeance which secretly pursueth the doers of +wrong, and suffereth them not to prosper, albeit no man of purpose +empeach them: so is there a particular Indignation, engrafted in the +bosom of all that are wronged, which ceaseth not seeking, by all means +possible, to redress or remedy the wrong received. Insomuch as those +great and mighty men, in whom their prosperous estate hath bred such an +overweening of themselves, but they do not only wrong their inferiors, +but despise them being injured, seem to take a very unfit course for +their own safety, and far unfitter for their rest. For as ESOP teacheth, +even the fly hath her spleen, and the emmet [ant] is not without her +choler; and both together many times find means whereby, though the +eagle lays her eggs in JUPITER'S lap, yet by one way or other, she +escapeth not requital of her wrong done [to] the emmet. + +Among the manifold examples hereof, which former Ages have committed to +memory, or our Time yielded to sight: I suppose, there hath not been any +more notable then this in hand; either in respect of the greatness of +the person in whom the first injury was offered, or the meanness of him +who righted himself. The one being, in his own conceit, the mightiest +Monarch of all the world! The other, an English Captain, a mean subject +of her Majesty's! Who (besides the wrongs received at Rio de [la] +Hacha with Captain JOHN LOVELL in the years 1565 and 1566) having been +grievously endamaged at San Juan de Ulua in the Bay of Mexico, with +captain JOHN HAWKINS, in the years 1567 and 1568, not only in the loss +of his goods of some value, but also of his kinsmen and friends, and +that by the falsehood of DON MARTIN HENRIQUEZ then the Viceroy of +Mexico; and finding that no recompense could be recovered out of Spain, +by any of his own means, or by Her Majesty's letters; he used such helps +as he might, by two several voyages into the West Indies (the first with +two ships, the one called the _Dragon_, the other the _Swan_, in the +year 1570: the other in the _Swan_ alone in the year 1571, to gain such +intelligences as might further him, to get some amends for his loss. + + + +On Whitsunday Eve, being the 24th of May, in the year 1572, Captain +DRAKE in the _Pascha_ of Plymouth of 70 tons, his admiral [flag-ship]; +with the _Swan_ of the same port, of 25 tons, his vice-admiral, in which +his brother JOHN DRAKE was Captain (having in both of them, of men and +boys seventy-three, all voluntarily assembled; of which the eldest was +fifty, all the rest under thirty: so divided that there were forty-seven +in the one ship, and twenty-six in the other. Both richly furnished with +victuals and apparel for a whole year; and no less heedfully provided +of all manner of munition, artillery, artificers, stuff and tools, that +were requisite for such a Man-of-war in such an attempt: but especially +having three dainty pinnaces made in Plymouth, taken asunder in all +pieces, and stowed aboard, to be set up as occasion served), set sail, +from out of the Sound of Plymouth, with intent to land at Nombre de +Dios. + +The wind continued prosperous and favourable at northeast, and gave us +a very good passage, without any alteration or change: so that albeit +we had sight (3rd June) of Porto Santo, one of the Madeiras, and of +the Canaries also within twelve days of our setting forth: yet we never +struck sail nor came to anchor, nor made any stay for any cause, neither +there nor elsewhere, until twenty-five days after; when (28th June) +we had sight of the island Guadaloupe, one of the islands of the West +Indies, goodly high land. + +The next morning (29th June), we entered between Dominica and +Guadaloupe, where we descried two canoes coming from a rocky island, +three leagues off Dominica; which usually repair thither to fish, by +reason of the great plenty thereof, which is there continually to be +found. + +We landed on the south side of it, remaining there three days to refresh +our men; and to water our ships out of one of those goodly rivers, which +fall down off the mountain. There we saw certain poor cottages; built +with Palmito boughs and branches; but no inhabitants, at that time, +civil or savage: the cottages it may be (for we could know no certain +cause of the solitariness we found there) serving, not for continual +inhabitation, but only for their uses, that came to that place at +certain seasons to fish. + +The third day after (1st July), about three in the afternoon, we set +sail from thence, toward the continent of _Terra firma_. + +And the fifth day after (6th July), we had sight of the high land of +Santa Marta; but came not near the shore by ten leagues. + +But thence directed our course, for a place called by us, Port Pheasant; +for that our Captain had so named it in his former voyage, by reason of +the great store of those goodly fowls, which he and his company did then +daily kill and feed on, in that place. In this course notwithstanding we +had two days calm, yet within six days after we arrived (12th July) at +Port Pheasant, which is a fine round bay, of very safe harbour for all +winds, lying between two high points, not past half a cable's length +over at the mouth, but within, eight or ten cables' length every way, +having ten or twelve fathoms of water more or less, full of good fish; +the soil also very fruitful, which may appear by this, that our Captain +having been in this place, within a year and few days before [i. e., in +July, 1571] and having rid the place with many alleys and paths made; +yet now all was so overgrown again, as that we doubted, at first, +whether this was the same place or not. + +At our entrance into this bay, our Captain having given order to his +brother what to do, if any occasion should happen in his absence, was +on his way, with intent to have gone aland with some few only in his +company, because he knew there dwelt no Spaniards within thirty-five +leagues of that place. [Santiago de] Tolou being the nearest to the +eastwards, and Nombre de Dios to the westwards, where any of that nation +dwelt. + +But as we were rowing ashore, we saw a smoke in the woods, even near the +place where our Captain had aforetime frequented; therefore thinking it +fit to take more strength with us, he caused his other boat also to be +manned, with certain muskets and other weapons, suspecting some enemy +had been ashore. + +When we landed, we found by evident marks, that there had been lately +there, a certain Englishman of Plymouth, called JOHN GARRET, who had +been conducted thither by certain English mariners which had been there +with our Captain, in some of his former voyages. He had now left a plate +of lead, nailed fast to a mighty great tree (greater than any four men +joining hands could fathom about) on which were engraven these words, +directed to our Captain. + + +CAPTAIN DRAKE + +If you fortune to come to this Port, make haste away! For the Spaniards +which you had with you here, the last year, have bewrayed this place, +and taken away all that you left here. + +I depart from hence, this present 7th of July, 1572. + +Your very loving friend, John Garret. + + +The smoke which we saw, was occasioned by a fire, which the said Garret +and his company had made, before their departure, in a very great tree, +not far from this which had the lead nailed on it, which had continued +burning at least five days before our arrival. + +This advertisement notwithstanding, our Captain meant not to depart +before he had built his pinnaces; which were yet aboard in pieces: for +which purpose he knew this port to be a most convenient place. + +And therefore as soon as we had moored our ships, our Captain commanded +his pinnaces to be brought ashore for the carpenters to set up; himself +employing all his other company in fortifying a place (which he had +chosen out, as a most fit plot) of three-quarters of an acre of ground, +to make some strength or safety for the present, as sufficiently as +the means he had would afford. Which was performed by felling of +great trees; bowsing and hauling them together, with great pulleys and +hawsers, until they were enclosed to the water; and then letting others +fall upon them, until they had raised with trees and boughs thirty feet +in height round about, leaving only one gate to issue at, near the +water side; which every night, that we might sleep in more safety and +security, was shut up, with a great tree drawn athwart it. + +The whole plot was built in pentagonal form, to wit, of five equal +sides and angles, of which angles two were toward the sea, and that side +between them was left open, for the easy launching of our pinnaces: the +other four equal sides were wholly, excepting the gate before mentioned, +firmly closed up. + +Without, instead of a trench, the ground was rid [laid bare] for fifty +feet space, round about. The rest was very thick with trees, of which +many were of those kinds which are never without green leaves, till they +are dead at the root: excepting only one kind of tree amongst them, +much like to our Ash, which when the sun cometh right over them, causing +great rains, suddenly casteth all its leaves, viz., within three days, +and yet within six days after becomes all green again. The leaves of +the other trees do also in part fall away, but so as the trees continue +still green notwithstanding: being of a marvellous height, and supported +as it were with five or six natural buttresses growing out of their +bodies so far, that three men may so be hidden in each of them, that +they which shall stand in the very next buttress shall not be able to +see them. One of them specially was marked to have had seven of those +stays or buttresses, for the supporting of his greatness and height, +which being measured with a line close by the bark and near to the +ground, as it was indented or extant, was found to be above thirty-nine +yards about. The wood of those trees is as heavy or heavier than Brazil +or _Lignum vitae_; and is in colour white. + +The next day after we had arrived (13th July), there came also into +that bay, an English bark of the Isle of Wight, of Sir EDWARD HORSEY'S; +wherein JAMES RANSE was Captain and JOHN OVERY, Master, with thirty men: +of which, some had been with our Captain in the same place, the year +before. They brought in with them a Spanish caravel of Seville, which +he had taken the day before, athwart of that place; being a Caravel of +_Adviso_ [Despatch boat] bound for Nombre de Dios; and also one +shallop with oars, which he had taken at Cape Blanc. This Captain RANSE +understanding our Captain's purpose, was desirous to join in consort +with him; and was received upon conditions agreed on between them. + +Within seven days after his coming, having set up our pinnaces, and +despatched all our business, in providing all things necessary, out of +our ships into our pinnaces: we departed (20th July) from that harbour, +setting sail in the morning towards Nombre de Dios, continuing our +course till we came to the Isles of Pinos: where, being within three +days arrived, we found (22nd July) two frigates of Nombre de Dios lading +plank and timber from thence. + +The Negroes which were in those frigates, gave us some particular +understanding of the present state of the town; and besides, told us +that they had heard a report, that certain soldiers should come thither +shortly, and were daily looked for, from the Governor of Panama, and the +country thereabout, to defend the town against the Cimaroons (a black +people, which about eighty years past [i.e., 1512] fled from the +Spaniards their masters, by reason of their cruelty, and are since grown +to a Nation, under two Kings of their own: the one inhabiteth to the +West, and the other to the East of the Way from Nombre de Dios to +Panama) which had nearly surprised it [i.e., Nombre de Dios], about six +weeks before [i.e., about 10th June, 1572]. + +Our Captain willing to use those Negroes well (not hurting himself) set +them ashore upon the Main, that they might perhaps join themselves to +their countrymen the Cimaroons, and gain their liberty, if they would; +or if they would not, yet by reason of the length and troublesomeness +of the way by land to Nombre de Dios, he might prevent any notice of his +coming, which they should be able to give. For he was loath to put the +town to too much charge (which he knew they would willingly bestow) in +providing beforehand for his entertainment; and therefore he hastened +his going thither, with as much speed and secrecy as possibly he could. + +To this end, disposing of all his companies, according as they inclined +most; he left the three ships and the caravel with Captain RANSE; and +chose into his four pinnaces (Captain RANSE'S shallop made the fourth) +beside fifty-three of our men, twenty more of Captain RANSE'S company; +with which he seemed competently furnished, to achieve what he intended; +especially having proportioned, according to his own purpose, and our +men's disposition, their several arms, viz., six targets, six firepikes, +twelve pikes, twenty-four muskets and calivers, sixteen bows, and six +partisans, two drums, and two trumpets. + +Thus having parted (23rd July) from our company: we arrived at the +island of Cativaas, being twenty-five leagues distant, about five days +afterward (28th July). There we landed all in the morning betimes: and +our Captain trained his men, delivering them their several weapons +and arms which hitherto he had kept very fair and safe in good caske +[casks]: and exhorting them after his manner, he declared "the greatness +of the hope of good things that was there! the weakness of the town, +being unwalled! and the hope he had of prevailing to recompense his +wrongs! especially now that he should come with such a crew, who were +like-minded with himself; and at such a time, as he should be utterly +undiscovered." + +Therefore, even that afternoon, he causeth us to set sail for Nombre de +Dios, so that before sunset we were as far as Rio Francisco. Thence, he +led us hard aboard the shore, that we might not be descried of the Watch +House, until that being come within two leagues of the point of the bay, +he caused us to strike a hull, and cast our grappers [grappling irons], +riding so until it was dark night. + +Then we weighed again, and set sail, rowing hard aboard the shore, with +as much silence as we could, till we recovered the point of the harbour +under the high land. There, we stayed, all silent; purposing to attempt +the town in the dawning of the day: after that we had reposed ourselves, +for a while. + +But our captain with some other of his best men, finding that our people +were talking of the greatness of the town, and what their strength might +be; especially by the report of the Negroes that we took at the Isle +of Pinos: thought it best to put these conceits out of their heads, and +therefore to take the opportunity of the rising of the moon that night, +persuading them that "it was the day dawning." By this occasion we were +at the town a large hour sooner than first was purposed. For we arrived +there by three of the clock after midnight. At that time it fortuned +that a ship of Spain, of 60 tons, laden with Canary wines and other +commodities, which had but lately come into the bay; and had not +yet furled her spirit-sail (espying our four pinnaces, being an +extraordinary number, and those rowing with many oars) sent away her +gundeloe [? gondola] towards the town, to give warning. But our Captain +perceiving it, cut betwixt her and the town, forcing her to go to the +other side of the bay: whereby we landed without impeachment, although +we found one gunner upon the Platform [battery] in the very place where +we landed; being a sandy place and no key [quay] at all, not past twenty +yards from the houses. + +There we found six great pieces of brass ordinance, mounted upon their +carriages, some Demy, some Whole-Culvering. + +We presently dismounted them. The gunner fled. The town took alarm +(being very ready thereto, by reason of their often disquieting by their +near neighbours the Cimaroons); as we perceived, not only by the noise +and cries of the people, but by the bell ringing out, and drums running +up and down the town. + +Our captain, according to the directions which he had given over night, +to such as he had made choice of for the purpose, left twelve to keep +the pinnaces; that we might be sure of a safe retreat, if the worst +befell. And having made sure work of the Platform before he would enter +the town, he thought best, first to view the Mount on the east side +of the town: where he was informed, by sundry intelligences the year +before, they had an intent to plant ordnance, which might scour round +about the town. + +Therefore, leaving one half of his company to make a stand at the foot +of the Mount, he marched up presently unto the top of it, with all speed +to try the truth of the report, for the more safety. There we found no +piece of ordnance, but only a very fit place prepared for such use, +and therefore we left it without any of our men, and with all celerity +returned now down the Mount. + +Then our Captain appointed his brother, with JOHN OXNAM [or OXENHAM] and +sixteen other of his men, to go about, behind the King's Treasure House, +and enter near the eastern end of the Market Place: himself with the +rest, would pass up the broad street into the Market Place, with sound +of drum and trumpet. The Firepikes, divided half to the one, and half to +the other company, served no less for fright to the enemy than light of +our men, who by this means might discern every place very well, as if +it were near day: whereas the inhabitants stood amazed at so strange a +sight, marvelling what the matter might be, and imagining, by reason of +our drums and trumpets sounding in so sundry places, that we had been a +far greater number then we were. + +Yet, by means of the soldiers of which were in the town, and by reason +of the time which we spent in marching up and down the Mount, the +soldiers and inhabitants had put themselves in arms, and brought their +companies in some order, at the south-east end of the Market Place, near +the Governor's House, and not far from the gate of the town, which is +the only one, leading towards Panama: having (as it seems) gathered +themselves thither, either that in the Governor's sight they might shew +their valour, if it might prevail; or else, that by the gate they might +best take their _Vale_, and escape readiest. + +And to make a shew of far greater numbers of shot, or else of a custom +they had, by the like device to terrify the Cimaroons; they had hung +lines with matches lighted, overthwart the western end of the Market +Place, between the Church and the Cross; as though there had been in a +readiness some company of shot, whereas indeed there were not past two +or three that taught these lines to dance, till they themselves ran +away, as soon as they perceived they were discovered. + +But the soldiers and such as were joined with them, presented us with +a jolly hot volley of shot, beating full upon the full egress of that +street, in which we marched; and levelling very low, so as their bullets +ofttimes grazed on the sand. + +We stood not to answer them in like terms; but having discharged our +first volley of shot, and feathered them with our arrows (which our +Captain had caused to be made of purpose in England; not great sheaf +arrows, but fine roving shafts, very carefully reserved for the service) +we came to the push of pike, so that our firepikes being well armed and +made of purpose, did us very great service. + +For our men with their pikes and short weapons, in short time took such +order among these gallants (some using the butt-end of their pieces +instead of other weapons), that partly by reason of our arrows which did +us there notable service, partly by occasion of this strange and sudden +closing with them in this manner unlooked for, and the rather for that +at the very instant, our Captain's brother, with the other company, with +their firepikes, entered the Market Place by the eastern street: +they casting down their weapons, fled all out of the town by the gate +aforesaid, which had been built for a bar to keep out of the town the +Cimaroons, who had often assailed it; but now served for a gap for the +Spaniards to fly at. + +In following, and returning; divers of our men were hurt with the +weapons which the enemy had let fall as he fled; somewhat, for that we +marched with such speed, but more for that they lay so thick and cross +one on the other. + +Being returned, we made our stand near the midst of the Market Place, +where a tree groweth hard by the Cross; whence our Captain sent some of +our men to stay the ringing of the alarm bell, which had continued all +this while: but the church being very strongly built and fast shut, +they could not without firing (which our Captain forbade) get into the +steeple where the bell rung. + +In the meantime, our Captain having taken two or three Spaniards in +their flight, commanded them to shew him the Governor's House, where he +understood was the ordinary place of unlading the moiles [mules] of all +the treasure which came from Panama by the King's appointment. Although +the silver only was kept there; the gold, pearl, and jewels (being +there once entered by the King's officer) was carried from thence to the +King's Treasure House not far off, being a house very strongly built of +lime and alone, for the safe keeping thereof. + +At our coming to the Governor's House we found the great door where the +mules do usually unlade, even then opened, a candle lighted upon the top +of the stairs; and a fair gennet ready saddled, either for the Governor +himself, or some other of his household to carry it after him. By means +of this light we saw a huge heap of silver in that nether [lower] room; +being a pile of bars of silver of, as near as we could guess, seventy +feet in length, of ten feet in breadth, and twelve feet in height, piled +up against the wall, each bar was between thirty-five and forty pounds +in weight. + +At sight hereof, our Captain commanded straightly that none of us should +touch a bar of silver; but stand upon our weapons, because the town +was full of people, and there was in the King's Treasure House near the +water side, more gold and jewels than all our four pinnaces could +carry: which we should presently set some in hand to break open, +notwithstanding the Spaniards report the strength of it. + +We were no sooner returned to our strength, but there was a report +brought by some of our men that our pinnaces were in danger to be +taken; and that if we ourselves got not aboard before day, we should be +oppressed with multitude both of soldiers and towns-people. This report +had his ground from one DIEGO a Negro, who, in the time of the first +conflict, came and called to our pinnaces, to know "whether they were +Captain DRAKE'S?" And upon answer received, continued entreating to be +taken aboard, though he had first three or four shot made at him, until +at length they fetched him; and learned by him, that, not past eight +days before our arrival, the King had sent thither some 150 soldiers to +guard the town against the Cimaroons, and the town at this time was full +of people beside: which all the rather believed, because it agreed with +the report of the Negroes, which we took before at the Isle of Pinos. +And therefore our Captain sent his brother and JOHN OXNAM to understand +the truth thereof. + +They found our men which we left in our pinnaces much frightened, by +reason that they saw great troops and companies running up and down, +with matches lighted, some with other weapons, crying _Que gente? Que +gente?_ which not having been at the first conflict, but coming from the +utter ends of the town (being at least as big as Plymouth), came many +times near us; and understanding that we were English, discharged their +pieces and ran away. + +Presently after this, a mighty shower of rain, with a terrible storm +of thunder and lightning, fell, which poured down so vehemently (as +it usually doth in those countries) that before we could recover the +shelter of a certain shade or penthouse at the western end of the King's +Treasure House, (which seemeth to have been built there of purpose to +avoid sun and rain) some of our bow-strings were wet, and some of our +match and powder hurt! Which while we were careful of, to refurnish and +supply; divers of our men harping on the reports lately brought us, were +muttering of the forces of the town, which our Captain perceiving, told +them, that "He had brought them to the mouth of the Treasure of the +World, if they would want it, they might henceforth blame nobody but +themselves!" + +And therefore as soon as the storm began to assuage of his fury (which +was a long half hour) willing to give his men no longer leisure to +demur of those doubts, nor yet allow the enemy farther respite to gather +themselves together, he stept forward commanding his brother, with +JOHN OXNAM and the company appointed them, to break the King's Treasure +House: the rest to follow him to keep the strength of the Market Place, +till they had despatched the business for which they came. + +But as he stepped forward, his strength and sight and speech failed him, +and he began to faint for want of blood, which, as then we perceived, +had, in great quantity, issued upon the sand, out of a wound received +in his leg in the first encounter, whereby though he felt some pain, yet +(for that he perceived divers of the company, having already gotten +many good things, to be very ready to take all occasions, of winding +themselves out of that conceited danger) would he not have it known to +any, till this his fainting, against his will, bewrayed it: the blood +having first filled the very prints which our footsteps made, to the +great dismay of all our company, who thought it not credible that one +man should be able to spare so much blood and live. + +And therefore even they, which were willing to have ventured the most +for so fair a booty, would in no case hazard their Captain's life; but +(having given him somewhat to drink wherewith he recovered himself, and +having bound his scarf about his leg, for the stopping of the blood) +entreated him to be content to go with them aboard, there to have his +wound searched and dressed, and then to return on shore again if he +thought good. + +This when they could not persuade him unto (as who knew it to be utterly +impossible, at least very unlikely, that ever they should, for that +time, return again, to recover the state in which they now were: and +was of opinion, that it were more honourable for himself, to jeopard +his life for so great a benefit, than to leave off so high an enterprise +unperformed), they joined altogether and with force mingled with fair +entreaty, they bare him aboard his pinnace, and so abandoned a most rich +spoil for the present, only to preserve their Captain's life: and being +resolved of him, that while they enjoyed his presence, and had him to +command them, they might recover wealth sufficient; but if once they +lost him, they should hardly be able to recover home. No, not with that +which they had gotten already. + +Thus we embarked by break of day (29th July), having besides our +Captain, many of our men wounded, though none slain but one Trumpeter: +whereupon though our surgeons were busily employed, in providing +remedies and salves for their wounds: yet the main care of our Captain +was respected by all the rest; so that before we departed out of the +harbour for the more comfort of our company, we took the aforesaid ship +of wines without great resistance. + +But before we had her free of the haven, they of the town had made means +to bring one of their culverins, which we had dismounted, so as they +made a shot at us, but hindered us not from carrying forth the prize to +the Isle of _Bastimentos_, or the Isle of Victuals: which is an island +that lieth without the bay to the westward, about a league off the town, +where we stayed the two next days, to cure our wounded men, and refresh +ourselves, in the goodly gardens which we there found abounding with +great store of all dainty roots and fruits; besides great plenty of +poultry and other fowls, no less strange then delicate. + +Shortly upon our first arrival in this island, the Governor and the rest +of his Assistants in the town, as we afterwards understood, sent unto +our Captain, a proper gentleman, of mean stature, good complexion, and +a fair spoken, a principal soldier of the late sent garrison, to view in +what state we were. At his coming he protested "He came to us, of mere +good will, for that we had attempted so great and incredible a matter +with so few men: and that, at the first, they feared that we had been +French, at whose hands they knew they should find no mercy: but after +they perceived by our arrows, that we were Englishmen, their fears were +the less, for that they knew, that though we took the treasure of the +place, yet we would not use cruelty toward their persons. But albeit +this his affection gave him cause enough, to come aboard such, whose +virtue he so honoured: yet the Governor also had not only consented to +his coming, but directly sent him, upon occasion that divers of the town +affirmed, said he, 'that they knew our Captain, who the last two years +had been often on our coast, and had always used their persons very +well.' And therefore desired to know, first, Whether our Captain was +the same Captain DRAKE or not? and next, Because many of their men were +wounded with our arrows, whether they were poisoned or not? and how +their wounds might best be cured? lastly, What victuals we wanted, or +other necessaries? of which the Governor promised by him to supply and +furnish us, as largely as he durst." + +Our Captain, although he thought this soldier but a spy: yet used him +very courteously, and answered him to his Governor's demands: that "He +was the same DRAKE whom they meant! It was never his manner to poison +his arrows! They might cure their wounded by ordinary surgery! As for +wants, he knew the Island of _Bastimentos_ has sufficient, and could +furnish him if he listed! But he wanted nothing but some of that +special commodity which that country yielded, to content himself and his +company." And therefore he advised the Governor "to hold open his eyes! +for before he departed, if GOD lent him life and leave, he meant to reap +some of their harvest, which they get out of the earth, and sent into +Spain to trouble all the earth!" + +To this answer unlooked for, this gentleman replied, "If he might, +without offence, move such a question, what should then be the cause of +our departing from that town at this time, where was above 360 tons of +silver ready for the Fleet, and much more gold in value, resting in iron +chests in the King's Treasure House?" + +But when our Captain had shewed him the true cause of his unwilling +retreat aboard, he acknowledged that "we had no less reason in +departing, than courage in attempting:" and no doubt did easily see, +that it was not for the town to seek revenge of us, by manning forth +such frigates or other vessels as they had; but better to content +themselves and provide for their own defence. + +Thus, with great favour and courteous entertainment, besides such gifts +from our Captain as most contented him, after dinner, he was in such +sort dismissed, to make report of what he had seen, that he protested, +"he was never so much honoured of any in his life." + +After his departure, the Negro formentioned, being examined more fully, +confirmed this report of the gold and the silver; with many other +intelligences of importance: especially how we might have gold and +silver enough, if we would by means of the Cimaroons, whom though he +had betrayed divers times (being used thereto by his Masters) so that +he knew they would kill him, if they got him: yet if our Captain would +undertake his protection, he durst adventure his life, because he knew +our Captain's name was most precious and highly honoured by them. + +This report ministered occasion to further consultation: for which, +because this place seemed not the safest; as being neither the +healthiest nor quietest; the next day, in the morning, we all set our +course for the Isle of _Pinos_ or Port Plenty, where we had left our +ships, continuing all that day, and the next till towards night, before +we recovered it. + +We were the longer in this course, for that our Captain sent away his +brother and ELLIS HIXOM to the westward, in search of the River of +Chagres, where himself had been the year before, and yet was careful to +gain more notice of; it being a river which trendeth to the southward, +within six leagues of Panama, where is a little town called Venta Cruz +[Venta de Cruzes], whence all the treasure, that was usually brought +thither from Panama by mules, was embarked in frigates [sailing] down +that river into the North sea, and so to Nombre de Dios. + +It ebbeth and floweth not far into the land, and therefore it asketh +three days' rowing with a fine pinnace to pass [up] from the mouth to +Venta Cruz; but one day and a night serveth to return down the river. + +At our return to our ships (1st August), in our consultation, Captain +RANSE (forecasting divers doubts of our safe continuance upon that +coast, being now discovered) was willing to depart; and our Captain +no less willing to dismiss him: and therefore as soon as our pinnaces +returned from Chagres (7th August) with such advertisement as they were +sent for, about eight days before; Captain RANSE took his leave, leaving +us at the isle aforesaid, where we had remained five or six days. + +In which meantime, having put all things in a readiness, our captain +resolved, with his two ships and three pinnaces to go to Cartagena; +whither in sailing, we spent some six days by reason of the calms which +came often upon us: but all this time we attempted nothing that we might +have done by the way, neither at [Santiago de] Tolou nor otherwhere, +because we would not be discovered. + +We came to anchor with our two ships in the evening [13th August], in +seven fathom water, between the island of Charesha and St. Bernards [San +Bernardo]. + +Our Captain led the three pinnaces about the island, into the harbour of +Cartagena; where at the very entry, he found a frigate at anchor, aboard +which was only one old man; who being demanded, "Where the rest of his +company was?" answered, "That they were gone ashore in their gundeloe [? +gondola or ship's boat], that evening, to fight about a mistress:" and +voluntarily related to our Captain that, "two hours before night, there +past by them a pinnace, with sail and oars, as fast as ever they could +row, calling to him 'Whether there had not been any English or Frenchmen +there lately?' and upon answer that, 'There had been none!' they bid +them 'look to themselves!' That, within an hour that this pinnace was +come to the utterside [outside] of Cartagena, there were many great +pieces shot off, whereupon one going to top, to descry what might be +the cause? espied, over the land, divers frigates and small shipping +bringing themselves within the Castle." + +This report our Captain credited, the rather for that himself had heard +the report of the ordnance at sea; and perceived sufficiently, that he +was now descried. Notwithstanding in farther examination of this old +mariner, having understood, that there was, within the next point, a +great ship of Seville, which had here discharged her loading, and +rid now with her yards across, being bound the next morning for Santo +Domingo: our Captain took this old man into his pinnace to verify that +which he had informed, and rowed towards this ship, which as we came +near it, hailed us, asking, "Whence our shallops were?" + +We answered, "From Nombre de Dios!" + +Straightway they railed and reviled! We gave no heed to their words, but +every pinnace, according to our Captain's order, one on the starboard +bow, the other on the starboard quarter, and the Captain in the +midship on the larboard side, forthwith boarded her; though we had some +difficulty to enter by reason of her height, being of 240 tons. But +as soon as we entered upon the decks, we threw down the grates and +spardecks, to prevent the Spaniards form annoying us with their close +fights: who then perceiving that we were possessed of their ship, stowed +themselves all in hold with their weapons, except two or three yonkers, +which were found afore the beetes: when having light out of our +pinnaces, we found no danger of the enemy remaining, we cut their cables +at halse, and with our three pinnaces, towed her without the island into +the sound right afore the down, without [beyond the] danger of their +great shot. + +Meanwhile, the town, having intelligence hereof, or by their watch, took +the alarm, rang out their bells, shot off about thirty pieces of great +ordnance, put all their men in a readiness, horse and foot, came down to +the very point of the wood, and discharged their calivers, to impeach us +if they might, in going forth. + +The next morning (14th August) our ships took two frigates, in which +there were two, who called themselves King's _Scrivanos_, the one of +Cartagena, the other of Veragua, with seven mariners and two Negroes; +who had been at Nombre de Dios and were now bound for Cartagena with +double [? duplicate] letters of advice, to certify them that Captain +DRAKE had been at Nombre de Dios, had taken it; and had it not been that +he was hurt with some blessed shot, by all likelihood he had sacked it. +He was yet still upon the coast; they should therefore carefully prepare +for him! + +After that our Captain had brought out all his fleet together, at +the _Scrivanos'_ entreaties, he was content to do them all favour, in +setting them and all their companies on shore; and so bare thence with +the islands of St. Bernards, about three leagues of the town: where we +found great store of fish for our refreshing. + +Here, our Captain considering that he was now discovered upon the +chieftest places of all the coast, and yet not meaning to leave it till +he had found the Cimaroons, and "made" his voyage, as he had conceived; +which would require some length of time, and sure manning of his +pinnaces: he determined with himself, to burn one of the ships, and make +the other a Storehouse; that his pinnaces (which could not otherwise) +might be thoroughly manned, and so he might be able to abide any time. + +But knowing the affection of his company, how loath they were to leave +either of their ships, being both so good sailers and so well furnished; +he purposed in himself by some policy, to make them most willing to +effect that he intended. And therefore sent for one THOMAS MOONE, who +was Carpenter in the _Swan_, and asking him into his cabin, chargeth +him to conceal for a time, a piece of service, which he must in any case +consent to do aboard his own ship: that was, in the middle of the +second watch, to go down secretly into the well of the ship, and with a +spike-gimlet, to bore three holes, as near the keel as he could, and lay +something against it, that the force of the water entering, might make +no great noise, nor be discovered by a boiling up. + +THOMAS MOONE at the hearing hereof, being utterly dismayed, desired to +know "What cause there might be, to move him to sink so good a bark of +his own, new and strong; and that, by _his_ means, who had been in +two so rich and gainful voyages in her with himself heretofore: If his +brother, the Master, and the rest of the company [numbering 26] should +know of such his fact, he thought verily they would kill him." + +But when our Captain had imparted to him his cause, and had persuaded +him with promise that it should not be known, till all of them should be +glad of it: he understood it, and did it accordingly. + +The next morning [15th August] our Captain took his pinnace very early, +purposing to go a fishing, for that there is very great store on the +coast; and falling aboard the _Swan_, calleth for his brother to go with +him, who rising suddenly, answereth that "He would follow presently, or +if it would please him to stay a very little, he would attend him." + +Our Captain perceiving the feat wrought, would not hasten him; but in +rowing away, demanded of them, "Why their bark was so deep?" as making +no great account of it. But, by occasion of this demand, his brother +sent one down to the Steward, to know "Whether there were any water in +the ship? Or what other cause might be?" + +The Steward, hastily stepping down at his usual scuttle, was wet up to +his waist, and shifting with more haste to come up again as if the water +had followed him, cried out that "The ship was full of water!" There was +no need to hasten the company, some to the pump, others to search for +the leak, which the Captain of the bark seeing they did, on all hands, +very willingly; he followed his brother, and certified him of "the +strange chance befallen them that night; that whereas they had not +pumped twice in six weeks before, now they had six feet of water in +hold: and therefore he desireth leave from attending him in fishing, to +intend the search and remedy of the leak." And when our Captain with his +company preferred [offered] to go to help them; he answered, "They had +men enough aboard, and prayed him to continue his fishing, that they +might have some part of it for their dinner." Thus returning, he found +his company had taken great pain, but had freed the water very little: +yet such was their love to the bark, as our Captain well knew, that they +ceased not, but to the utmost of their strength, laboured all that +they might till three in the afternoon; by which time, the company +perceiving, that (though they had been relieved by our Captain himself +and many of his company) yet they were not able to free above a foot and +a half of water, and could have no likelihood of finding the leak, had +now a less liking of her than before, and greater content to hear of +some means for remedy. + +Whereupon our Captain (consulting them what they thought best to be +done) found that they had more desire to have all as he thought fit, +than judgement to conceive any means of remedy. And therefore he +propounded, that himself would go in the pinnace, till he could provide +him some handsome frigate; and that his brother should be Captain in the +admiral [flag-ship] and the Master should also be there placed with him, +instead of this: which seeing they could not save, he would have fired +that the enemy might never recover her: but first all the pinnaces +should be brought aboard her, that every one might take out of her +whatever they lacked or liked. + +This, though the company at first marvelled at; yet presently it was put +in execution and performed that night. + +Our Captain had his desire, and men enough for his pinnaces. + +The next morning (16th August) we resolved to seek out some fit place, +in the Sound of Darien, where we might safely leave our ship at anchor, +not discoverable by the enemy, who thereby might imagine us quite +departed from the coast, and we the meantime better follow our purposes +with our pinnaces; of which our Captain would himself take two to Rio +Grande [Magdalena], and the third leave with his brother to seek the +Cimaroons. + +Upon this resolution, we set sail presently for the said Sound; which +within five days [21st August], we recovered: abstaining of purpose from +all such occasion, as might hinder our determination, or bewray [betray] +our being upon the coast. + +As soon as we arrived where our Captain intended, and had chosen a +fit and convenient road out of all trade [to or from any Mart] for our +purpose; we reposed ourselves there, for some fifteen days, keeping +ourselves close, that the bruit of our being upon the coast might cease. + +But in the meantime, we were not idle: for beside such ordinary works, +as our Captain, every month did usually inure us to, about the trimming +and setting of his pinnaces, for their better sailing and rowing: he +caused us to rid a large plot of ground, both of trees and brakes, and +to build us houses sufficient for all our lodging, and one especially +for all our public meetings; wherein the Negro which fled to us before, +did us great service, as being well acquainted with the country, and +their means of building. Our archers made themselves butts to shoot at, +because we had many that delighted in that exercise, and wanted not a +fletcher to keep our bows and arrows in order. The rest of the company, +every one as he liked best, made his disport at bowls, quoits, keiles, +etc. For our Captain allowed one half of the company to pass their time +thus, every other day interchangeable; the other half being enjoined to +the necessary works, about our ship and pinnaces, and the providing of +fresh victuals, fish, fowl, hogs, deer, conies, etc., whereof there is +great plenty. Here our smiths set up their forge, as they used, being +furnished out of England, with anvil, iron, coals, and all manner of +necessaries, which stood us in great stead. + + +At the end of these fifteen days (5th September), our Captain leaving +his ship in his brother's charge, to keep all things in order; himself +took with him, according to his former determination, two pinnaces for +Rio Grande, and passing by Cartagena but out of sight, when we were +within two leagues of the river, we landed (8th September), to the +westward on the Main, where we saw great store of cattle. There we found +some Indians, who asking us in friendly sort, in broken Spanish, "What +we would have?" and understanding that we desired fresh victuals in +traffic; they took such cattle for us as we needed, with ease and so +readily, as if they had a special commandment over them, whereas they +would not abide us to come near them. And this also they did willingly, +because our Captain, according to his custom, contented them for their +pains, with such things as they account greatly of; in such sort that +they promised, we should have there, of them at any time what we would. + +The same day, we departed thence to Rio Grande [Magdalena], where we +entered about three of the clock in the afternoon. There are two entries +into this river, of which we entered the western most called _Boca +Chica_. The freshet [current] is so great, that we being half a league +from the mouth of it, filled fresh water for our beverage. + +From three o'clock till dark at night, we rowed up the stream; but the +current was so strong downwards, that we got but two leagues, all that +time. We moored our pinnaces to a tree that night: for that presently, +with the closing of the evening, there fell a monstrous shower of +rain, with such strange and terrible claps of thunder, and flashes of +lightning, as made us not a little to marvel at, although our Captain +had been acquainted with such like in that country, and told us that +they continue seldom longer than three-quarters of an hour. + +This storm was no sooner ceast, but it became very calm, and therewith +there came such an innumerable multitude of a kind of flies of that +country, called mosquitoes, like our gnats, which bit so spitefully, +that we could not rest all that night, nor find means to defend +ourselves from them, by reason of the heat of the country. The best +remedy we then found against them, was the juice of lemons. + +At the break of day (9th September), we departed, rowing in the eddy, +and hauling up by the trees where the eddy failed, with great labour, +by spells, without ceasing, each company their half-hour glass: without +meeting any, till about three o'clock in the afternoon, by which time we +could get but five leagues ahead. + +Then we espied a canoe, with two Indians fishing in the river; but we +spake not to them, lest so we might be descried: nor they to us, as +taking us to be Spaniards. But within an hour after, we espied certain +houses, on the other side of the river, whose channel is twenty-five +fathom deep, and its breadth so great, that a man can scantly be +discerned from side to side. Yet a Spaniard which kept those houses, +had espied our pinnaces; and thinking we had been his countrymen, made +a smoke, for a signal to turn that way, as being desirous to speak with +us. After that, we espying this smoke, had made with it, and were half +the river over, he wheaved [waved] to us, with his hat and his long +hanging sleeves, to come ashore. + +But as we drew nearer to him, and he discerned that we were not those he +looked for: he took his heels, and fled from his houses, which we found +to be, five in number, all full of white rusk, dried bacon, that country +cheese (like Holland cheese in fashion, but far more delicate in +taste, of which they send into Spain as special presents) many sorts of +sweetmeats, and conserves; with great store of sugar: being provided to +serve the Fleet returning to Spain. + +With this store of victuals, we loaded our pinnaces; by the shutting in +of the day, we were ready to depart; for that we hastened the rather, +by reason of an intelligence given us by certain Indian women which we +found in those houses: that the frigates (these are ordinarily thirty, +or upwards, which usually transport the merchandise, sent out of Spain +to Cartagena from thence to these houses, and so in great canoes up +hence into Nuevo Reyno, for which the river running many hundred of +leagues within the land serveth very fitly: and return in exchange, the +gold and treasure, silver, victuals, and commodities, which that kingdom +yields abundantly) were not yet returned from Cartagena, since the first +alarm they took of our being there. + +As we were going aboard our pinnaces from these Storehouses (10th +September), the Indians of a great town called Villa del Rey, some two +miles distant from the water's side where we landed, were brought down +by the Spaniards into the bushes, and shot arrows; but we rowed down +the stream with the current (for that the wind was against us) only one +league; and because it was night, anchored till the morning, when +we rowed down to the mouth of the river, where we unloaded all our +provisions, and cleansed our pinnaces, according to our Captain's +custom, and took it in again, and the same day went to the Westward. + +In this return, we descried a ship, a barque, and a frigate, of which +the ship and frigate went for Cartagena, but for the Barque was bound to +the Northwards, with the wind easterly, so that we imagined she had +some gold or treasure going for Spain: therefore we gave her chase, but +taking her, and finding nothing of importance in her, understanding that +she was bound for sugar and hides, we let her go; and having a good gale +of wind, continued our former course to our ship and company. + +In the way between Cartagena and Tolou, we took [11th September] five +or six frigates, which were laden from Tolou, with live hogs, hens, +and maize which we call Guinea wheat. Of these, having gotten what +intelligence they could give, of their preparations for us, and divers +opinions of us, we dismissed all the men; only staying two frigates with +us, because they were so well stored with good victuals. + + +Within three days after, we arrived at the place which our Captain +chose, at first, to leave his ship in, which was called by our Captain, +Port Plenty; by reason we brought to thither continually all manner +store of good victuals, which we took, going that way by sea, for the +victualling of Cartagena and Nombre de Dios as also the Fleets going +and coming out of Spain. So that if we had been two thousand, yea three +thousand persons, we might with our pinnaces easily have provided them +sufficient victuals of wine, meal, rusk; _cassavi_ (a kind of bread made +of a root called Yucca, whose juice is poison, but the substance good +and wholesome), dried beef, dried fish, live sheep, live hogs, abundance +of hens, besides the infinite store of dainty fresh fish, very easily to +be taken every day: insomuch that we were forced to build four several +magazines or storehouses, some ten, some twenty leagues asunder; some +in islands, some in the Main, providing ourselves in divers places, that +though the enemy should, with force, surprise any one, yet we might be +sufficiently furnished, till we had "made" our voyage as we did hope. In +building of these, our Negro's help was very much, as having a special +skill, in the speedy erection of such houses. + +This our store was much, as thereby we relieved not only ourselves and +the Cimaroons while they were with us; but also two French ships in +extreme want. + +For in our absence, Captain JOHN DRAKE, having one of our pinnaces, as +was appointed, went in with the Main, and as he rowed aloof the shore, +where he was directed by DIEGO the Negro aforesaid, which willingly came +unto us at Nombre de Dios, he espied certain of the Cimaroons; with whom +he dealt so effectually, that in conclusion he left two of our men +with their leader, and brought aboard two of theirs: agreeing that +they should meet him again the next day, at a river midway between the +Cabecas [Cabeza is Spanish for Headland] and our ships; which they named +Rio Diego. + +These two being very sensible men, chosen out by their commander +[chief], did, with all reverence and respect, declare unto our Captain, +that their nation conceited great joy of his arrival, because they +knew him to be an enemy to the Spaniards, not only by his late being in +Nombre de Dios, but also by his former voyages; and therefore were ready +to assist and favour his enterprises against his and their enemies to +the uttermost: and to that end their captain and company did stay at +this present near the mouth of Rio Diego, to attend what answer and +order should be given them; that they would have marched by land, even +to this place, but that the way is very long, and more troublesome, by +reason of many steep mountains, deep rivers, and thick brakes: desiring +therefore, that it might please our Captain to take some order, as he +thought best, with all convenient speed in this behalf. + +Our Captain considering the speech of these persons, and weighing it +with his former intelligences had not only Negroes, but Spaniards also, +whereof he was always very careful: as also conferring it with his +brother's informations of the great kindness that they shewed him, +being lately with them: after he had heard the opinions of those of best +service with him, "what were fittest to be done presently?" resolved +himself with his brother, and the two Cimaroons, in his two pinnaces, to +go toward this river. As he did the same evening, giving order, that +the ship and the rest of his fleet should the next morning follow him, +because there was a place of as great safety and sufficiency, which his +brother had found out near the river. The safety of it consisted, not +only in that which is common all along that coast from Tolou to Nombre +de Dios, being above sixty leagues, that it is a most goodly and +plentiful country, and yet inhabited not with one Spaniard, or any for +the Spaniards: but especially in that it lieth among a great many of +goodly islands full of trees. Where, though there be channels, yet there +are such rocks and shoals, that no man can enter by night without great +danger; nor by day without discovery, whereas our ships might be hidden +within the trees. + +The next day (14th September) we arrived at this river appointed, where +we found the Cimaroons according to promise: the rest of their number +were a mile up, in a wood by the river's side. There after we had given +them entertainment, and received good testimonies of their joy and good +will towards us, we took two more of them into our pinnace, leaving +our two men with the rest of theirs, to march by land, to another river +called Rio Guana, with intent there to meet with another company of +Cimaroons which were now in the mountains. + +So we departed that day from Rio Diego, with our pinnaces, towards our +ship, as marvelling that she followed us not as was appointed. + +But two days after (16th September), we found her in the place where +we left her; but in far other state, being much spoiled and in great +danger, by reason of a tempest she had in our absence. + +As soon as we could trim our ship, being some two days, our Captain sent +away (18th September) one of his pinnaces, towards the bottom of the +bay, amongst the shoals and sandy islands, to sound out the channel, for +the bringing in of our ship nearer the Main. + +The next day (19th September) we followed, and were with wary pilotage, +directed safely into the best channel, with much ado to recover the +road, among so many flats and shoals. It was near about five leagues +from the Cativaas, betwixt an island and the Main, where we moored our +ship. The island was not above four cables in length from the Main, +being in quantity some three acres of ground, flat and very full of +trees and bushes. + +We were forced to spend the best part of three days, after our departure +from our Port Plenty, before we were quiet in this new found road, +which we had but newly entered, when our two men and the former troop of +Cimaroons, with twelve others whom they had met in the mountains, came +(23rd September) in sight over against our ship, on the Main. Whence we +fetched them all aboard, to their great comfort and our content: they +rejoicing that they should have some fit opportunity to wreak their +wrongs on the Spaniards; we hoping that now our voyage should be +bettered. + +At our first meeting, when our Captain had moved them, to shew him the +means which they had to furnish him with gold and silver; they answered +plainly, that "had they known gold had been his desire; they would have +satisfied him with store, which, for the present, they could not do: +because the rivers, in which they sunk great store (which they had taken +from the Spaniards, rather to despite them than for love of gold) were +now so high, that they could not get it out of such depths for him; +and because the Spaniards, in these rainy months, do not use [are not +accustomed] to carry their treasure by land." + +This answer although it were somewhat unlooked for, yet nothing +discontented us, but rather persuaded us farther of their honest and +faithful meaning toward us. Therefore our Captain to entertain these +five months, commanded all our ordnance and artillery ashore, with all +our other provisions: sending his pinnaces to the Main, to bring over +great trees, to make a fort upon the same island, for the planting of +all our ordnance therein, and for our safeguard, if the enemy, in all +this time, should chance to come. + +Our Cimaroons (24th September) cut down Palmito boughs and branches, and +with wonderful speed raised up two large houses for all our company. +Our fort was then made, by reason of the place, triangle-wise, with main +timber, and earth of which the trench yielded us good store, so that we +made it thirteen feet in height. [Fort Diego.] + + +But after we had continued upon this island fourteen days, our Captain +having determined, with three pinnaces, to go for Cartagena left (7th +October), his brother, JOHN DRAKE, to govern these who remained behind +with the Cimaroons to finish the fort which he had begun: for which he +appointed him to fetch boards and planks, as many as his pinnaces would +carry, from the prize we took at Rio Grande, and left at the Cativaas, +where she drove ashore and wrecked in our absence: but now she might +serve commodiously, to supply our use, in making platforms for our +ordnance. Thus our Captain and his brother took their leave; the one to +the Eastward, and the other to the Cativaas. + +That night, we came to an isle, which he called Spur-kite land, because +we found there great store of such a kind of bird in shape, but very +delicate, of which we killed and roasted many; staying there till the +next day midnoon (8th October), when we departed thence. And about four +o'clock recovered a big island in our way, where we stayed all night, +by reason that there was great store of fish, and especially of a great +kind of shell-fish of a foot long. We called them whelks. + +The next morning (9th October), we were clear of these islands and +shoals, and hauled off into the sea. About four days after (13th +October), near the island of St. Bernards, we chased two frigates +ashore; and recovering one of these islands, made our abode there some +two days (14th-15th October) to wash our pinnaces and to take of the +fish. + +Thence we went towards Tolou, and that day (16th October) landed near +the town in a garden, where we found certain Indians, who delivered us +their bows and arrows, and gathered for us such fruit as the garden +did yield, being many sorts of dainty fruits and roots, [we] still +contenting them for what we received. Our Captain's principal intent in +taking this and other places by the way, not being for any other cause, +but only to learn true intelligence of the state of the country and of +the Fleets. + +Hence we departed presently, and rowed towards Charesha, the island of +Cartagena; and entered in at Bocha Chica, and having the wind large, we +sailed in towards the city, and let fall our grappers betwixt the island +and the Main, right over against the goodly Garden Island. In which, +our Captain would not suffer us to land, notwithstanding our importunate +desire, because he knew, it might be dangerous: for that they are wont +to send soldiers thither, when they know of any Men-of-war on the coast; +which we found accordingly. For within three hours after, passing by the +point of the island, we had a volley of a hundred shot from them, and +yet there was but one of our men hurt. + +This evening (16th October) we departed to sea; and the day following +(17th October), being some two leagues off the harbour, we took a +bark, and found that the Captain and his wife with the better sort of +passengers, had forsaken her, and were gone ashore in the Gundeloe: by +occasion whereof we boarded without resistance, though they were well +provided with swords and targets and some small shot, besides four iron +bases. She was 50 tons, having ten mariners, five or six Negroes, great +store of soap and sweet meat, bound from St. Domingo to Cartagena. This +Captain left behind him a silk ancient [flag] with his arms; as might be +thought, in hasty departing. + +The next day (18th October), we sent all the company ashore to seek +their masters, saving a young Negro two or three years old, which we +brought away; but kept the bark, and in her, bore into the mouth of +Cartagena harbour, where we anchored. + +That afternoon, certain horsemen came down to the point by the wood +side, and with the _Scrivano_ fore-mentioned, came towards our bark with +a flag of truce, desiring of our Captain's safe conduct for his coming +and going; the which being granted, he came aboard us, giving our +Captain "great thanks for his manifold favours, etc., promising that +night before daybreak, to bring as much victuals as they would desire, +what shift so ever he made, or what danger so ever incurred of law +and punishment." But this fell out to be nothing but a device of the +Governor forced upon the _Scrivano_, to delay time, till they might +provide themselves of sufficient strength to entrap us: for which this +fellow, by his smooth speech, was thought a fit means. So by sun rising, +(19th October), when we perceived his words but words, we put to sea to +the westward of the island, some three leagues off, where we lay at hull +the rest of all that day and night. + +The next day (20th October), in the afternoon, there came out of +Cartagena, two frigates bound for St. Domingo, the one of 58, the other +of 12 tons, having nothing in them but ballast. We took them within a +league of the town, and came to anchor with them within sacre shot of +the east Bulwark. There were in those frigates some twelve or thirteen +common mariners, which entreated to be set ashore. To them our Captain +gave the greater frigate's gundeloe, and dismissed them. + +The next morning (21st October) when they came down to the western point +with a flag of truce, our Captain manned one of his pinnaces and rowed +ashore. When we were within a cable's length of the shore, the Spaniards +fled, hiding themselves in the woods, as being afraid of our ordnance; +but indeed to draw us on to land confidently, and to presume of our +strength. Our Captain commanding the grapnell to be cast out of the +stern, veered the pinnace ashore, and as soon as she touched the sand, +he alone leapt ashore in their sight, to declare that he durst set his +foot aland: but stayed not among them, to let them know, that though +he had not sufficient forces to conquer them, yet he had sufficient +judgment to take heed of them. + +And therefore perceiving their intent, as soon as our Captain was +aboard, we hauled off upon our grapner and rid awhile. + +They presently came forth upon the sand, and sent a youth, as with a +message from the Governor, to know, "What our intent was, to stay upon +the coast?" + +Our Captain answered: "He meant to traffic with them; for he had tin, +pewter, cloth, and other merchandise that they needed." + +The youth swam back again with this answer, and was presently returned, +with another message: that, "The King had forbidden to traffic with any +foreign nation for any commodities, except powder and shot; of which, if +he had any store, they would be his merchants." + +He answered, that "He was come from his country, to exchange his +commodities for gold and silver, and is not purposed to return without +his errand. They are like, in his opinion, to have little rest, if that, +by fair means, they would not traffic with him." + +He gave this messenger a fair shirt for a reward, and so returned him: +who rolled his shirt about his head and swam very speedily. + +We heard no answer all that day; and therefore toward night we went +aboard our frigates and reposed ourselves, setting and keeping very +orderly all that night our watch, with great and small shot. + +The next morning (22nd October) the wind, which had been westerly in the +evening, altered to the Eastward. + +About the dawning of the day, we espied two sails turning towards +us, whereupon our Captain weighed with his pinnaces, leaving the two +frigates unmanned. But when we were come somewhat nigh them, the wind +calmed, and we were fain to row towards them, till that approaching very +nigh, we saw many heads peering over board. For, as we perceived, these +two frigates were manned and set forth out of Cartagena, to fight with +us, and, at least, to impeach or busy us; whilst by some means or other +they might recover the frigates from us. + +But our Captain prevented both their drifts. For commanding JOHN OXNAM +to stay with the one pinnace, to entertain these two Men-of-war; himself +in the other made much speed, that he got to his frigates which he +had left at anchor; and caused the Spaniards, (who in the meantime had +gotten aboard in a small canoe, thinking to have towed them within the +danger of their shot) to make the greater haste thence, than they did +thither. + +For he found that in shifting thence, some of them were fain to swim +aland (the canoe not being able to receive them) and had left their +apparel, some their rapiers and targets, some their flasks and calivers +behind them; although they were towing away of one of them. + +Therefore considering that we could not man them, we sunk the one, and +burnt the other, giving them to understand by this, that we perceived +their secret practices. + +This being done, he returned to JOHN OXNAM; who all this while lay by +the Men-of-war without proffering to fight. And as soon as our Captain +was come up to these frigates, the wind blew much for the sea, so that, +we being betwixt the shore and them, were to a manner forced to bear +room into the harbour before them, to the great joy of the Spaniards; +who beheld it; in supposing, that we would still have fled before +them. But as soon as we were in the harbour, and felt smooth water, our +pinnaces, as we were assured of, getting the wind, we sought, with them +upon the advantage, so that after a few shot exchanged, and a storm +rising, they were contented to press no nearer. Therefore as they let +fall their anchors, we presently let drop our grapner in the wind of +them; which the Spanish soldiers seeing, considering the disadvantage +of the wind, the likelihood of the storm to continue, and small hope of +doing any good, they were glad to retire themselves to the town. + +But by reason of the foul and tempestuous weather, we rode therein four +days, feeling great cold, by reason we had such sore rains with westerly +wind, and so little succour in our pinnaces. + +The fifth day (27th October) there came in a frigate from the sea, which +seeing us make towards her, ran herself ashore, unhanging her rudder and +taking away her sails, that she might not easily be carried away. But +when we were come up to her, we perceived about a hundred horse and +foot, with their furniture, come down to the point of the Main, where we +interchanged some shot with them. One of our great shot passed so near +a brave cavalier of theirs, that thereby they were occasioned to advise +themselves, and retreat into the woods: where they might sufficiently +defend and rescue the frigate from us, and annoy us also, if we stayed +long about her. + +Therefore we concluded to go to sea again, putting forth through _Boca +Chica_, with intent to take down our masts, upon hope of fair weather, +and to ride under the rocks called _Las Serenas_, which are two leagues +off at sea, as we had usually done aforetime, so that they could not +discern us from the rocks. But, there, the sea was mightily grown, that +we were forced to take the harbour again; where we remained six days, +notwithstanding the Spaniards grieved greatly at our abode there so +long. + +They put (2nd November) another device in practice to endanger us. + +For they sent forth a great shallop, a fine gundeloe, and a great canoe, +with certain Spaniards with shot, and many Indians with poisoned arrows, +as it seemed, with intent to begin some fight, and then to fly. For +as soon as we rowed toward them and interchanged shot, they presently +retired and went ashore into the woods, where an ambush of some sixty +shot were laid for us: besides two pinnaces and a frigate warping +towards us, which were manned as the rest. They attempted us very +boldly, being assisted by those others, which from out of the wood, had +gotten aboard the gundeloe and canoe, and seeing us bearing from them +(which we did in respect of the _ambuscado_), they encouraged themselves +and assured their fellows of the day. + +But our Captain weighing this their attempt, and being out of danger +of their shot from the land, commanding his other pinnace to be brought +ahead of him, and to let fall their grapners each ahead of the other, +environed both the pinnaces with bonnets, as for a close fight, and then +wheaved [waved] them aboard him. + +They kept themselves upon their oars at caliver-shot distance, spending +powder apace; as we did some two or three hours. We had only one of our +men wounded in that fight. What they had is unknown to us, but we saw +their pinnaces shot through in divers places, and the powder of one of +them took fire; whereupon we weighed, intending to bear room to overrun +them: which they perceiving, and thinking that we would have boarded +them, rowed away amain to the defence they had in the wood, the rather +because they were disappointed of their help that they expected from the +frigate; which was warping towards us, but by reason of the much wind +that blew, could not come to offend us or succour them. + +Thus seeing that we were still molested, and no hope remained of any +purchase to be had in this place any longer; because we were now so +notably made known in those parts, and because our victuals grew scant: +as soon as the weather waxed somewhat better (the wind continuing always +westerly, so that we could not return to our ships) our Captain +thought best to go (3rd November) to the Eastward, towards _Rio Grande_ +[Magdalena] long the coast, where we had been before, and found great +store of victuals. + +But when after two days' sailing, we were arrived (5th November) at +the villages of store, where before we had furnished ourselves with +abundance of hens, sheep, calves, hogs, etc.; now we found bare nothing, +not so much as any people left: for that they, by the Spaniards' +commandments, had fled to the mountains, and had driven away all their +cattle, that we might not be relieved by them. Herewith being very +sorry, because much of our victuals in our pinnaces was spoilt by the +foul weather at sea and rains in harbour. A frigate being descried at +sea revived us, and put us in some hope for the time, that in her we +should find sufficient; and thereupon it may easily be guessed, how much +we laboured to recover her: but when we had boarded her, and understood +that she had neither meat nor money, but that she was bound for _Rio +Grande_ to take in provision upon bills, our great hope converted into +grief. + +We endured with our allowance seven or eight days more, proceeding to +the Eastward, and bearing room for Santa Marta, upon hope to find some +shipping in the road, or limpets on the rocks, or succour against the +storm in that good harbour. Being arrived; and seeing no shipping; +we anchored under the western point, where is high land, and, as we +thought, free in safety from the town, which is in the bottom of the +bay: not intending to land there, because we knew that it was fortified, +and that they had intelligence of us. + +But the Spaniards (knowing us to be Men-of-war, and misliking that we +should shroud under their rocks without their leave) had conveyed some +thirty or forty shot among the cliffs, which annoyed us so spitefully +and so unrevengedly, for that they lay hidden behind the rocks, but we +lay open to them, that we were soon weary of our harbour, and enforced +(for all the storm without and want within) to put to sea. Which though +these enemies of ours were well contented withal, yet for a farewell, +as we came open of the town, they sent us a culverin shot; which made +a near escape, for it fell between our pinnaces, as we were upon +conference of what was best to be done. + +The company advised that if it pleased him, they might put themselves +aland, some place to the Eastward to get victuals, and rather hope for +courtesy from the country-people, than continue at sea, in so long cold, +and great a storm in so leaky a pinnace. But our Captain would in no +wise like of that advice; he thought it better to bear up towards Rio de +[la] Hacha, or Coricao [Curacao], with hope to have plenty without +great resistance: because he knew, either of the islands were not very +populous, or else it would be very likely that these would be found +ships of victual in a readiness. + +The company of the other pinnace answered, that "They would willingly +follow him through the world; but in this they could not see how either +their pinnaces should live in that sea, without being eaten up in that +storm, or they themselves able to endure so long time, with so slender +provision as they had, viz., only one gammon of bacon and thirty pounds +of biscuit for eighteen men." + +Our Captain replied, that "They were better provided than himself was, +who had but one gammon of bacon, and forty pounds of biscuit for his +twenty-four men; and therefore he doubted not but they would take such +part as he did, and willingly depend upon God's Almighty providence, +which never faileth them that trust in Him." + +With that he hoisted his foresail, and set his course for Coricao; +which the rest perceiving with sorrowful hearts in respect of the weak +pinnace, yet desirous to follow their Captain, consented to take the +same course. + +We had not sailed past three leagues, but we had espied a sail plying +to the Westward, with her two courses, to our great joy: who vowed +together, that we would have her, or else it should cost us dear. + +Bearing with her, we found her to be a Spanish ship of above 90 tons, +which being wheaved [waved] amain by us, despised our summons, and shot +off her ordnance at us. + +The sea went very high, so that it was not for us to attempt to board +her, and therefore we made fit small sail to attend upon her, and keep +her company to her small content, till fairer weather might lay the +sea. We spent not past two hours in our attendance, till it pleased God, +after a great shower, to send us a reasonable calm, so that we might +use our pieces [i. e., bases] and approach her at pleasure, in such sort +that in short time we had taken her; finding her laden with victuals +well powdered [salted] and dried: which at that present we received as +sent us of God's great mercy. + +After all things were set in order, and that the wind increased towards +night, we plied off and on, till day (13th November), at what time our +Captain sent in ELLIS HIXOM, who had then charge of his pinnace, to +search out some harbour along the coast; who having found out a little +one, some ten or twelve leagues to the east of Santa Marta, where in +sounding he had good ground and sufficient water, presently returned, +and our Captain brought in his new prize. Then by promising liberty, and +all the apparel to the Spaniards which we had taken if they would bring +us to water and fresh victuals; the rather by their means, we obtained +of the inhabitants (Indians) what they had, which was plentiful. These +Indians were clothed and governed by a Spaniard, which dwelt in the +next town, not past a league off. We stayed there all day, watering +and wooding, and providing things necessary, by giving content and +satisfaction of the Indians. But towards night our Captain called all of +us aboard (only leaving the Spaniards lately taken in the prize +ashore, according to our promise made them, to their great content; who +acknowledged that our Captain did them a far greater favour in setting +them freely at liberty, than he had done them displeasure in taking +their ship), and so set sail. + +The sickness which had begun to kindle among us, two or three +days before, did this day shew itself, in CHARLES GLUB, one of our +Quarter-Masters, a very tall man, and a right good mariner; taken away, +to the great grief both of Captain and company. What the cause of this +malady was, we knew not of certainty, we imputed it to the cold which +our men had taken, lying without succour in the pinnaces. But however it +was, thus it pleased GOD to visit us, and yet in favour to restore unto +health all the rest of our company, that were touched with this disease; +which were not a few. + +The next morning (15th November) being fair weather, though the wind +continued contrary, our Captain commanded the _Minion_, his lesser +pinnace, to hasten away before him towards his ships at Fort Diego +within the Cabecas [Headlands] to carry news of his coming, and to put +all things in a readiness for our land journey, if they heard anything +of the Fleet's arrival by the Cimaroons; giving the _Minion_ charge if +they wanted wine, to take St. Bernards in their way, and there take in +some such portion as they thought good, of the wines which we had there +hidden in the sand. + +We plied to windwards, as near as we could, so that within seven-night +after the _Minion_ departed from us, we came (22nd November) to St. +Bernards, finding but twelve _botijos_ of wine of all the store we left, +which had escaped the curious search of the enemy, who had been there; +for they were deep in the ground. + +Within four or five days after, we came (27th November) to our ship, +where we found all other things in good order; but received very heavy +news of the death of JOHN DRAKE, our Captain's brother, and another +young man called RICHARD ALLEN, which were both slain at one time (9th +October), as they attempted the boarding of a frigate, within two days +after our departing from them. + + +The manner of it, as we learned by examination of the company, was this. +When they saw this frigate at sea, as they were going towards their fort +with planks to make the platforms, the company were very importunate on +him, to give chase and set upon this frigate, which they deemed had been +a fit booty for them. But he told them, that they "wanted weapons to +assail; they knew not how the frigate was provided, they had their boats +loaded with planks, to finish that his brother had commanded." But when +this would not satisfy them, but that still they urged him with words +and supposals: "If you will needs," said he, "adventure! It shall never +be said that I will be hindmost, neither shall you report to my brother, +that you lost your voyage by any cowardice you found in me!" + +Thereupon every man shifted as they might for the time: and heaving +their planks overboard, took them such poor weapons as they had: viz., +a broken pointed rapier, one old visgee, and a rusty caliver: JOHN DRAKE +took the rapier, and made a gauntlet of his pillow, RICHARD ALLEN the +visgee, both standing at the head of the pinnace, called _Eion_. ROBERT +took the caliver and so boarded. But they found the frigate armed round +about with a close fight of hides, full of pikes and calivers, which +were discharged in their faces, and deadly wounded those that were in +the fore-ship, JOHN DRAKE in the belly, and RICHARD ALLEN in the +head. But notwithstanding their wounds, they with oars shifted off the +pinnace, got clear of the frigate, and with all haste recovered their +ship: where within an hour after, this young man of great hope, ended +his days, greatly lamented of all the company. + +Thus having moored our ships fast, our Captain resolved to keep himself +close without being descried, until he might hear of the coming of the +Spanish Fleet; and therefore set no more to sea; but supplied his +wants, both for his own company and the Cimaroons, out of his aforesaid +magazine, beside daily out of the woods, with wild hogs, pheasants, and +guanas: continuing in health (GOD be praised) all the meantime, which +was a month at least; till at length about the beginning of January, +half a score of our company fell down sick together (3rd January, 1573), +and the most of them died within two or three days. So long that we +had thirty at a time sick of this _calenture_, which attacked our men, +either by reason of the sudden change from cold to heat, or by reason of +brackish water which had been taken in by our pinnace, through the sloth +of their men in the mouth of the river, not rowing further in where the +water was good. + +Among the rest, JOSEPH DRAKE, another of his brethren, died in our +Captain's arms, of the same disease: of which, that the cause might +be the better discerned, and consequently remedied, to the relief of +others, by our Captain's appointment he was ripped open by the surgeon, +who found his liver swollen, his heart as it were sodden, and his guts +all fair. This was the first and last experiment that our Captain made +of anatomy in this voyage. + +The Surgeon that cut him open, over-lived him not past four days, +although he was not touched with that sickness, of which he had been +recovered about a month before: but only of an over-bold practice which +he would needs make upon himself, by receiving an over-strong purgation +of his own device, after which taken, he never spake; nor his Boy +recovered the health which he lost by tasting it, till he saw England. + +The Cimaroons, who, as is before said, had been entertained by our +Captain in September last, and usually repaired to our ship, during all +the time of our absence, ranged the country up and down, between Nombre +de Dios and us, to learn what they might for us; whereof they gave our +Captain advertisement, from time to time; as now particularly certain of +them let him understand, that the Fleet had certainly arrived in Nombre +de Dios. + +Therefore he sent (30th January) the _Lion_, to the seamost islands of +the Cativaas, to descry the truth of the report: by reason it must +needs be, that if the Fleet were in Nombre de Dios, all frigates of the +country would repair thitherward with victuals. + +The _Lion_, within a few days descried that she was sent for, espying a +frigate, which she presently boarded and took, laden with maize, hens, +and pompions from Tolou; who assured us of the whole truth of the +arrival of the Fleet: in this frigate were taken one woman and twelve +men, of whom one was the _Scrivano_ of Tolou. These we used very +courteously, keeping them diligently guarded form the deadly hatred of +the Cimaroons; who sought daily by all means they could, to get them of +our Captain, that they might cut their throats, to revenge their wrongs +and injuries which the Spanish nation had done them; but our Captain +persuaded them not to touch them, or give them ill countenance, while +they were in his charge; and took order for their safety, not only in +his presence, but also in his absence. For when he had prepared to take +his journey for Panama, by land; he gave ELLIS HIXOM charge of his own +ship and company, and especially of those Spaniards whom he had put into +the great prize, which was hauled ashore to the island, which we termed +Slaughter Island (because so many of our men died there), and used as a +storehouse for ourselves, and a prison for our enemies. + +All things thus ordered, our Captain conferring with his company, and +the chiefest of the Cimaroons, what provisions were to be prepared +for this great and long journey, what kind of weapons, what store of +victuals, and what manner of apparel: was especially advised, to carry +as great store of shoes as possible he might, by reason of so many +rivers with stone and gravel as they were to pass. Which, accordingly +providing, prepared his company for that journey, entering it upon +Shrove-Tuesday (3rd February). At what time, there had died twenty-eight +of our men, and a few whole men were left aboard with ELLIS HIXOM to +keep the ship, and attend the sick, and guard the prisoners. + +At his departure our Captain gave this Master straight charge, in any +case not to trust any messenger, that should come in his name with any +tokens, unless he brought his handwriting: which he knew could not be +counterfeited by the Cimaroons or Spaniards. + + +We were in all forty-eight, of which eighteen only were English; the +rest were Cimaroons, which beside their arms, bare every one of them, a +great quantity of victuals and provision, supplying our want of carriage +in so long a march, so that we were not troubled with anything but +our furniture. And because they could not carry enough to suffice us +altogether; therefore (as they promised before) so by the way with their +arrows, they provided for us competent store from time to time. + +They have every one of them two sorts of arrows: the one to defend +himself and offend the enemy, the other to kill his victuals. These for +fight are somewhat like the Scottish arrow; only somewhat longer, and +headed with iron, wood, or fish bones. But the arrows for provision are +of three sorts, the first serveth to kill any great beast near at hand, +as ox, stag, or wild boar: this hath a head of iron of a pound and a +half weight, shaped in form like the head of a javelin or boar-spear, +as sharp as any knife, making so large and deep a wound as can hardly +be believed of him that hath not seen it. The second serveth for lesser +beasts, and hath a head of three-quarters of a pound: this he most +usually shooteth. The third serveth for all manner of birds: it hath a +head of an ounce weight. And these heads though they be of iron only, +yet are they so cunningly tempered, that they will continue a very good +edge a long time: and though they be turned sometimes, yet they +will never or seldom break. The necessity in which they stand hereof +continually causeth them to have iron in far greater account than gold: +and no man among them is of greater estimation, than he that can most +perfectly give this temper unto it. + +Every day we were marching by sun-rising. We continued till ten in +the forenoon: then resting (ever near some river) till past twelve, we +marched till four, and then by some river's side, we reposed ourselves +in such houses, as either we found prepared heretofore by them, when +they travelled through these woods, or they daily built very readily for +us in this manner. + +As soon as we came to the place where we intended to lodge, the +Cimaroons, presently laying down their burdens, fell to cutting of forks +or posts, and poles or rafters, and palmito boughs, or plantain leaves; +and with great speed set up the number of six houses. For every of +which, they first fastened deep into the ground, three or four great +posts with forks: upon them, they laid one transom, which was commonly +about twenty feet, and made the sides, in the manner of the roofs of our +country houses, thatching it close with those aforesaid leaves, which +keep out water a long time: observing always that in the lower +ground, where greater heat was, they left some three or four feet open +unthatched below, and made the houses, or rather roofs, so many feet the +higher. But in the hills, where the air was more piercing and the nights +cold, they made our rooms always lower, and thatched them close to the +ground, leaving only one door to enter in, and a louvre hole for a vent, +in the midst of the roof. In every of these, they made four several +lodgings, and three fires, one in the midst, and one at each end of +every house: so that the room was most temperately warm, and nothing +annoyed with smoke, partly by reason of the nature of the wood which +they use to burn, yielding very little smoke, partly by reason of their +artificial making of it: as firing the wood cut in length like our +billets at the ends, and joining them together so close, that though no +flame or fire did appear, yet the heat continued without intermission. + +Near many of the rivers where we stayed or lodged, we found sundry +sorts of fruits, which we might use with great pleasure and safety +temperately: Mammeas, Guayvas, Palmitos, Pinos, Oranges, Lemons, and +divers other; from eating of which they dissuaded us in any case, unless +we eat very few of them, and those first dry roasted, as Plantains, +Potatoes, and such like. + +In journeying, as oft as by chance they found any wild swine, of which +those hills and valleys have store, they would ordinarily, six at a +time, deliver their burdens to the rest of their fellows, pursue, +kill and bring away after us, as much as they could carry, and time +permitted. One day as we travelled, the Cimaroons found an otter, and +prepared it to be drest: our Captain marvelling at it, PEDRO, our chief +Cimaroon, asked him, "Are you a man of war, and in want; and yet doubt +whether this be meat, that hath blood?" + +Herewithal our Captain rebuked himself secretly, that he had so slightly +considered of it before. + +The third day of our journey (6th February), they brought us to a town +of their own, seated near a fair river, on the side of a hill, environed +with a dyke of eight feet broad, and a thick mud wall of ten feet high, +sufficient to stop a sudden surpriser. It had one long and broad street, +lying east and west, and two other cross streets of less breadth and +length: there were in it some five or six and fifty households; which +were kept so clean and sweet, that not only the houses, but the very +streets were very pleasant to behold. In this town we saw they lived +very civilly and cleanly. For as soon as we came thither, they washed +themselves in the river; and changed their apparel, as also their women +do wear, which was very fine and fitly made somewhat after the Spanish +fashion, though nothing so costly. This town is distant thirty-five +leagues from Nombre de Dios and forty-five from Panama. It is +plentifully stored with many sorts of beasts and fowl, with plenty of +maize and sundry fruits. + +Touching their affection in religion, they have no kind of priests, +only they held the Cross in great reputation. But at our Captain's +persuasion, they were contented to leave their crosses, and to learn the +_Lord's Prayer_, and to be instructed in some measure concerning GOD's +true worship. They kept a continual watch in four parts, three miles off +their town, to prevent the mischiefs, which the Spaniards intend against +them, by the conducting of some of their own coats [i.e., Cimaroons], +which having been taken by the Spaniards have been enforced thereunto: +wherein, as we learned, sometimes the Spaniards have prevailed over +them, especially when they lived less careful; but since, they [watch] +against the Spaniards, whom they killed like beasts, as often as they +take them in the woods; having aforehand understood of their coming. + +We stayed with them that night, and the next day (7th February) till +noon; during which time, they related unto us diverse very strange +accidents, that had fallen out between them and the Spaniards, namely +one. A gallant gentleman entertained by the Governor of the country, +undertook, the year last past (1572), with 150 soldiers, to put this +town to the sword, men, women, and children. Being conducted to it by +one of them, that had been taken prisoner, and won by great gifts; he +surprised it half an hour before day, by which occasion most of the +men escaped, but many of their women and children were slaughtered, or +taken: but the same morning by sun rising (after that their guide was +slain, in following another man's wife, and that the Cimaroons had +assembled themselves in their strength) they behaved themselves in such +sort, and drove the Spaniards to such extremity, that what with the +disadvantage of the woods (having lost their guide and thereby their +way), what with famine and want, there escaped not past thirty of them, +to return answer to those which sent them. + +Their king [chief] dwelt in a city within sixteen leagues southeast of +Panama; which is able to make 1,700 fighting men. + +They all intreated our Captain very earnestly, to make his abode with +them some two or three days; promising that by that time, they would +double his strength if he thought good. But he thanking them for their +offer, told them, that "He could stay no longer! It was more than time +to prosecute his purposed voyage. As for strength, he would wish no more +than he had, although he might have presently twenty times as much!" +Which they took as proceeding not only from kindness, but also from +magnanimity; and therefore, they marched forth, that afternoon, with +great good will. + +This was the order of our march. Four of those Cimaroons that best knew +the ways, went about a mile distance before us, breaking boughs as they +went, to be a direction to those that followed; but with great silence, +which they also required us to keep. + +Then twelve of them were as it were our Vanguard, other twelve, our +Rearward. We with their two Captains in the midst. + +All the way was through woods very cool and pleasant, by reason of +those goodly and high trees, that grow there so thick, that it is cooler +travelling there under them in that hot region, than it is in the most +parts of England in the summer time. This gave a special encouragement +unto us all, that we understood there was a great Tree about the midway, +from which, we might at once discern the North Sea from whence we came, +and the South Sea whither we were going. + +The fourth day following (11th February) we came to the height of +the desired hill, a very high hill, lying East and West, like a ridge +between the two seas, about ten of the clock: where [PEDRO] the chiefest +of these Cimaroons took our Captain by the hand, and prayed him to +follow him, if he was desirous to see at once the two seas, which he had +so long longed for. + +Here was that goodly and great high Tree, in which they had cut and made +divers steps, to ascend up near unto the top, where they had also made +a convenient bower, wherein ten or twelve men might easily sit: and from +thence we might, without any difficulty, plainly see the Atlantic Ocean +whence now we came, and the South Atlantic [i.e., Pacific Ocean] so much +desired. South and north of this Tree, they had felled certain trees, +that the prospect might be the clearer; and near about the Tree there +were divers strong houses, that had been built long before, as well +by other Cimaroons as by these, which usually pass that way, as being +inhabited in divers places in those waste countries. + +After our Captain had ascended to this bower, with the chief Cimaroon, +and having, as it pleased God, at that time, by reason of the brize +[breeze], a very fair day, had seen that sea, of which he had heard such +golden reports: he "besought Almighty God of His goodness, to give him +life and leave to sail once in an English ship, in that sea!" And then +calling up all the rest of our [17 English] men, he acquainted JOHN +OXNAM especially with this his petition and purpose, if it would +please God to grant him that happiness. Who understanding it, presently +protested, that "unless our Captain did beat him from his company, he +would follow him, by God's grace!" + +Thus all, thoroughly satisfied with the sight of the seas, descended; +and after our repast, continued our ordinary march through woods, yet +two days more as before: without any great variety. But then (13th +February) we came to march in a champion country, where the grass +groweth, not only in great lengths as the knot grass groweth in many +places, but to such height, that the inhabitants are fain to burn it +thrice in the year, that it may be able to feed the cattle, of which +they have thousands. + +For it is a kind of grass with a stalk, as big as a great wheaten reed, +which hath a blade issuing from the top of it, on which though the +cattle feed, yet it groweth every day higher, until the top be too high +for an ox to reach. Then the inhabitants are wont to put fire to it, for +the space of five or six miles together; which notwithstanding after it +is thus burnt, within three days, springeth up fresh like green corn. +Such is the great fruitfulness of the soil: by reason of the evenness of +the day and night, and the rich dews which fall every morning. + +In these three last days' march in the champion, as we past over the +hills, we might see Panama five or six times a day; and the last day +(14th February) we saw the ships riding in the road. + +But after that we were come within a day's journey of Panama, our +Captain (understanding by the Cimaroons that the Dames of Panama are +wont to send forth hunters and fowlers for taking of sundry dainty fowl, +which the land yieldeth; by whom if we marched not very heedfully, we +might be descried) caused all his company to march out of all ordinary +way, and that with as great heed, silence, and secrecy, as possibly they +might, to the grove (which was agreed on four days before) lying within +a league of Panama, where we might lie safely undiscovered near the +highway, that leadeth from thence to Nombre de Dios. + +Thence we sent a chosen Cimaroon, one that had served a master in Panama +before time, in such apparel as the Negroes of Panama do use to wear, to +be our espial, to go into the town, to learn the certain night, and +time of the night, when the carriers laded the Treasure from the King's +Treasure House to Nombre de Dios. For they are wont to take their +journey from Panama to Venta Cruz, which is six leagues, ever by night; +because the country is all champion, and consequently by day very hot. +But from Venta Cruz to Nombre de Dios as oft as they travel by land with +their treasure, they travel always by day and not by night, because all +that way is full of woods, and therefore very fresh and cool; unless +the Cimaroons happily encounter them, and made them sweat with fear, +as sometimes they have done: whereupon they are glad to guard their +_Recoes_ [i.e., Recuas, the Spanish word for a drove of beasts of +burden; meaning here, a mule train] with soldiers as they pass that way. + +This last day, our Captain did behold and view the most of all that fair +city, discerning the large street which lieth directly from the sea into +the land, South and North. + +By three of the clock, we came to this grove; passing for the more +secrecy alongst a certain river, which at that time was almost dried up. + +Having disposed of ourselves in the grove, we despatched our spy an hour +before night, so that by the closing in of the evening, he might be in +the city; as he was. Whence presently he returned unto us, that which +very happily he understood by companions of his. That the Treasurer of +Lima intending to pass into Spain in the first _Adviso_ (which was a +ship of 350 tons, a very good sailer), was ready that night to take his +journey towards Nombre de Dios, with his daughter and family: having +fourteen mules in company: of which eight were laden with gold, and one +with jewels. And farther, that there were two other Recuas, of fifty +mules in each, laden with victuals for the most part, with some little +quantity of silver, to come forth that night after the other. + +There are twenty-eight of these Recuas; the greatest of them is of +seventy mules, the less of fifty; unless some particular man hire for +himself, ten, twenty, or thirty, as he hath need. + +Upon this notice, we forthwith marched four leagues, till we came within +two leagues of Venta Cruz, in which march two of our Cimaroons which +were sent before, by scent of his match, found and brought a Spaniard, +whom they had found asleep by the way, by scent of the said match, and +drawing near thereby, heard him taking his breath as he slept; and being +but one, they fell upon him, stopped his mouth from crying, put out his +match, and bound him so, that they well near strangled him by that time +he was brought unto us. + +By examining him, we found all that to be true, which our spy had +reported to us, and that he was a soldier entertained with others by the +Treasurer, for guard and conduct of this treasure, from Venta Cruz to +Nombre de Dios. + +This soldier having learned who our Captain was, took courage, and was +bold to make two requests unto him. The one that "He would command his +Cimaroons which hated the Spaniards, especially the soldiers extremely, +to spare his life; which he doubted not but they would do at his +charge." The other was, that "seeing he was a soldier, and assured him, +that they should have that night more gold, besides jewels, and pearls +of great price, then all they could carry (if not, then he was to be +dealt with how they would); but if they all found it so, then it might +please our Captain to give unto him, as much as might suffice for him +and his mistress to live upon, as he had heard our Captain had done to +divers others: for which he would make his name as famous as any of them +which had received like favour." + +Being at the place appointed, our Captain with half his men [8 English +and 15 Cimaroons], lay on one side of the way, about fifty paces off in +the long grass; JOHN OXNAM with the Captain of the Cimaroons, and the +other half, lay on the other side of the way, at the like distance: but +so far behind, that as occasion served, the former company might take +the foremost mules by the heads, and the hindmost because the mules tied +together, are always driven one after another; and especially that if we +should have need to use our weapons that night, we might be sure not to +endamage our fellows. We had not lain thus in ambush much above an hour, +but we heard the _Recuas_ coming both from the city to Venta Cruz, and +from Venta Cruz to the city, which hath a very common and great trade, +when the fleets are there. We heard them by reason they delight much to +have deep-sounding bells, which, in a still night, are heard very far +off. + +Now though there were as great charge given as might be, that none of +our men should shew or stir themselves, but let all that came from Venta +Cruz to pass quietly; yea, their _Recuas_ also, because we knew that +they brought nothing but merchandise from thence: yet one of our men, +called ROBERT PIKE, haven drunken too much _aqua vitae_ without water, +forgot himself, and enticing a Cimaroon forth with him was gone hard +to the way, with intent to have shown his forwardness on the foremost +mules. And when a cavalier from Venta Cruz, well mounted, with his page +running at his stirrup, passed by, unadvisedly he rose up to see what he +was: but the Cimaroon of better discretion pulled him down, and lay +upon him, that he might not discover them any more. Yet by this, the +gentleman had taken notice by seeing one half all in white: for that we +had all put our shirts over our other apparel, that we might be sure to +know our own men in the pell mell in the night. By means of this +sight, the cavalier putting spurs to his horse, rode a false gallop; as +desirous not only himself to be free of this doubt which he imagined, +but also to give advertisement to others that they might avoid it. + +Our Captain who had heard and observed by reason of the hardness of the +ground and stillness of the night, the change of this gentleman's trot +to a gallop, suspected that he was discovered, but could not imagine +by whose fault, neither did the time give him leisure to search. And +therefore considering that it might be, by reason of the danger of the +place, well known to ordinary travellers: we lay still in expectation +of the Treasurer's coming; and he had come forward to us, but that this +horseman meeting him, and (as we afterwards learnt by the other Recuas) +making report to him, what he had seen presently that night, what he +heard of Captain DRAKE this long time, and what he conjectured to +be most likely: viz., that the said Captain DRAKE, or some for him, +disappointed of his expectation, of getting any great treasure, both +at Nombre de Dios and other places, was by some means or other come +by land, in covert through the woods, unto this place, to speed of his +purpose: and thereupon persuaded him to turn his _Recua_ out of the way, +and let the other _Recuas_ which were coming after to pass on. They were +whole _Recuas_, and loaded but with victuals for the most part, so that +the loss of them were far less if the worst befell, and yet they should +serve to discover them as well as the best. + +Thus by the recklessness of one of our company, and by the carefulness +of this traveller; we were disappointed of a most rich booty: which +is to be thought GOD would not should be taken, for that, by all +likelihood, it was well gotten by that Treasurer. + +The other two _Recuas_ were no sooner come up to us, but being stayed +and seized on. One of the Chief Carriers, a very sensible fellow, told +our Captain by what means we were discovered, and counselled us to shift +for ourselves betimes, unless we were able to encounter the whole force +of the city and country before day would be about us. + +It pleased us but little, that we were defeated of our golden _Recua_, +and that in these we could find not past some two horse-loads of silver: +but it grieved our Captain much more, that he was discovered, and that +by one of his own men. But knowing it bootless to grieve at things +past, and having learned by experience, that all safety in extremity, +consisteth in taking of time [i. e., by the forelock, making an instant +decision]; after no long consultation with PEDRO the chief of our +Cimaroons, who declared that "there were but two ways for him: the one +to travel back again the same secret way they came, for four leagues +space into the woods, or else to march forward, by the highway to Venta +Cruz, being two leagues, and make a way with his sword through the +enemies." He resolved, considering the long and weary marches that we +had taken, and chiefly that last evening and day before: to take now the +shortest and readiest way: as choosing rather to encounter his enemies +while he had strength remaining, than to be encountered or chased when +we should be worn out with weariness: principally now having the mules +to ease them that would, some part of the way. + +Therefore commanding all to refresh themselves moderately with such +store of victuals as we had here in abundance: he signified his +resolution and reason to them all; asking PEDRO by name, "Whether he +would give his hand not to forsake him?" because he knew that the rest +of the Cimaroons would also then stand fast and firm, so faithful are +they to their captain. He being very glad of his resolution, gave our +Captain his hand, and vowed that "He would rather die at his foot, than +leave him to the enemies, if he held this course." + +So having strengthened ourselves for the time, we took our journey +towards Venta Cruz, with help of the mules till we came within a mile of +the town, where we turned away the _Recuas_, charging the conductors of +them, not to follow us upon pain of their lives. + +There, the way is cut through the woods, above ten or twelve feet broad, +so as two _Recuas_ may pass one by another. The fruitfulness of the +soil, causeth that with often shredding and ridding the way, those woods +grow as thick as our thickest hedges in England that are oftenest cut. + +To the midst of this wood, a company of soldiers, which continually lay +in that town, to defend it against the Cimaroons, were come forth, to +stop us if they might on the way; if not, to retreat to their strength, +and there to expect us. A Convent [Monastery] of Friars, of whom one was +become a Leader, joined with these soldiers, to take such part as they +did. + +Our Captain understanding by our Cimaroons, which with great heedfulness +and silence, marched now, but about half a flight-shot before us, that +it was time for us to arm and take us to our weapons, for they knew the +enemy was at hand, by smelling of their match and hearing of a noise: +had given us charge, that no one of us should make any shot, until the +Spaniards had first spent their volley: which he thought they would not +do before they had spoken, as indeed fell out. + +For as soon as we were within hearing, a Spanish Captain cried out, +"Hoo!" Our Captain answered him likewise, and being demanded "_Que +gente?_" replied "Englishmen!" But when the said Commander charged him, +"In the name of the King of Spain, his Master, that we should yield +ourselves; promising in the word and faith of a Gentleman Soldier, +that if we would so do, he would use us with all courtesy." Our Captain +drawing somewhat near him said: "That for the honour of the Queen of +England, his Mistress, he must have passage that way," and therewithal +discharged his pistol towards him. + +Upon this, they presently shot off their whole volley; which, though it +lightly wounded our Captain, and divers of our men, yet it caused death +to one only of our company called JOHN HARRIS, who was so powdered with +hail-shot, (which they all used for the most part as it seemed, or else +"quartered," for that our men were hurt with that kind) that we could +not recover his life, though he continued all that day afterwards with +us. + +Presently as our Captain perceived their shot to come slacking, as the +latter drops of a great shower of rain, with his whistle he gave us +his usual signal, to answer them with our shot and arrows, and so march +onwards upon the enemy, with intent to come to handy-strokes, and to +have joined with them; whom when we found retired as to a place of some +better strength, he increased his pace to prevent them if he might. +Which the Cimaroons perceiving, although by terror of the shot +continuing, they were for the time stept aside; yet as soon as they +discerned by hearing that we marched onward, they all rushed forward +one after another, traversing the way, with their arrows ready in their +bows, and their manner of country dance or leap, very singing _Yo peho! +Yo peho_ and so got before us, where they continued their leap and song, +after the manner of their own country wars, till they and we overtook +some of the enemy, who near the town's end, had conveyed themselves +within the woods, to have taken their stand at us, as before. + +But our Cimaroons now thoroughly encouraged, when they saw our +resolution, brake in through the thickets, on both sides of them, +forcing them to fly, Friars and all! although divers of our men were +wounded, and one Cimaroon especially was run through with one of their +pikes, whose courage and mind served him so well notwithstanding, that +he revenged his own death ere he died, by killing him that had given him +that deadly wound. + +We, with all speed, following this chase, entered the town of Venta +Cruz, being of about forty or fifty houses, which had both a Governor +and other officers and some fair houses, with many storehouses large and +strong for the wares, which brought thither from Nombre de Dios, by the +river of Chagres, so to be transported by mules to Panama: beside the +Monastery, where we found above a thousand bulls and pardons, newly sent +from Rome. + +In those houses we found three gentlewomen, which had lately been +delivered in Nombre de Dios; because it hath been observed of long time, +as they reported to us, that no Spaniard or white woman could ever +be delivered in Nombre de Dios with safety of their children but that +within two or three days they died; notwithstanding that being born +and brought up in this Venta Cruz or Panama five or six years, and then +brought to Nombre de Dios, if they escaped sickness the first or second +month, they commonly lived in it as healthily as in any other place: +although no stranger (as they say) can endure there any long time, +without great danger of death or extreme sickness. + +Though at our first coming into the town with arms so suddenly, these +ladies were in great fear, yet because our Captain had given straight +charge to all the Cimaroons (that while they were in his company, they +should never hurt any woman nor man that had not a weapon in his hand +to do them hurt; which they earnestly promised, and no less faithfully +performed) they had no wrong offered them, nor any thing taken from +them, to the worth of a garter; wherein, albeit they had indeed +sufficient safety and security, by those of his company, which our +Captain sent unto them, of purpose to comfort them: yet they never +ceased most earnestly entreating, that our Captain would vouchsafe to +come to them himself for their more safety; which when he did, in their +presence reporting the charge he had first been given, and the assurance +of his men, they were comforted. + +While the guards which we had, not without great need, set, as well +on the bridge which we had to pass over, as at the town's end where we +entered (they have no other entrance into the town by land: but from the +water's side there is one other to carry up and down their merchandise +from their frigates) gained us liberty and quiet to stay in this town +some hour and half: we had not only refreshed ourselves, but our company +and Cimaroons had gotten some good pillage, which our Captain allowed +and gave them (being not the thing he looked for) so that it were +not too cumbersome or heavy in respect of our travel, or defence of +ourselves. + +A little before we departed, some ten or twelve horsemen came from +Panama; by all likelihood, supposing that we were gone out of this town, +for that all was so still and quiet, came to enter the town confidently: +but finding their entertainment such as it was; they that could, rode +faster back again for fear than they had ridden forward for hope. + +Thus we having ended our business in this town, and the day beginning to +spring, we marched over the bridge, observing the same order that we +did before. There we were all safe in our opinion, as if we had been +environed with wall and trench, for that no Spaniard without his extreme +danger could follow us. The rather now, for that our Cimaroons were +grown very valiant. But our Captain considering that he had a long way +to pass, and that he had been now well near a fortnight from his ship, +where he had left his company but weak by reason of their sickness, +hastened his journeys as much as he might, refusing to visit the other +Cimaroon towns (which they earnestly desired him) and encouraging his +own company with such example and speech, that the way seemed much +shorter. For he marched most cheerfully, and assured us that he doubted +not but ere he left that coast, we should all be bountifully paid +and recompensed for all those pains taken: but by reason of this our +Captain's haste, and leaving of their towns, we marched many days with +hungry stomachs, much against the will of our Cimaroons: who if we would +have stayed any day from this continual journeying, would have killed +for us victuals sufficient. + +In our absence, the rest of the Cimaroons had built a little town within +three leagues off the port where our ship lay. There our Captain was +contented, upon their great and earnest entreaties to make some stay; +for that they alleged, it was only built for his sake. And indeed he +consented the rather, that the want of shoes might be supplied by means +of the Cimaroons, who were a great help unto us: all our men complaining +of the tenderness of their feet, whom our Captain would himself +accompany in their complaint, some times without cause, but some times +with cause indeed; which made the rest to bear the burden the more +easily. + +These Cimaroons, during all the time that we were with burden, did us +continually very good service, and in particular in this journey, being +unto us instead of intelligencers, to advertise us; of guides in our way +to direct us; of purveyors, to provide victuals for us; of house-wrights +to build our lodgings; and had indeed able and strong bodies carrying +all our necessaries: yea, many times when some of our company fainted +with sickness of weariness, two Cimaroons would carry him with ease +between them, two miles together, and at other times, when need was, +they would shew themselves no less valiant than industrious, and of good +judgment. + +From this town, at our first entrance in the evening, on Saturday (22nd +February), our Captain despatched a Cimaroon with a token and certain +order to the Master: who had, these three weeks, kept good watch against +the enemy, and shifted in the woods for fresh victual, for the relief +and recovery of our men left aboard. + +As soon as this messenger was come to the shore, calling to our ship, +as bringing some news, he was quickly fet[ched] aboard by those which +longed to hear of our Captain's speeding: but when he showed the +toothpike of gold, which he said our Captain had sent for a token to +ELLIS HIXOM, with charge to meet him at such a river though the Master +knew well the Captain's toothpike: yet by reason of his admonition and +caveat [warning] given him at parting, he (though he bewrayed no sign +of distrusting the Cimaroon) yet stood as amazed, lest something had +befallen our Captain otherwise than well. The Cimaroon perceiving this, +told him, that it was night when he was sent away, so that our Captain +could not send any letter, but yet with the point of his knife, he wrote +something upon the toothpike, "which," he said, "should be sufficient to +gain credit to the messenger." + +Thereupon, the Master looked upon it, and saw written, _By me, FRANCIS +DRAKE_: wherefore he believed, and according to the message, prepared +what provision he could, and repaired to the mouth of the river of +Tortugos, as the Cimaroons that went with him then named it. + +That afternoon towards three a clock, we were come down to that river, +not past half-an-hour before we saw our pinnace ready come to receive +us: which was unto us all a double rejoicing: first that we saw them, +and next, so soon. Our Captain with all our company praised GOD most +heartily, for that we saw our pinnace and fellows again. + +We all seemed to these, who had lived at rest and plenty all this while +aboard, as men strangely changed (our Captain yet not much changed) in +countenance and plight: and indeed our long fasting and sore travail +might somewhat forepine and waste us; but the grief we drew inwardly, +for that we returned without that gold and treasure we hoped for did no +doubt show her print and footsteps in our faces. + +The rest of our men which were then missed, could not travel so well +as our Captain, and therefore were left at the Indian new town: and the +next day (23rd February) we rowed to another river in the bottom of the +bay and took them all aboard. Thus being returned from Panama, to the +great rejoicing of our company, who were thoroughly revived with the +report we brought from thence: especially understanding our Captain's +purpose, that he meant not to leave off thus, but would once again +attempt the same journey, whereof they also might be partakers. + + +Our Captain would not, in the meantime, suffer this edge and forwardness +of his men to be dulled or rebated, by lying still idly unemployed, as +knowing right well by continual experience, that no sickness was more +noisome to impeach any enterprise than delay and idleness. + +Therefore considering deeply the intelligences of other places of +importance thereabouts, which he had gotten the former years; and +particularly of Veragua, a rich town lying to the Westward; between +Nombre de Dios and Nicaragua, where is the richest mine of fine gold +that is on this North side: he consulted with his company touching +their opinions, what was to be done in this meantime, and how they stood +affected? + +Some thought, that "It was most necessary to seek supply of victuals, +that we might the better be able to keep our men close and in health +till our time came: and this way easy to be compassed, because the +frigates with victuals went without great defence, whereas the frigates +and barks with treasure, for the most part were wafted with great ships +and store of soldiers." + +Others yet judged, "We might better bestow our time in intercepting the +frigates of treasure; first, for that our magazines and storehouses +of victuals were reasonably furnished, and the country itself was so +plentiful, that every man might provide for himself if the worst befell: +and victuals might hereafter be provided abundantly as well as now: +whereas the treasure never floateth upon the sea, so ordinarily as +at this time of the Fleets being there, which time in no wise may be +neglected." + +The Cimaroons being demanded also their opinion (for that they were +experienced in the particularities of all the towns thereabouts, as +in which some or other of them had served), declared that "by Veragua, +Signior PEZORO (some time their master from whom they fled) dwelt; not +in the town for fear of some surprise, but yet not far off from the +town, for his better relief; in a very strong house of stone, where he +had dwelt nineteen years at least, never travelling from home; unless +happily once a year to Cartagena, or Nombre de Dios when the Fleets were +there. He keepeth a hundred slaves at least in the mines, each slave +being bound to bring in daily, clear gain (all charges deducted) three +Pesos of Gold for himself and two for his women (8s. 3d. the Peso), +amounting in the whole, to above 200 pounds sterling each day: so that +he hath heaped a mighty mass of treasure together, which he keepeth +in certain great chests, of two feet deep, three broad, and four long: +being (notwithstanding all his wealth) bad and cruel not only to his +slaves, but unto all men, and therefore never going abroad but with +a guard of five or six men to defend his person from danger, which he +feareth extraordinarily from all creatures. + +"And as touching means of compassing this purpose, they would conduct +him safely through the woods, by the same ways by which they fled, that +he should not need to enter their havens with danger, but might come +upon their backs altogether unlooked for. And though his house were of +stone, so that it could not be burnt; yet if our Captain would undertake +the attempt, they would undermine and overthrow, or otherwise break +it open, in such sort, as we might have easy access to his greatest +treasure." + +Our Captain having heard all their opinions, concluded so that by +dividing his company, the two first different sentences were both +reconciled, both to be practised and put in use. + +JOHN OXNAM appointed in the _Bear_, to be sent Eastward towards Tolou, +to see what store of victuals would come athwart his half; and himself +would to the Westward in the _Minion_, lie off and on the _Cabecas_, +where was the greatest trade and most ordinary passage of those which +transported treasure from Veragua and Nicaragua to the Fleet; so that +no time might be lost, nor opportunity let slip either for victuals or +treasure. As for the attempt of Veragua, or Signior PEZORO'S house by +land, by marching through the woods; he liked not of, lest it might +overweary his men by continual labour; whom he studied to refresh and +strengthen for his next service forenamed. + +Therefore using our Cimaroons most courteously, dismissing those that +were desirous to their wives, with such gifts and favours as were most +pleasing, and entertaining those still aboard his ship, which were +contented to abide with the company remaining; the pinnaces departed as +we determined: the _Minion_ to the West, the _Bear_ to the East. + +The _Minion_ about the _Cabecas_, met with a frigate of Nicaragua, in +which was some gold, and a Genoese Pilot (of which Nation there are many +in those coasts), which had been at Veragua not past eight days before. +He being very well entreated, certified our Captain of the state of the +town, and of the harbour, and of a frigate that was there ready to come +forth within few days, aboard which there was above a million of gold, +offering to conduct him to it, if we would do him his right: for that he +knew the channel very perfectly, so that he could enter by night safely +without danger of the sands and shallows, though there be but little +water, and utterly undescried; for that the town is five leagues within +the harbour, and the way by land is so far about and difficult through +the woods, that though we should by any casualty be discovered, about +the point of the harbour, yet we might despatch our business and depart, +before the town could have notice of our coming. + +At his being there, he perceived they had heard of DRAKE'S being on the +coast, which had put them in great fear, as in all other places (PEZORO +purposing to remove himself to the South Sea!): but there was nothing +done to prevent him, their fear being so great, that, as it is +accustomed in such cases, it excluded counsel and bred despair. + +Our Captain, conferring with his own knowledge and former intelligences, +was purposed to have returned to his ship, to have taken some of those +Cimaroons which had dwelt with Signior PEZORO, to be the more confirmed +in this point. + +But when the Genoese Pilot was very earnest, to have the time gained, +and warranted our Captain of good speed, if we delayed not; he dismissed +the frigate, somewhat lighter to hasten her journey! And with this +Pilot's advice, laboured with sail and oars to get this harbour and to +enter it by night accordingly: considering that this frigate might now +be gained, and PEZORO'S house attempted hereafter notwithstanding. + +But when we were come to the mouth of the harbour, we heard the report +of two Chambers, and farther off about a league within the bay, two +other as it were answering them: whereby the Genoese Pilot conjectured +that we were discovered: for he assured us, that this order had been +taken since his last being there, by reason of the advertisement and +charge, which the Governor of Panama had sent to all the Coasts; which +even in their beds lay in great and continual fear of our Captain, +and therefore by all likelihood, maintained this kind of watch, at the +charge of the rich Gnuffe PEZORO for their security. + +Thus being defeated of this expectation, we found it was not GOD'S will +that we should enter at that time: the rather for that the wind, which +had all this time been Easterly, came up to the Westward, and invited us +to return again to our ship; where, on Sheere Thursday (19th March), we +met, according to appointment, with our _Bear_, and found that she had +bestowed her time to more profit than we had done. + +For she had taken a frigate in which there were ten men (whom they set +ashore) great store of maize, twenty-eight fat hogs, and two hundred +hens. Our Captain discharged (20th March) this frigate of her lading; +and because she was new, strong, and of a good mould, the next day +(21st March) he tallowed her to make her a Man-of-war; disposing all our +ordnance and provisions that were fit for such use, in her. For we had +heard by the Spaniards last taken, that there were two little galleys +built in Nombre de Dios, to waft the Chagres Fleet to and fro, but were +not yet both launched: wherefore he purposed now to adventure for that +Fleet. + +And to hearten his company he feasted them that Easter Day (22nd +March) with great cheer and cheerfulness, setting up his rest upon that +attempt. + +The next day (23rd March) with the new tailored frigate of Tolou, and +his _Bear_, we set sail towards the Cativaas, where about two days +after we landed, and stayed till noon; at what time seeing a sail to +the westward, as we deemed making to the island: we set sail and plied +towards him, who descrying us, bare with us, till he perceived by our +confidence, that we were no Spaniards, and conjectured we were those +Englishmen, of whom he had heard long before. And being in great want, +and desirous to be relieved by us: he bare up under our lee, and in +token of amity, shot off his lee ordnance, which was not unanswered. + +We understood that he was TETU, a French Captain of Newhaven [Havre] a +Man-of-war as we were, desirous to be relieved by us. For at our first +meeting, the French Captain cast abroad his hands, and prayed our +Captain to help him to some water, for that he had nothing but wine and +cider aboard him, which had brought his men into great sickness. He had +sought us ever since he first heard of our being upon the coast, about +this five weeks. Our Captain sent one aboard him with some relief for +the present, willing him to follow us to the next port, where he should +have both water and victuals. + +At our coming to anchor, he sent our Captain a case of pistols, and +a fair gift scimitar (which had been the late King's of France [HENRY +II.], whom Monsieur MONTGOMERY hurt in the eye, and was given him by +Monsieur STROZZE). Our Captain requited him with a chain of gold, and a +tablet which he wore. + +This Captain reported unto us the first news of the Massacre of Paris, +at the King of NAVARRE'S marriage on Saint Bartholomew's Day last, [24th +August, 1572]; of the Admiral of France slain in his chamber, and divers +other murders: so that he "thought those Frenchmen the happiest which +were farthest from France, now no longer France but Frensy, even as if +all Gaul were turned into wormwood and gall: Italian practices having +over-mastered the French simplicity." He showed what famous and often +reports he had heard of our great riches. He desired to know of our +Captain which way he might "compass" his voyage also. + +Though we had seen him in some jealousy and distrust, for all his +pretence; because we considered more the strength he had than the +good-will he might bear us: yet upon consultation among ourselves, +"Whether it were fit to receive him or not?" we resolved to take him and +twenty of his men, to serve with our Captain for halves. In such sort +as we needed not doubt of their forces, being but twenty; nor be hurt +by their portions, being no greater than ours: and yet gratify them in +their earnest suit, and serve our own purpose, which without more help +we could very hardly have achieved. Indeed, he had 70 men, and we now +but 31; his ship was above 80 tons, and our frigate not 20, or pinnace +nothing near 10 tons. Yet our Captain thought this proportionable, in +consideration that not numbers of men, but quality of their judgements +and knowledge, were to be the principal actors herein: and the French +ship could do not service, or stand in any stead to this enterprise +which we intended, and had agreed upon before, both touching the time +when it should take beginning, and the place where we should meet, +namely, at Rio Francisco. + +Having thus agreed with Captain TETU, we sent for the Cimaroons as +before was decreed. Two of them were brought aboard our ships, to give +the French assurance of this agreement. + + +And as soon as we could furnish ourselves and refresh the French +company, which was within five or six days (by bringing them to the +magazines which were the nearest, where they were supplied by us in such +sort, as they protested they were beholding to us for all their lives) +taking twenty of the French and fifteen of ours with our Cimaroons, +leaving both our chips in safe road, we manned our frigate and two +pinnaces (we had formerly sunk our _Lion_, shortly after our return from +Panama, because we had not men sufficient to man her), and went towards +Rio Francisco: which because it had not water enough for our frigate, +caused us to leave her at the Cabecas, manned with English and French, +in the charge of ROBERT DOBLE, to stay there without attempting any +chase, until the return of our pinnaces. + +And then bore to Rio Francisco, where both Captains landed (31st March) +with such force as aforesaid, and charged them that had the charge of +the pinnaces to be there the fourth day next following without any fail. +And thus knowing that the carriages [mule loads] went now daily from +Panama to Nombre de Dios; we proceeded in covert through the woods, +towards the highway that leadeth between them. + +It is five leagues accounted by sea, between Rio Francisco and Nombre +de Dios; but that way which we march by land, we found it above seven +leagues. We marched as in our former journey to Panama, both for order +and silence; to the great wonder of the French Captain and company, who +protested they knew not by any means how to recover the pinnaces, if +the Cimaroons (to whom what our Captain commanded was a law; though they +little regarded the French, as having no trust in them) should leave us: +our Captain assured him, "There was no cause of doubt of them, of whom +he had had such former trial." + +When we were come within an English mile of the way, we stayed all +night, refreshing ourselves, in great stillness, in a most convenient +place: where we heard the carpenters, being many in number, working upon +their ships, as they usually do by reason of the great heat of the +day in Nombre de Dios; and might hear the mules coming from Panama, by +reason of the advantage of the ground. + +The next morning (1st April), upon hearing of that number of bells, the +Cimaroons, rejoiced exceedingly, as though there could not have befallen +them a more joyful accident chiefly having been disappointed before. Now +they all assured us, "We should have more gold and silver than all of us +could bear away:" as in truth it fell out. + +For there came three _Recuas_, one of 50 mules, the other two, of 70 +each, every [one] of which carried 300 lbs. weight of silver; which in +all amounted to near thirty tons. + +We putting ourselves in readiness, went down near the way to hear the +bells; where we stayed not long, but we saw of what metal they were +made; and took such hold on the heads of the foremost and hindmost +mules, that all the rest stayed and lay down, as their manner is. + +These three _Recuas_ were guarded with forty-five soldiers or +thereabouts, fifteen to each _Recua_, which caused some exchange of +bullets and arrows for a time; in which conflict the French Captain was +sore wounded with hail-shot in the belly, and one Cimaroon was slain: +but in the end, these soldiers thought it the best way to leave their +mules with us, and to seek for more help abroad. + +In which meantime we took some pain to ease some of the mules which +were heaviest loaden of their carriage. And because we ourselves were +somewhat weary, we were contented with a few bars and quoits of gold, as +we could well carry: burying about fifteen tons of silver, partly in +the burrows which the great land crabs had made in the earth, and partly +under old trees which were fallen thereabout, and partly in the sand and +gravel of a river, not very deep of water. + +Thus when about this business, we had spent some two hours, and had +disposed of all our matters, and were ready to march back the very +self-same way that we came, we heard both horse and foot coming as it +seemed to the mules: for they never followed us, after we were once +entered the woods, where the French Captain by reason of his wound, not +able to travel farther, stayed, in hope that some rest would recover him +better strength. + +But after we had marched some two leagues, upon the French soldiers' +complaint, that they missed one of their men also, examination being +made whether he were slain or not: it was found that he had drunk much +wine, and over-lading himself with pillage, and hasting to go before us, +had lost himself in the woods. And as we afterwards knew, he was taken +by the Spaniards that evening: and upon torture, discovered unto them +where we had hidden our treasure. + +We continued our march all that and the next day (2nd and 3rd April) +towards Rio Francisco, in hope to meet with our pinnaces; but when we +came thither, looking out to sea, we saw seven Spanish pinnaces, which +had been searching all the coast thereabouts: whereupon we mightily +suspected that they had taken or spoiled our pinnaces, for that our +Captain had given so straight charge, that they should repair to this +place this afternoon; from the Cabecas where they rode; whence to our +sight these Spaniards' pinnaces did come. + +But the night before, there had fallen very much rain, with much +westerly wind, which as it enforced the Spaniards to return home the +sooner, by reason of the storm: so it kept our pinnaces, that they could +not keep the appointment; because the wind was contrary, and blew so +strong, that with their oars they could all that day get but half the +way. Notwithstanding, if they had followed our Captain's direction in +setting forth over night, while the wind served, they had arrived at the +place appointed with far less labour, but with far more danger: because +that very day at noon, the shallops manned out, of purpose, from Nombre +de Dios, were come to this place to take our pinnaces: imagining where +we were, after they had heard of our intercepting of the treasure. + +Our Captain seeing the shallops, feared lest having taken our pinnaces, +they had compelled our men by torture to confess where his frigate +and ships were. Therefore in this distress and perplexity, the company +misdoubting that all means of return to their country were cut off, +and that their treasure then served them to small purpose; our Captain +comforted and encouraged us all, saying, "We should venture no farther +than he did. It was no time now to fear: but rather to hasten to prevent +that which was feared! If the enemy have prevailed against our pinnaces, +which GOD forbid! Yet they must have time to search them, time to +examine the mariners, time to execute their resolution after it is +determined. Before all these times be taken, we may get to our ships, +if ye will! though not possibly by land, because of the hills, thickets, +and rivers, yet by water. Let us, therefore, make a raft with the trees +that are here in readiness, as offering themselves, being brought down +the river, happily this last storm, and put ourselves to sea! I will be +one, who will be the other?" + +JOHN SMITH offered himself, and two Frenchmen that could swim very well, +desired they might accompany our Captain, as did the Cimaroons likewise +(who had been very earnest with our Captain to have marched by land, +though it were sixteen days' journey, and in case the ship had been +surprised, to have abode always with them), especially PEDRO, who yet +was fain to be left behind, because he could not row. + +The raft was fitted and fast bound; a sail of a biscuit sack prepared; +an oar was shaped out of a young tree to serve instead of a rudder, to +direct their course before the wind. + +At his departure he comforted the company, by promising, that "If it +pleased GOD, he should put his foot in safety aboard his frigate, +he would, GOD willing, by one means or other get them all aboard, in +despite of all the Spaniards in the Indies!" + +In this manner pulling off to the sea, he sailed some three leagues, +sitting up to the waist continually in water, and at every surge of the +wave to the arm-pits, for the space of six hours, upon this raft: what +with the parching of the sun and what with the beating of the salt +water, they had all of them their skins much fretted away. + +At length GOD gave them the sight of two pinnaces turning towards them +with much wind; but with far greater joy to them than could easily +conjecture, and did cheerfully declare to those three with him, that +"they were our pinnaces! and that all was safe, so that there was no +cause of fear!" + +But see, the pinnaces not seeing this raft, nor suspecting any such +matter, by reason of the wind and night growing on, were forced to run +into a cover behind the point, to take succour, for that night: which +our Captain seeing, and gathering (because they came not forth again), +that they would anchor there, put his raft ashore, and ran by land about +the point, where he found them; who, upon sight of him, made as much +haste as they could to take him and his company aboard. For our Captain +(of purpose to try what haste they could and would make in extremity), +himself ran in great haste, and so willed the other three with him; as +if they had been chased by the enemy: which they the rather suspected, +because they saw so few with him. + +And after his coming aboard, when they demanding "How all his company +did?" he answered coldly, "Well!" They all doubted that all went scarce +well. But he willing to rid all doubts, and fill them with joy, took out +of his bosom a quoit of gold, thanking GOD that "our voyage was made!" + +And to the Frenchmen he declared, how their Captain with great pain of +his company, rowed to Rio Francisco; where he took the rest in, and the +treasure which we had brought with us: making such expedition, that +by dawning of the day, we set sail back again to our frigate, and from +thence directly to our ships: where, as soon as we arrived, our Captain +divided by weight, the gold and silver into two even portions, between +the French and the English. + + +About a fortnight after, when we had set all things to order, and taking +out of our ship [the _Pascha_] all such necessaries as we needed for our +frigate, had left and given her to the Spaniards, whom we had all this +time detained, we put out of that harbour together with the French ship, +riding some few days among the Cabecas. + +In the meantime, our Captain made a secret composition with the +Cimaroons, that twelve of our men and sixteen of theirs, should make +another voyage, to get intelligence in what case the country stood; and +if it might be, recover Monsieur TETU, the French Captain; at leastwise +to bring away that which was hidden in our former surprise, and could +not then be conveniently carried. + +JOHN OXNAM and THOMAS SHERWELL were put in trust for his service, to the +great content of the whole company, who conceived greatest hope of them +next our Captain; whom by no means they would condescend to suffer to +adventure again, this time: yet he himself rowed to set them ashore at +Rio Francisco; finding his labour well employed both otherwise, and +also in saving one of those two Frenchmen that had remained willingly to +accompany their wounded captain. + +For this gentleman, having escaped the rage of the Spaniards, was now +coming towards our pinnace, where he fell down on his knees, blessing +GOD for the time, "that ever our Captain was born; who now, beyond all +his hopes, was become his deliverer." + +He being demanded, "What was become of his Captain and other fellow?" +shewed that within half an hour after our departure, the Spaniards had +overgotten them, and took his Captain and other fellow: he only escaped +by flight, having cast away all his carriage, and among the rest one +box of jewels, that he might fly the swifter from the pursuers: but his +fellow took it up and burdened himself so sore, that he could make no +speed; as easily as he might otherwise, if he would have cast down his +pillage, and laid aside his covetous mind. As for the silver, which we +had hidden thereabout in the earth and the sands, he thought that it was +all gone: for that he thought there had been near two thousand Spaniards +and Negroes there to dig and search for it. + +This report notwithstanding, our purpose held, and our men were sent +to the said place, where they found that the earth, every way a mile +distant had been digged and turned up in every place of any likelihood, +to have anything hidden in it. + +And yet nevertheless, for all that narrow search, all our men's labour +was not quite lost, but so considered, that the third day after their +departure, they all returned safe and cheerful, with as much silver as +they and all the Cimaroons could find (viz., thirteen bars of silver, +and some few quoits of gold), with which they were presently embarked, +without empeachment, repairing with no less speed than joy to our +frigate. + +Now was it high time to think of homewards, having sped ourselves as +we desired; and therefore our Captain concluded to visit Rio Grande +[Magdalena] once again, to see if he could meet with any sufficient ship +or bark, to carry victuals enough to serve our turn homewards, in which +we might in safety and security embark ourselves. + +The Frenchmen having formerly gone from us, as soon as they had their +shares, at our first return with the treasure; as being very desirous to +return home into their country, and our Captain as desirous to dismiss +them, as they were to be dismissed: for that he foresaw they could not +in their ship avoid the danger of being taken by the Spaniards, if they +should make out any Men-of-war for them, while they lingered on the +coast; and having also been then again relieved with victuals by +us.--Now at our meeting of them again, were very loath to leave us, +and therefore accompanied us very kindly as far up as St. Bernards; and +farther would, but that they durst not adventure so great danger; for +that we had intelligence, that the Fleet was ready to set sail for +Spain, riding at the entry of Cartagena. + + + +Thus we departed from them, passing hard by Cartagena, in the sight of +all the Fleet, with a flag of St. GEORGE in the main top of our frigate, +with silk streamers and ancients down to the water, sailing forward with +a large wind, till we came within two leagues of the river [Magdalena], +being all low land, and dark night: where to prevent the over shooting +of the river in the night, we lay off and on bearing small sail, till +that about midnight the wind veering to the eastward, by two of the +clock in the morning, a frigate from Rio Grande [Magdalena] passed hard +by us, bearing also but small sail. We saluted them with our shot and +arrows, they answered us with bases; but we got aboard them, and took +such order, that they were content against their wills to depart ashore +and to leave us this frigate: which was of 25 tons, loaded with maize, +hens, and hogs, and some honey, in very good time fit for our use; +for the honey especially was notable reliever and preserver of crazed +people. + +The next morning as soon as we set those Spaniards ashore on the Main, +we set our course for the Cabecas without any stop, whither we came +about five days after. And being at anchor, presently we hove out all +the maize a land, saving three butts which we kept for our store: and +carrying all our provisions ashore, we brought both our frigates on the +careen, and new tallowed them. + +Here we stayed about seven nights, trimming and rigging our frigates, +boarding and stowing our provision, tearing abroad and burning our +pinnaces, that the Cimaroons might have the iron-work. + +About a day or two before our departure, our Captain willed PEDRO and +three of the chiefest of the Cimaroons to go through both his frigates, +to see what they liked; promising to give it them, whatsoever it were, +so it were not so necessary as that he could not return into England +without it. And for their wives he would himself seek out some silks or +linen that might gratify them; which while he was choosing out of +his trunks, the scimitar which CAPTAIN TETU had given to our Captain, +chanced to be taken forth in PEDRO'S sight: which he seeing grew so much +in liking thereof, that he accounted of nothing else in respect of it, +and preferred it before all that could be given him. Yet imagining that +it was no less esteemed of our Captain, durst not himself open his mouth +to crave or commend it; but made one FRANCIS TUCKER to be his mean to +break his mind, promising to give him a fine quoit of gold, which yet +he had in store, if he would but move our Captain for it; and to our +Captain himself, he would give four other great quoits which he had +hidden, intending to have reserved them until another voyage. + +Our Captain being accordingly moved by FRANCES TUCKER, could have been +content to have made no such exchange; but yet desirous to content him, +that had deserved so well, he gave it him with many good words: who +received it with no little joy, affirming that if he should give his +wife and children which he loved dearly in lieu of it, he could not +sufficient recompense it (for he would present his king with it, who he +knew would make him a great man, even for this very gift's sake); yet +in gratuity and stead of other requital of this jewel, he desired +our Captain to accept these four pieces of gold, as a token of his +thankfulness to him, and a pawn of his faithfulness during life. + +Our Captain received it in most kind sort, but took it not to his own +benefit, but caused it to be cast into the whole Adventure, saying, "If +he had not been set forth to take that place, he had not attained such a +commodity, and therefore it was just that they which bare part with him +of his burden in setting him to sea, should enjoy the proportion of his +benefit whatsoever at his return." + +Thus with good love and liking we took our leave of that people, setting +over to the islands of [ ? ], whence the next day after, we set sail +towards Cape St. Antonio; by which we past with a large wind: but +presently being to stand for the Havana, we were fain to ply to the +windward some three or four days; in which plying we fortuned to take +a small bark, in which were two or three hundred hides, and one most +necessary thing, which stood us in great stead, viz., a pump! which +we set in our frigate. Their bark because it was nothing fit for our +service, our Captain gave them to carry them home. + +And so returning to Cape St. Antonio, and landing there, we refreshed +ourselves, and besides great store of turtle eggs, found by day in the +[sand], we took 250 turtles by night. We powdered [salted] and dried +some of them, which did us good service. The rest continued but a small +time. + +There were, at this time, belonging to Cartagena, Nombre de Dios, Rio +Grande, Santa Marta, Rio de la Hacha, Venta Cruz, Veragua, Nicaragua, +the Honduras, Jamaica etc., above 200 frigates; some of a 120 tons, +others but of 10 or 12 tons, but the most of 30 or 40 tons, which all +had intercourse between Cartagena and Nombre de Dios. The most of which, +during our abode in those parts, we took; and one of them, twice or +thrice each: yet never burnt nor sunk any, unless they were made out +Men-of-war against us, or laid as stales to entrap us. + +And of all the men taken in these several vessels, we never offered any +kind of violence to any, after they were once come under our power; but +either presently dismissed them in safety, or keeping them with us +some longer time (as some of them we did), we always provided for their +sustenance as for ourselves, and secured them from the rage of the +Cimaroons against them: till at last, the danger of their discovering +where our ships lay being over past, for which only cause we kept them +prisoners, we set them also free. + +Many strange birds, beasts, and fishes, besides fruits, trees, plants, +and the like, were seen and observed of us in this journey, which +willingly we pretermit as hastening to the end of our voyage: which from +this Cape of St. Antonio, we intended to finish by sailing the directest +and speediest way homeward; and accordingly, even beyond our own +expectation, most happily performed. + +For whereas our Captain had purposed to touch at Newfoundland, and there +to have watered; which would have been some let unto us, though we stood +in great want of water; yet GOD Almighty so provided for us, by giving +us good store of rain water, that we were sufficiently furnished: and, +within twenty-three days, we passed from the Cape of Florida, to the +Isles of Scilly, and so arrived at Plymouth, on Sunday, about sermon +time, August the 9th, 1573. + +At what time, the news of our Captain's return brought unto his, did so +speedily pass over all the church, and surpass their minds with +desire and delight to see him, that very few or none remained with the +Preacher. All hastened to see the evidence of GOD's love and blessing +towards our Gracious Queen and country, by the fruit of our Captain's +labour and success. + +_Soli DEO Gloria._ FINIS. + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Sir Francis Drake Revived, by Philip Nichols + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED *** + +***** This file should be named 2854.txt or 2854.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/5/2854/ + +Produced by Dagny; John Bickers; David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/2854.zip b/2854.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c77b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/2854.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e893f25 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #2854 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2854) diff --git a/old/fdrvv10.txt b/old/fdrvv10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b2693 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/fdrvv10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3210 @@ +****The Project Gutenberg Etext of Sir Francis Drake Revived**** + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. + +Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Texas, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota, +Iowa, Indiana, and Vermont. As the requirements for other states +are met, additions to this list will be made and fund raising will +begin in the additional states. These donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655 + + +Title: Sir Francis Drake Revived + +Editor: Philip Nichols + +Release Date: October, 2001 [Etext #2854] + +Edition: 10 + +****The Project Gutenberg Etext of Sir Francis Drake Revived**** +******This file should be named fdrvv10.txt or fdrvv10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, fdrvv11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, fdrvv10a.txt + +Etext prepared by Dagny, dagnyj@hotmail.com +and John Bickers, jbickers@ihug.co.nz + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download our Etexts before announcment +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://metalab.unc.edu/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext01 +or +ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext01 + +Or /etext00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +Something is needed to create a future for Project Gutenberg for +the next 100 years. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Texas, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota, +Iowa, Indiana, and Vermont. As the requirements for other states +are met, additions to this list will be made and fund raising will +begin in the additional states. + +All donations should be made to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and will be tax deductible to the extent +permitted by law. + +Mail to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Avenue +Oxford, MS 38655 [USA] + +We are working with the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation to build more stable support and ensure the +future of Project Gutenberg. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +You can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +We would prefer to send you this information by email. + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp metalab.unc.edu +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext01, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this +etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, +officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost +and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or +indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: +[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, +or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word pro- + cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain etexts, and royalty free copyright licenses. +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.07.00*END* + + + + + +Etext prepared by Dagny, dagnyj@hotmail.com +and John Bickers, jbickers@ihug.co.nz + + + + + +SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + +Editor: Philip Nichols + + + + +PREPARER'S NOTE + + This text was originally prepared from a 1910 edition, published by P F + Collier & Son Company, New York. It included this note: + + Faithfully taken out of the report of Master Christopher Ceely, + Ellis Hixom, and others, who were in the same Voyage with him + By Philip Nichols, Preacher + Reviewed by Sir Francis Drake himself + Set forth by Sir Francis Drake, Baronet (his nephew) + + + + +SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + + + +INTRODUCTORY NOTE + +Sir Francis Drake, the greatest of the naval adventurers of England of +the time of Elizabeth, was born in Devonshire about 1540. He went to +sea early, was sailing to the Spanish Main by 1565, and commanded a +ship under Hawkins in an expedition that was overwhelmed by the +Spaniards in 1567. In order to recompense himself for the loss +suffered in this disaster, he equipped the expedition against the +Spanish treasure-house at Nombre de Dios in 1572, the fortunes of +which are described in the first of the two following narratives. It +was on this voyage that he was led by native guides to "that goodly +and great high tree" on the isthmus of Darien, from which, first of +Englishmen, he looked on the Pacific, and "besought Almighty God of +His goodness to give him life and leave to sail once in an English +ship in that sea." + +The fulfilment of this prayer is described in the second of the +voyages here printed, in which it is told how, in 1578, Drake passed +through the Straits of Magellan into waters never before sailed by his +countrymen, and with a single ship rifled the Spanish settlements on +the west coast of South America and plundered the Spanish treasure- +ships; how, considering it unsafe to go back the way he came lest the +enemy should seek revenge, he went as far north as the Golden Gate, +then passed across the Pacific and round by the Cape of Good Hope, and +so home, the first Englishman to circumnavigate the globe. Only +Magellan's ship had preceded him in the feat, and Magellan had died on +the voyage. The Queen visited the ship, "The Golden Hind," as she lay +at Deptford and knighted the commander on board. + +Drake's further adventures were of almost equal interest. Returning +from a raid on the Spaniards in 1586, he brought home the despairing +Virginian colony, and is said at the same time to have introduced from +America tobacco and potatoes. Two years later he led the English fleet +in the decisive engagement with the Great Armada. In 1595 he set out +on another voyage to the Spanish Main; and in the January of the +following year died off Porto Bello and was buried in the waters where +he had made his name as the greatest seaman of his day and nation. + + + + TO THE HIGH AND MIGHTY + CHARLES THE FIRST, OF + GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE, and IRELAND, + KING, all the blessings of this, and a better life. + + + MOST GRACIOUS SOVEREIGN, + + That this brief Treatise is yours, both by right and by + succession, will appear by the Author's and Actor's ensuing + /Dedication/. To praise either the Mistress or the Servant, might + justly incur the censure of /Quis eos unquam sanus vituperavit/; + either's worth having sufficiently blazed their fame. + + This Present loseth nothing, by glancing on former actions; and + the observation of passed adventures may probably advantage future + employments. Caesar wrote his own Commentaries; and this Doer was + partly the Indictor. + + Neither is there wanting living testimony to confirm its truth. + For his sake, then, cherish what is good! and I shall willingly + entertain check for what is amiss. Your favourable acceptance may + encourage my collecting of more neglected notes! However, though + Virtue, as Lands, be not inheritable; yet hath he left of his + Name, one that resolves, and therein joys to approve himself. + +Your most humble and loyal subject, + +FRANCIS DRAKE [BART.] + + + + The Dedicatory Epistle, Intended To + QUEEN ELIZABETH + Written By SIR FRANCIS DRAKE, Deceased. + + To The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, + my most dread Sovereign. + + + Madam, + + Seeing divers have diversely reported and written of these Voyages + and Actions which I have attempted and made, every one + endeavouring to bring to light whatsoever inklings or conjectures + they have had; whereby many untruths have been published, and the + certain truth concealed: as [so] I have thought it necessary + myself, as in a Card [chart] to prick the principal points of the + counsels taken, attempts made, and success had, during the whole + course of my employment in these services against the Spaniard. + Not as setting sail for maintaining my reputation in men's + judgment, but only as sitting at helm, if occasion shall be, for + conducting the like actions hereafter. So I have accounted it my + duty, to present this Discourse to Your Majesty, as of right; + either for itself being the first fruits of your Servant's pen, or + for the matter, being service done to Your Majesty by your poor + vassal, against your great Enemy: at times, in such places, and + after such sort as may seem strange to those that are not + acquainted with the whole carriage thereof; but will be a pleasing + remembrance to Your Highness, who take the apparent height of the + Almighty's favour towards you, by these events, as truest + instruments. + + Humbly submitting myself to Your gracious censure, both in writing + and presenting; that Posterity be not deprived of such help as may + happily be gained hereby, and our present Age, at least, may be + satisfied, in the rightfulness of these actions, which hitherto + have been silenced: and Your Servant's labour not seem altogether + lost, not only in travels by sea and land, but also in writing the + Report thereof (a work to him no less troublesome) yet made + pleasant and sweet, in that it hath been, is, and shall be for + Your Majesty's content; to whom I have devoted myself [and] live + or die. + +FRANCIS DRAKE [Knight]. + +January 1, 1592 [i.e., 1593]. + + + + +TO THE COURTEOUS READER + + + HONEST READER, + + Without apology, I desire thee, in this ensuing Discourse, to + observe, with me, the power and justice of the LORD of Hosts, Who + could enable so mean a person to right himself upon so mighty a + Prince; together with the goodness and providence of GOD very + observable in that it pleased Him to raise this man, not only from + a low condition, but even from the state of persecution. His + father suffered in it, being forced to fly from his house, near + South Tavistock in Devon, into Kent: and there to inhabit in the + hull of a ship, wherein many of his younger sons were born. He had + twelve in all: and as it pleased GOD to give most of them a being + upon the water, so the greatest part of them died at sea. The + youngest, who though he was [went] as far as any, yet died at + home; whose posterity inherits that, which by himself and this + noble Gentleman the eldest brother, was hardly, yet worthily + gotten. + + I could more largely acquaint thee, that this voyage was his Third + he made into the West Indies; after that [of] his excellent + service, both by sea and land, in Ireland, under WALTER, Earl of + ESSEX; his next, about the World; another, wherein he took St. + Jago, Cartagena, St. Domingo, St. Augustino; his doings at Cadiz; + besides the first Carrack taught by him to sail into England; his + stirrings in Eighty-seven; his remarkable actions in Eighty-eight; + his endeavours in the Portugal employment; his last enterprise, + determined by death; and his filling Plymouth with a plentiful + stream of fresh water: but I pass by all these. I had rather thou + shouldest inquire of others! then to seem myself a vainglorious + man. + + I intend not his praise! I strive only to set out the praise of + his and our good GOD! that guided him in his truth! and protected + him in his courses! My ends are to stir thee up to the worship of + GOD, and service of our King and Country, by his example! If + anything be worth thy consideration; conclude with me, that the + LORD only, can do great things! + +FRANCIS DRAKE [Bart.] + + + + + +SIR FRANCIS DRAKE REVIVED + +Calling upon this dull or effeminate Age, to follow his noble +steps for gold and silver. + + + +As there is a general Vengeance which secretly pursueth the doers of +wrong, and suffereth them not to prosper, albeit no man of purpose +empeach them: so is there a particular Indignation, engrafted in the +bosom of all that are wronged, which ceaseth not seeking, by all means +possible, to redress or remedy the wrong received. Insomuch as those +great and mighty men, in whom their prosperous estate hath bred such +an overweening of themselves, but they do not only wrong their +inferiors, but despise them being injured, seem to take a very unfit +course for their own safety, and far unfitter for their rest. For as +ESOP teacheth, even the fly hath her spleen, and the emmet [ant] is +not without her choler; and both together many times find means +whereby, though the eagle lays her eggs in JUPITER'S lap, yet by one +way or other, she escapeth not requital of her wrong done [to] the +emmet. + +Among the manifold examples hereof, which former Ages have committed +to memory, or our Time yielded to sight: I suppose, there hath not +been any more notable then this in hand; either in respect of the +greatness of the person in whom the first injury was offered, or the +meanness of him who righted himself. The one being, in his own +conceit, the mightiest Monarch of all the world! The other, an English +Captain, a mean subject of her Majesty's! Who (besides the wrongs +received at Rio de [la] Hacha with Captain JOHN LOVELL in the years +[15]65 and [15]66) having been grievously endamaged at San Juan de +Ulua in the Bay of Mexico, with captain JOHN HAWKINS, in the years +[15]67 and [15]68, not only in the loss of his goods of some value, +but also of his kinsmen and friends, and that by the falsehood of DON +MARTIN HENRIQUEZ then the Viceroy of Mexico; and finding that no +recompense could be recovered out of Spain, by any of his own means, +or by Her Majesty's letters; he used such helps as he might, by two +several voyages into the West Indies (the first with two ships, the +one called the /Dragon/, the other the /Swan/, in the year [15]70: the +other in the /Swan/ alone in the year [15]71), to gain such +intelligences as might further him, to get some amends for his loss. + + + +On Whitsunday Eve, being the 24th of May, in the year 1572, Captain +DRAKE in the /Pascha/ of Plymouth of 70 tons, his admiral [flag-ship]; +with the /Swan/ of the same port, of 25 tons, his vice-admiral, in +which his brother JOHN DRAKE was Captain (having in both of them, of +men and boys seventy-three, all voluntarily assembled; of which the +eldest was fifty, all the rest under thirty: so divided that there +were forty-seven in the one ship, and twenty-six in the other. Both +richly furnished with victuals and apparel for a whole year; and no +less heedfully provided of all manner of munition, artillery, +artificers, stuff and tools, that were requisite for such a Man-of-war +in such an attempt: but especially having three dainty pinnaces made +in Plymouth, taken asunder in all pieces, and stowed aboard, to be set +up as occasion served), set sail, from out of the Sound of Plymouth, +with intent to land at Nombre de Dios. + +The wind continued prosperous and favourable at northeast, and gave us +a very good passage, without any alteration or change: so that albeit +we had sight (3rd June) of Porto Santo, one of the Madeiras, and of +the Canaries also within twelve days of our setting forth: yet we +never struck sail nor came to anchor, nor made any stay for any cause, +neither there nor elsewhere, until twenty-five days after; when (28th +June) we had sight of the island Guadaloupe, one of the islands of the +West Indies, goodly high land. + +The next morning (29th June), we entered between Dominica and +Guadaloupe, where we descried two canoes coming from a rocky island, +three leagues off Dominica; which usually repair thither to fish, by +reason of the great plenty thereof, which is there continually to be +found. + +We landed on the south side of it, remaining there three days to +refresh our men; and to water our ships out of one of those goodly +rivers, which fall down off the mountain. There we saw certain poor +cottages; built with Palmito boughs and branches; but no inhabitants, +at that time, civil or savage: the cottages it may be (for we could +know no certain cause of the solitariness we found there) serving, not +for continual inhabitation, but only for their uses, that came to that +place at certain seasons to fish. + +The third day after (1st July), about three in the afternoon, we set +sail from thence, toward the continent of /Terra firma/. + +And the fifth day after (6th July), we had sight of the high land of +Santa Marta; but came not near the shore by ten leagues. + +But thence directed our course, for a place called by us, Port +Pheasant; for that our Captain had so named it in his former voyage, +by reason of the great store of those goodly fowls, which he and his +company did then daily kill and feed on, in that place. In this course +notwithstanding we had two days calm, yet within six days after we +arrived (12th July) at Port Pheasant, which is a fine round bay, of +very safe harbour for all winds, lying between two high points, not +past half a cable's length over at the mouth, but within, eight or ten +cables' length every way, having ten or twelve fathoms of water more +or less, full of good fish; the soil also very fruitful, which may +appear by this, that our Captain having been in this place, within a +year and few days before [i. e., in July, 1571] and having rid the +place with many alleys and paths made; yet now all was so overgrown +again, as that we doubted, at first, whether this was the same place +or not. + +At our entrance into this bay, our Captain having given order to his +brother what to do, if any occasion should happen in his absence, was +on his way, with intent to have gone aland with some few only in his +company, because he knew there dwelt no Spaniards within thirty-five +leagues of that place. [Santiago de] Tolou being the nearest to the +eastwards, and Nombre de Dios to the westwards, where any of that +nation dwelt. + +But as we were rowing ashore, we saw a smoke in the woods, even near +the place where our Captain had aforetime frequented; therefore +thinking it fit to take more strength with us, he caused his other +boat also to be manned, with certain muskets and other weapons, +suspecting some enemy had been ashore. + +When we landed, we found by evident marks, that there had been lately +there, a certain Englishman of Plymouth, called JOHN GARRET, who had +been conducted thither by certain English mariners which had been +there with our Captain, in some of his former voyages. He had now left +a plate of lead, nailed fast to a mighty great tree (greater than any +four men joining hands could fathom about) on which were engraven +these words, directed to our Captain. + + +CAPTAIN DRAKE + + If you fortune to come to this Port, make haste away! For the + Spaniards which you had with you here, the last year, have bewrayed + this place, and taken away all that you left here. + + I depart from hence, this present 7th of July, 1572. + +Your very loving friend, +John Garret. + + +The smoke which we saw, was occasioned by a fire, which the said +Garret and his company had made, before their departure, in a very +great tree, not far from this which had the lead nailed on it, which +had continued burning at least five days before our arrival. + +This advertisement notwithstanding, our Captain meant not to depart +before he had built his pinnaces; which were yet aboard in pieces: for +which purpose he knew this port to be a most convenient place. + +And therefore as soon as we had moored our ships, our Captain +commanded his pinnaces to be brought ashore for the carpenters to set +up; himself employing all his other company in fortifying a place +(which he had chosen out, as a most fit plot) of three-quarters of an +acre of ground, to make some strength or safety for the present, as +sufficiently as the means he had would afford. Which was performed by +felling of great trees; bowsing and hauling them together, with great +pulleys and hawsers, until they were enclosed to the water; and then +letting others fall upon them, until they had raised with trees and +boughs thirty feet in height round about, leaving only one gate to +issue at, near the water side; which every night, that we might sleep +in more safety and security, was shut up, with a great tree drawn +athwart it. + +The whole plot was built in pentagonal form, to wit, of five equal +sides and angles, of which angles two were toward the sea, and that +side between them was left open, for the easy launching of our +pinnaces: the other four equal sides were wholly, excepting the gate +before mentioned, firmly closed up. + +Without, instead of a trench, the ground was rid [laid bare] for fifty +feet space, round about. The rest was very thick with trees, of which +many were of those kinds which are never without green leaves, till +they are dead at the root: excepting only one kind of tree amongst +them, much like to our Ash, which when the sun cometh right over them, +causing great rains, suddenly casteth all its leaves, viz., within +three days, and yet within six days after becomes all green again. The +leaves of the other trees do also in part fall away, but so as the +trees continue still green notwithstanding: being of a marvellous +height, and supported as it were with five or six natural buttresses +growing out of their bodies so far, that three men may so be hidden in +each of them, that they which shall stand in the very next buttress +shall not be able to see them. One of them specially was marked to +have had seven of those stays or buttresses, for the supporting of his +greatness and height, which being measured with a line close by the +bark and near to the ground, as it was indented or extant, was found +to be above thirty-nine yards about. The wood of those trees is as +heavy or heavier than Brazil or /Lignum vitae/; and is in colour +white. + +The next day after we had arrived (13th July), there came also into +that bay, an English bark of the Isle of Wight, of Sir EDWARD +HORSEY'S; wherein JAMES RANSE was Captain and JOHN OVERY, Master, with +thirty men: of which, some had been with our Captain in the same +place, the year before. They brought in with them a Spanish caravel of +Seville, which he had taken the day before, athwart of that place; +being a Caravel of /Adviso/ [Despatch boat] bound for Nombre de Dios; +and also one shallop with oars, which he had taken at Cape Blanc. This +Captain RANSE understanding our Captain's purpose, was desirous to +join in consort with him; and was received upon conditions agreed on +between them. + +Within seven days after his coming, having set up our pinnaces, and +despatched all our business, in providing all things necessary, out of +our ships into our pinnaces: we departed (20th July) from that +harbour, setting sail in the morning towards Nombre de Dios, +continuing our course till we came to the Isles of Pinos: where, being +within three days arrived, we found (22nd July) two frigates of Nombre +de Dios lading plank and timber from thence. + +The Negroes which were in those frigates, gave us some particular +understanding of the present state of the town; and besides, told us +that they had heard a report, that certain soldiers should come +thither shortly, and were daily looked for, from the Governor of +Panama, and the country thereabout, to defend the town against the +Cimaroons (a black people, which about eighty years past [i.e., 1512] +fled from the Spaniards their masters, by reason of their cruelty, and +are since grown to a Nation, under two Kings of their own: the one +inhabiteth to the West, and the other to the East of the Way from +Nombre de Dios to Panama) which had nearly surprised it [i.e., Nombre +de Dios], about six weeks before [i.e., about 10th June, 1572]. + +Our Captain willing to use those Negroes well (not hurting himself) +set them ashore upon the Main, that they might perhaps join themselves +to their countrymen the Cimaroons, and gain their liberty, if they +would; or if they would not, yet by reason of the length and +troublesomeness of the way by land to Nombre de Dios, he might prevent +any notice of his coming, which they should be able to give. For he +was loath to put the town to too much charge (which he knew they would +willingly bestow) in providing beforehand for his entertainment; and +therefore he hastened his going thither, with as much speed and +secrecy as possibly he could. + +To this end, disposing of all his companies, according as they +inclined most; he left the three ships and the caravel with Captain +RANSE; and chose into his four pinnaces (Captain RANSE'S shallop made +the fourth) beside fifty-three of our men, twenty more of Captain +RANSE'S company; with which he seemed competently furnished, to +achieve what he intended; especially having proportioned, according to +his own purpose, and our men's disposition, their several arms, viz., +six targets, six firepikes, twelve pikes, twenty-four muskets and +calivers, sixteen bows, and six partisans, two drums, and two +trumpets. + +Thus having parted (23rd July) from our company: we arrived at the +island of Cativaas, being twenty-five leagues distant, about five days +afterward (28th July). There we landed all in the morning betimes: and +our Captain trained his men, delivering them their several weapons and +arms which hitherto he had kept very fair and safe in good caske +[casks]: and exhorting them after his manner, he declared "the +greatness of the hope of good things that was there! the weakness of +the town, being unwalled! and the hope he had of prevailing to +recompense his wrongs! especially now that he should come with such a +crew, who were like-minded with himself; and at such a time, as he +should be utterly undiscovered." + +Therefore, even that afternoon, he causeth us to set sail for Nombre +de Dios, so that before sunset we were as far as Rio Francisco. +Thence, he led us hard aboard the shore, that we might not be descried +of the Watch House, until that being come within two leagues of the +point of the bay, he caused us to strike a hull, and cast our grappers +[grappling irons], riding so until it was dark night. + +Then we weighed again, and set sail, rowing hard aboard the shore, +with as much silence as we could, till we recovered the point of the +harbour under the high land. There, we stayed, all silent; purposing +to attempt the town in the dawning of the day: after that we had +reposed ourselves, for a while. + +But our captain with some other of his best men, finding that our +people were talking of the greatness of the town, and what their +strength might be; especially by the report of the Negroes that we +took at the Isle of Pinos: thought it best to put these conceits out +of their heads, and therefore to take the opportunity of the rising of +the moon that night, persuading them that "it was the day dawning." By +this occasion we were at the town a large hour sooner than first was +purposed. For we arrived there by three of the clock after midnight. +At that time it fortuned that a ship of Spain, of 60 tons, laden with +Canary wines and other commodities, which had but lately come into the +bay; and had not yet furled her spirit-sail (espying our four +pinnaces, being an extraordinary number, and those rowing with many +oars) sent away her gundeloe [? gondola] towards the town, to give +warning. But our Captain perceiving it, cut betwixt her and the town, +forcing her to go to the other side of the bay: whereby we landed +without impeachment, although we found one gunner upon the Platform +[battery] in the very place where we landed; being a sandy place and +no key [quay] at all, not past twenty yards from the houses. + +There we found six great pieces of brass ordinance, mounted upon their +carriages, some Demy, some Whole-Culvering. + +We presently dismounted them. The gunner fled. The town took alarm +(being very ready thereto, by reason of their often disquieting by +their near neighbours the Cimaroons); as we perceived, not only by the +noise and cries of the people, but by the bell ringing out, and drums +running up and down the town. + +Our captain, according to the directions which he had given over +night, to such as he had made choice of for the purpose, left twelve +to keep the pinnaces; that we might be sure of a safe retreat, if the +worst befell. And having made sure work of the Platform before he +would enter the town, he thought best, first to view the Mount on the +east side of the town: where he was informed, by sundry intelligences +the year before, they had an intent to plant ordnance, which might +scour round about the town. + +Therefore, leaving one half of his company to make a stand at the foot +of the Mount, he marched up presently unto the top of it, with all +speed to try the truth of the report, for the more safety. There we +found no piece of ordnance, but only a very fit place prepared for +such use, and therefore we left it without any of our men, and with +all celerity returned now down the Mount. + +Then our Captain appointed his brother, with JOHN OXNAM [or OXENHAM] +and sixteen other of his men, to go about, behind the King's Treasure +House, and enter near the eastern end of the Market Place: himself +with the rest, would pass up the broad street into the Market Place, +with sound of drum and trumpet. The Firepikes, divided half to the +one, and half to the other company, served no less for fright to the +enemy than light of our men, who by this means might discern every +place very well, as if it were near day: whereas the inhabitants stood +amazed at so strange a sight, marvelling what the matter might be, and +imagining, by reason of our drums and trumpets sounding in so sundry +places, that we had been a far greater number then we were. + +Yet, by means of the soldiers of which were in the town, and by reason +of the time which we spent in marching up and down the Mount, the +soldiers and inhabitants had put themselves in arms, and brought their +companies in some order, at the south-east end of the Market Place, +near the Governor's House, and not far from the gate of the town, +which is the only one, leading towards Panama: having (as it seems) +gathered themselves thither, either that in the Governor's sight they +might shew their valour, if it might prevail; or else, that by the +gate they might best take their /Vale/, and escape readiest. + +And to make a shew of far greater numbers of shot, or else of a custom +they had, by the like device to terrify the Cimaroons; they had hung +lines with matches lighted, overthwart the western end of the Market +Place, between the Church and the Cross; as though there had been in a +readiness some company of shot, whereas indeed there were not past two +or three that taught these lines to dance, till they themselves ran +away, as soon as they perceived they were discovered. + +But the soldiers and such as were joined with them, presented us with +a jolly hot volley of shot, beating full upon the full egress of that +street, in which we marched; and levelling very low, so as their +bullets ofttimes grazed on the sand. + +We stood not to answer them in like terms; but having discharged our +first volley of shot, and feathered them with our arrows (which our +Captain had caused to be made of purpose in England; not great sheaf +arrows, but fine roving shafts, very carefully reserved for the +service) we came to the push of pike, so that our firepikes being well +armed and made of purpose, did us very great service. + +For our men with their pikes and short weapons, in short time took +such order among these gallants (some using the butt-end of their +pieces instead of other weapons), that partly by reason of our arrows +which did us there notable service, partly by occasion of this strange +and sudden closing with them in this manner unlooked for, and the +rather for that at the very instant, our Captain's brother, with the +other company, with their firepikes, entered the Market Place by the +eastern street: they casting down their weapons, fled all out of the +town by the gate aforesaid, which had been built for a bar to keep out +of the town the Cimaroons, who had often assailed it; but now served +for a gap for the Spaniards to fly at. + +In following, and returning; divers of our men were hurt with the +weapons which the enemy had let fall as he fled; somewhat, for that we +marched with such speed, but more for that they lay so thick and cross +one on the other. + +Being returned, we made our stand near the midst of the Market Place, +where a tree groweth hard by the Cross; whence our Captain sent some +of our men to stay the ringing of the alarm bell, which had continued +all this while: but the church being very strongly built and fast +shut, they could not without firing (which our Captain forbade) get +into the steeple where the bell rung. + +In the meantime, our Captain having taken two or three Spaniards in +their flight, commanded them to shew him the Governor's House, where +he understood was the ordinary place of unlading the moiles [mules] of +all the treasure which came from Panama by the King's appointment. +Although the silver only was kept there; the gold, pearl, and jewels +(being there once entered by the King's officer) was carried from +thence to the King's Treasure House not far off, being a house very +strongly built of lime and alone, for the safe keeping thereof. + +At our coming to the Governor's House we found the great door where +the mules do usually unlade, even then opened, a candle lighted upon +the top of the stairs; and a fair gennet ready saddled, either for the +Governor himself, or some other of his household to carry it after +him. By means of this light we saw a huge heap of silver in that +nether [lower] room; being a pile of bars of silver of, as near as we +could guess, seventy feet in length, of ten feet in breadth, and +twelve feet in height, piled up against the wall, each bar was between +thirty-five and forty pounds in weight. + +At sight hereof, our Captain commanded straightly that none of us +should touch a bar of silver; but stand upon our weapons, because the +town was full of people, and there was in the King's Treasure House +near the water side, more gold and jewels than all our four pinnaces +could carry: which we should presently set some in hand to break open, +notwithstanding the Spaniards report the strength of it. + +We were no sooner returned to our strength, but there was a report +brought by some of our men that our pinnaces were in danger to be +taken; and that if we ourselves got not aboard before day, we should +be oppressed with multitude both of soldiers and towns-people. This +report had his ground from one DIEGO a Negro, who, in the time of the +first conflict, came and called to our pinnaces, to know "whether they +were Captain DRAKE'S?" And upon answer received, continued entreating +to be taken aboard, though he had first three or four shot made at +him, until at length they fetched him; and learned by him, that, not +past eight days before our arrival, the King had sent thither some 150 +soldiers to guard the town against the Cimaroons, and the town at this +time was full of people beside: which all the rather believed, because +it agreed with the report of the Negroes, which we took before at the +Isle of Pinos. And therefore our Captain sent his brother and JOHN +OXNAM to understand the truth thereof. + +They found our men which we left in our pinnaces much frightened, by +reason that they saw great troops and companies running up and down, +with matches lighted, some with other weapons, crying /Que gente? Que +gente?/ which not having been at the first conflict, but coming from +the utter ends of the town (being at least as big as Plymouth), came +many times near us; and understanding that we were English, discharged +their pieces and ran away. + +Presently after this, a mighty shower of rain, with a terrible storm +of thunder and lightning, fell, which poured down so vehemently (as it +usually doth in those countries) that before we could recover the +shelter of a certain shade or penthouse at the western end of the +King's Treasure House, (which seemeth to have been built there of +purpose to avoid sun and rain) some of our bow-strings were wet, and +some of our match and powder hurt! Which while we were careful of, to +refurnish and supply; divers of our men harping on the reports lately +brought us, were muttering of the forces of the town, which our +Captain perceiving, told them, that "He had brought them to the mouth +of the Treasure of the World, if they would want it, they might +henceforth blame nobody but themselves!" + +And therefore as soon as the storm began to assuage of his fury (which +was a long half hour) willing to give his men no longer leisure to +demur of those doubts, nor yet allow the enemy farther respite to +gather themselves together, he stept forward commanding his brother, +with JOHN OXNAM and the company appointed them, to break the King's +Treasure House: the rest to follow him to keep the strength of the +Market Place, till they had despatched the business for which they +came. + +But as he stepped forward, his strength and sight and speech failed +him, and he began to faint for want of blood, which, as then we +perceived, had, in great quantity, issued upon the sand, out of a +wound received in his leg in the first encounter, whereby though he +felt some pain, yet (for that he perceived divers of the company, +having already gotten many good things, to be very ready to take all +occasions, of winding themselves out of that conceited danger) would +he not have it known to any, till this his fainting, against his will, +bewrayed it: the blood having first filled the very prints which our +footsteps made, to the great dismay of all our company, who thought it +not credible that one man should be able to spare so much blood and +live. + +And therefore even they, which were willing to have ventured the most +for so fair a booty, would in no case hazard their Captain's life; but +(having given him somewhat to drink wherewith he recovered himself, +and having bound his scarf about his leg, for the stopping of the +blood) entreated him to be content to go with them aboard, there to +have his wound searched and dressed, and then to return on shore again +if he thought good. + +This when they could not persuade him unto (as who knew it to be +utterly impossible, at least very unlikely, that ever they should, for +that time, return again, to recover the state in which they now were: +and was of opinion, that it were more honourable for himself, to +jeopard his life for so great a benefit, than to leave off so high an +enterprise unperformed), they joined altogether and with force mingled +with fair entreaty, they bare him aboard his pinnace, and so abandoned +a most rich spoil for the present, only to preserve their Captain's +life: and being resolved of him, that while they enjoyed his presence, +and had him to command them, they might recover wealth sufficient; but +if once they lost him, they should hardly be able to recover home. No, +not with that which they had gotten already. + +Thus we embarked by break of day (29th July), having besides our +Captain, many of our men wounded, though none slain but one Trumpeter: +whereupon though our surgeons were busily employed, in providing +remedies and salves for their wounds: yet the main care of our Captain +was respected by all the rest; so that before we departed out of the +harbour for the more comfort of our company, we took the aforesaid +ship of wines without great resistance. + +But before we had her free of the haven, they of the town had made +means to bring one of their culverins, which we had dismounted, so as +they made a shot at us, but hindered us not from carrying forth the +prize to the Isle of /Bastimentos/, or the Isle of Victuals: which is +an island that lieth without the bay to the westward, about a league +off the town, where we stayed the two next days, to cure our wounded +men, and refresh ourselves, in the goodly gardens which we there found +abounding with great store of all dainty roots and fruits; besides +great plenty of poultry and other fowls, no less strange then +delicate. + +Shortly upon our first arrival in this island, the Governor and the +rest of his Assistants in the town, as we afterwards understood, sent +unto our Captain, a proper gentleman, of mean stature, good +complexion, and a fair spoken, a principal soldier of the late sent +garrison, to view in what state we were. At his coming he protested +"He came to us, of mere good will, for that we had attempted so great +and incredible a matter with so few men: and that, at the first, they +feared that we had been French, at whose hands they knew they should +find no mercy: but after they perceived by our arrows, that we were +Englishmen, their fears were the less, for that they knew, that though +we took the treasure of the place, yet we would not use cruelty toward +their persons. But albeit this his affection gave him cause enough, to +come aboard such, whose virtue he so honoured: yet the Governor also +had not only consented to his coming, but directly sent him, upon +occasion that divers of the town affirmed, said he, 'that they knew +our Captain, who the last two years had been often on our coast, and +had always used their persons very well.' And therefore desired to +know, first, Whether our Captain was the same Captain DRAKE or not? +and next, Because many of their men were wounded with our arrows, +whether they were poisoned or not? and how their wounds might best be +cured? lastly, What victuals we wanted, or other necessaries? of which +the Governor promised by him to supply and furnish us, as largely as +he durst." + +Our Captain, although he thought this soldier but a spy: yet used him +very courteously, and answered him to his Governor's demands: that "He +was the same DRAKE whom they meant! It was never his manner to poison +his arrows! They might cure their wounded by ordinary surgery! As for +wants, he knew the Island of /Bastimentos/ has sufficient, and could +furnish him if he listed! But he wanted nothing but some of that +special commodity which that country yielded, to content himself and +his company." And therefore he advised the Governor "to hold open his +eyes! for before he departed, if GOD lent him life and leave, he meant +to reap some of their harvest, which they get out of the earth, and +sent into Spain to trouble all the earth!" + +To this answer unlooked for, this gentleman replied, "If he might, +without offence, move such a question, what should then be the cause +of our departing from that town at this time, where was above 360 tons +of silver ready for the Fleet, and much more gold in value, resting in +iron chests in the King's Treasure House?" + +But when our Captain had shewed him the true cause of his unwilling +retreat aboard, he acknowledged that "we had no less reason in +departing, than courage in attempting": and no doubt did easily see, +that it was not for the town to seek revenge of us, by manning forth +such frigates or other vessels as they had; but better to content +themselves and provide for their own defence. + +Thus, with great favour and courteous entertainment, besides such +gifts from our Captain as most contented him, after dinner, he was in +such sort dismissed, to make report of what he had seen, that he +protested, "he was never so much honoured of any in his life." + +After his departure, the Negro formentioned, being examined more +fully, confirmed this report of the gold and the silver; with many +other intelligences of importance: especially how we might have gold +and silver enough, if we would by means of the Cimaroons, whom though +he had betrayed divers times (being used thereto by his Masters) so +that he knew they would kill him, if they got him: yet if our Captain +would undertake his protection, he durst adventure his life, because +he knew our Captain's name was most precious and highly honoured by +them. + +This report ministered occasion to further consultation: for which, +because this place seemed not the safest; as being neither the +healthiest nor quietest; the next day, in the morning, we all set our +course for the Isle of /Pinos/ or Port Plenty, where we had left our +ships, continuing all that day, and the next till towards night, +before we recovered it. + +We were the longer in this course, for that our Captain sent away his +brother and ELLIS HIXOM to the westward, in search of the River of +Chagres, where himself had been the year before, and yet was careful +to gain more notice of; it being a river which trendeth to the +southward, within six leagues of Panama, where is a little town called +Venta Cruz [Venta de Cruzes], whence all the treasure, that was +usually brought thither from Panama by mules, was embarked in frigates +[sailing] down that river into the North sea, and so to Nombre de +Dios. + +It ebbeth and floweth not far into the land, and therefore it asketh +three days' rowing with a fine pinnace to pass [up] from the mouth to +Venta Cruz; but one day and a night serveth to return down the river. + +At our return to our ships (1st August), in our consultation, Captain +RANSE (forecasting divers doubts of our safe continuance upon that +coast, being now discovered) was willing to depart; and our Captain no +less willing to dismiss him: and therefore as soon as our pinnaces +returned from Chagres (7th August) with such advertisement as they +were sent for, about eight days before; Captain RANSE took his leave, +leaving us at the isle aforesaid, where we had remained five or six +days. + +In which meantime, having put all things in a readiness, our captain +resolved, with his two ships and three pinnaces to go to Cartagena; +whither in sailing, we spent some six days by reason of the calms +which came often upon us: but all this time we attempted nothing that +we might have done by the way, neither at [Santiago de] Tolou nor +otherwhere, because we would not be discovered. + +We came to anchor with our two ships in the evening [13th August], in +seven fathom water, between the island of Charesha and St. Bernards +[San Bernardo]. + +Our Captain led the three pinnaces about the island, into the harbour +of Cartagena; where at the very entry, he found a frigate at anchor, +aboard which was only one old man; who being demanded, "Where the rest +of his company was?" answered, "That they were gone ashore in their +gundeloe [? gondola or ship's boat], that evening, to fight about a +mistress": and voluntarily related to our Captain that, "two hours +before night, there past by them a pinnace, with sail and oars, as +fast as ever they could row, calling to him 'Whether there had not +been any English or Frenchmen there lately?' and upon answer that, +'There had been none!' they bid them 'look to themselves!' That, +within an hour that this pinnace was come to the utterside [outside] +of Cartagena, there were many great pieces shot off, whereupon one +going to top, to descry what might be the cause? espied, over the +land, divers frigates and small shipping bringing themselves within +the Castle." + +This report our Captain credited, the rather for that himself had +heard the report of the ordnance at sea; and perceived sufficiently, +that he was now descried. Notwithstanding in farther examination of +this old mariner, having understood, that there was, within the next +point, a great ship of Seville, which had here discharged her loading, +and rid now with her yards across, being bound the next morning for +Santo Domingo: our Captain took this old man into his pinnace to +verify that which he had informed, and rowed towards this ship, which +as we came near it, hailed us, asking, "Whence our shallops were?" + +We answered, "From Nombre de Dios!" + +Straightway they railed and reviled! We gave no heed to their words, +but every pinnace, according to our Captain's order, one on the +starboard bow, the other on the starboard quarter, and the Captain in +the midship on the larboard side, forthwith boarded her; though we had +some difficulty to enter by reason of her height, being of 240 tons. +But as soon as we entered upon the decks, we threw down the grates and +spardecks, to prevent the Spaniards form annoying us with their close +fights: who then perceiving that we were possessed of their ship, +stowed themselves all in hold with their weapons, except two or three +yonkers, which were found afore the beetes: when having light out of +our pinnaces, we found no danger of the enemy remaining, we cut their +cables at halse, and with our three pinnaces, towed her without the +island into the sound right afore the down, without [beyond the] +danger of their great shot. + +Meanwhile, the town, having intelligence hereof, or by their watch, +took the alarm, rang out their bells, shot off about thirty pieces of +great ordnance, put all their men in a readiness, horse and foot, came +down to the very point of the wood, and discharged their calivers, to +impeach us if they might, in going forth. + +The next morning (14th August) our ships took two frigates, in which +there were two, who called themselves King's /Scrivanos/, the one of +Cartagena, the other of Veragua, with seven mariners and two Negroes; +who had been at Nombre de Dios and were now bound for Cartagena with +double [? duplicate] letters of advice, to certify them that Captain +DRAKE had been at Nombre de Dios, had taken it; and had it not been +that he was hurt with some blessed shot, by all likelihood he had +sacked it. He was yet still upon the coast; they should therefore +carefully prepare for him! + +After that our Captain had brought out all his fleet together, at the +/Scrivanos'/ entreaties, he was content to do them all favour, in +setting them and all their companies on shore; and so bare thence with +the islands of St. Bernards, about three leagues of the town: where we +found great store of fish for our refreshing. + +Here, our Captain considering that he was now discovered upon the +chieftest places of all the coast, and yet not meaning to leave it +till he had found the Cimaroons, and "made" his voyage, as he had +conceived; which would require some length of time, and sure manning +of his pinnaces: he determined with himself, to burn one of the ships, +and make the other a Storehouse; that his pinnaces (which could not +otherwise) might be thoroughly manned, and so he might be able to +abide any time. + +But knowing the affection of his company, how loath they were to leave +either of their ships, being both so good sailers and so well +furnished; he purposed in himself by some policy, to make them most +willing to effect that he intended. And therefore sent for one THOMAS +MOONE, who was Carpenter in the /Swan/, and asking him into his cabin, +chargeth him to conceal for a time, a piece of service, which he must +in any case consent to do aboard his own ship: that was, in the middle +of the second watch, to go down secretly into the well of the ship, +and with a spike-gimlet, to bore three holes, as near the keel as he +could, and lay something against it, that the force of the water +entering, might make no great noise, nor be discovered by a boiling +up. + +THOMAS MOONE at the hearing hereof, being utterly dismayed, desired to +know "What cause there might be, to move him to sink so good a bark of +his own, new and strong; and that, by /his/ means, who had been in two +so rich and gainful voyages in her with himself heretofore: If his +brother, the Master, and the rest of the company [numbering 26] should +know of such his fact, he thought verily they would kill him." + +But when our Captain had imparted to him his cause, and had persuaded +him with promise that it should not be known, till all of them should +be glad of it: he understood it, and did it accordingly. + +The next morning [15th August] our Captain took his pinnace very +early, purposing to go a fishing, for that there is very great store +on the coast; and falling aboard the /Swan/, calleth for his brother +to go with him, who rising suddenly, answereth that "He would follow +presently, or if it would please him to stay a very little, he would +attend him." + +Our Captain perceiving the feat wrought, would not hasten him; but in +rowing away, demanded of them, "Why their bark was so deep?" as making +no great account of it. But, by occasion of this demand, his brother +sent one down to the Steward, to know "Whether there were any water in +the ship? Or what other cause might be?" + +The Steward, hastily stepping down at his usual scuttle, was wet up to +his waist, and shifting with more haste to come up again as if the +water had followed him, cried out that "The ship was full of water!" +There was no need to hasten the company, some to the pump, others to +search for the leak, which the Captain of the bark seeing they did, on +all hands, very willingly; he followed his brother, and certified him +of "the strange chance befallen them that night; that whereas they had +not pumped twice in six weeks before, now they had six feet of water +in hold: and therefore he desireth leave from attending him in +fishing, to intend the search and remedy of the leak." And when our +Captain with his company preferred [offered] to go to help them; he +answered, "They had men enough aboard, and prayed him to continue his +fishing, that they might have some part of it for their dinner." Thus +returning, he found his company had taken great pain, but had freed +the water very little: yet such was their love to the bark, as our +Captain well knew, that they ceased not, but to the utmost of their +strength, laboured all that they might till three in the afternoon; by +which time, the company perceiving, that (though they had been +relieved by our Captain himself and many of his company) yet they were +not able to free above a foot and a half of water, and could have no +likelihood of finding the leak, had now a less liking of her than +before, and greater content to hear of some means for remedy. + +Whereupon our Captain (consulting them what they thought best to be +done) found that they had more desire to have all as he thought fit, +than judgement to conceive any means of remedy. And therefore he +propounded, that himself would go in the pinnace, till he could +provide him some handsome frigate; and that his brother should be +Captain in the admiral [flag-ship] and the Master should also be there +placed with him, instead of this: which seeing they could not save, he +would have fired that the enemy might never recover her: but first all +the pinnaces should be brought aboard her, that every one might take +out of her whatever they lacked or liked. + +This, though the company at first marvelled at; yet presently it was +put in execution and performed that night. + +Our Captain had his desire, and men enough for his pinnaces. + +The next morning (16th August) we resolved to seek out some fit place, +in the Sound of Darien, where we might safely leave our ship at +anchor, not discoverable by the enemy, who thereby might imagine us +quite departed from the coast, and we the meantime better follow our +purposes with our pinnaces; of which our Captain would himself take +two to Rio Grande [Magdalena], and the third leave with his brother to +seek the Cimaroons. + +Upon this resolution, we set sail presently for the said Sound; which +within five days [21st August), we recovered: abstaining of purpose +from all such occasion, as might hinder our determination, or bewray +[betray] our being upon the coast. + +As soon as we arrived where our Captain intended, and had chosen a fit +and convenient road out of all trade [to or from any Mart] for our +purpose; we reposed ourselves there, for some fifteen days, keeping +ourselves close, that the bruit of our being upon the coast might +cease. + +But in the meantime, we were not idle: for beside such ordinary works, +as our Captain, every month did usually inure us to, about the +trimming and setting of his pinnaces, for their better sailing and +rowing: he caused us to rid a large plot of ground, both of trees and +brakes, and to build us houses sufficient for all our lodging, and one +especially for all our public meetings; wherein the Negro which fled +to us before, did us great service, as being well acquainted with the +country, and their means of building. Our archers made themselves +butts to shoot at, because we had many that delighted in that +exercise, and wanted not a fletcher to keep our bows and arrows in +order. The rest of the company, every one as he liked best, made his +disport at bowls, quoits, keiles, etc. For our Captain allowed one +half of the company to pass their time thus, every other day +interchangeable; the other half being enjoined to the necessary works, +about our ship and pinnaces, and the providing of fresh victuals, +fish, fowl, hogs, deer, conies, etc., whereof there is great plenty. +Here our smiths set up their forge, as they used, being furnished out +of England, with anvil, iron, coals, and all manner of necessaries, +which stood us in great stead. + + + +At the end of these fifteen days (5th September), our Captain leaving +his ship in his brother's charge, to keep all things in order; himself +took with him, according to his former determination, two pinnaces for +Rio Grande, and passing by Cartagena but out of sight, when we were +within two leagues of the river, we landed (8th September), to the +westward on the Main, where we saw great store of cattle. There we +found some Indians, who asking us in friendly sort, in broken Spanish, +"What we would have?" and understanding that we desired fresh victuals +in traffic; they took such cattle for us as we needed, with ease and +so readily, as if they had a special commandment over them, whereas +they would not abide us to come near them. And this also they did +willingly, because our Captain, according to his custom, contented +them for their pains, with such things as they account greatly of; in +such sort that they promised, we should have there, of them at any +time what we would. + +The same day, we departed thence to Rio Grande [Magdalena], where we +entered about three of the clock in the afternoon. There are two +entries into this river, of which we entered the western most called +/Boca Chica/. The freshet [current] is so great, that we being half a +league from the mouth of it, filled fresh water for our beverage. + +From three o'clock till dark at night, we rowed up the stream; but the +current was so strong downwards, that we got but two leagues, all that +time. We moored our pinnaces to a tree that night: for that presently, +with the closing of the evening, there fell a monstrous shower of +rain, with such strange and terrible claps of thunder, and flashes of +lightning, as made us not a little to marvel at, although our Captain +had been acquainted with such like in that country, and told us that +they continue seldom longer than three-quarters of an hour. + +This storm was no sooner ceast, but it became very calm, and therewith +there came such an innumerable multitude of a kind of flies of that +country, called mosquitoes, like our gnats, which bit so spitefully, +that we could not rest all that night, nor find means to defend +ourselves from them, by reason of the heat of the country. The best +remedy we then found against them, was the juice of lemons. + +At the break of day (9th September), we departed, rowing in the eddy, +and hauling up by the trees where the eddy failed, with great labour, +by spells, without ceasing, each company their half-hour glass: +without meeting any, till about three o'clock in the afternoon, by +which time we could get but five leagues ahead. + +Then we espied a canoe, with two Indians fishing in the river; but we +spake not to them, lest so we might be descried: nor they to us, as +taking us to be Spaniards. But within an hour after, we espied certain +houses, on the other side of the river, whose channel is twenty-five +fathom deep, and its breadth so great, that a man can scantly be +discerned from side to side. Yet a Spaniard which kept those houses, +had espied our pinnaces; and thinking we had been his countrymen, made +a smoke, for a signal to turn that way, as being desirous to speak +with us. After that, we espying this smoke, had made with it, and were +half the river over, he wheaved [waved] to us, with his hat and his +long hanging sleeves, to come ashore. + +But as we drew nearer to him, and he discerned that we were not those +he looked for: he took his heels, and fled from his houses, which we +found to be, five in number, all full of white rusk, dried bacon, that +country cheese (like Holland cheese in fashion, but far more delicate +in taste, of which they send into Spain as special presents) many +sorts of sweetmeats, and conserves; with great store of sugar: being +provided to serve the Fleet returning to Spain. + +With this store of victuals, we loaded our pinnaces; by the shutting +in of the day, we were ready to depart; for that we hastened the +rather, by reason of an intelligence given us by certain Indian women +which we found in those houses: that the frigates (these are +ordinarily thirty, or upwards, which usually transport the +merchandise, sent out of Spain to Cartagena from thence to these +houses, and so in great canoes up hence into Nuevo Reyno, for which +the river running many hundred of leagues within the land serveth very +fitly: and return in exchange, the gold and treasure, silver, +victuals, and commodities, which that kingdom yields abundantly) were +not yet returned from Cartagena, since the first alarm they took of +our being there. + +As we were going aboard our pinnaces from these Storehouses (10th +September), the Indians of a great town called Villa del Rey, some two +miles distant from the water's side where we landed, were brought down +by the Spaniards into the bushes, and shot arrows; but we rowed down +the stream with the current (for that the wind was against us) only +one league; and because it was night, anchored till the morning, when +we rowed down to the mouth of the river, where we unloaded all our +provisions, and cleansed our pinnaces, according to our Captain's +custom, and took it in again, and the same day went to the Westward. + +In this return, we descried a ship, a barque, and a frigate, of which +the ship and frigate went for Cartagena, but for the Barque was bound +to the Northwards, with the wind easterly, so that we imagined she had +some gold or treasure going for Spain: therefore we gave her chase, +but taking her, and finding nothing of importance in her, +understanding that she was bound for sugar and hides, we let her go; +and having a good gale of wind, continued our former course to our +ship and company. + +In the way between Cartagena and Tolou, we took [11th September] five +or six frigates, which were laden from Tolou, with live hogs, hens, +and maize which we call Guinea wheat. Of these, having gotten what +intelligence they could give, of their preparations for us, and divers +opinions of us, we dismissed all the men; only staying two frigates +with us, because they were so well stored with good victuals. + + + +Within three days after, we arrived at the place which our Captain +chose, at first, to leave his ship in, which was called by our +Captain, Port Plenty; by reason we brought to thither continually all +manner store of good victuals, which we took, going that way by sea, +for the victualling of Cartagena and Nombre de Dios as also the Fleets +going and coming out of Spain. So that if we had been two thousand, +yea three thousand persons, we might with our pinnaces easily have +provided them sufficient victuals of wine, meal, rusk; /cassavi/ (a +kind of bread made of a root called Yucca, whose juice is poison, but +the substance good and wholesome), dried beef, dried fish, live sheep, +live hogs, abundance of hens, besides the infinite store of dainty +fresh fish, very easily to be taken every day: insomuch that we were +forced to build four several magazines or storehouses, some ten, some +twenty leagues asunder; some in islands, some in the Main, providing +ourselves in divers places, that though the enemy should, with force, +surprise any one, yet we might be sufficiently furnished, till we had +"made" our voyage as we did hope. In building of these, our Negro's +help was very much, as having a special skill, in the speedy erection +of such houses. + +This our store was much, as thereby we relieved not only ourselves and +the Cimaroons while they were with us; but also two French ships in +extreme want. + +For in our absence, Captain JOHN DRAKE, having one of our pinnaces, as +was appointed, went in with the Main, and as he rowed aloof the shore, +where he was directed by DIEGO the Negro aforesaid, which willingly +came unto us at Nombre de Dios, he espied certain of the Cimaroons; +with whom he dealt so effectually, that in conclusion he left two of +our men with their leader, and brought aboard two of theirs: agreeing +that they should meet him again the next day, at a river midway +between the Cabecas [Cabeza is Spanish for Headland] and our ships; +which they named Rio Diego. + +These two being very sensible men, chosen out by their commander +[chief], did, with all reverence and respect, declare unto our +Captain, that their nation conceited great joy of his arrival, because +they knew him to be an enemy to the Spaniards, not only by his late +being in Nombre de Dios, but also by his former voyages; and therefore +were ready to assist and favour his enterprises against his and their +enemies to the uttermost: and to that end their captain and company +did stay at this present near the mouth of Rio Diego, to attend what +answer and order should be given them; that they would have marched by +land, even to this place, but that the way is very long, and more +troublesome, by reason of many steep mountains, deep rivers, and thick +brakes: desiring therefore, that it might please our Captain to take +some order, as he thought best, with all convenient speed in this +behalf. + +Our Captain considering the speech of these persons, and weighing it +with his former intelligences had not only Negroes, but Spaniards +also, whereof he was always very careful: as also conferring it with +his brother's informations of the great kindness that they shewed him, +being lately with them: after he had heard the opinions of those of +best service with him, "what were fittest to be done presently?" +resolved himself with his brother, and the two Cimaroons, in his two +pinnaces, to go toward this river. As he did the same evening, giving +order, that the ship and the rest of his fleet should the next morning +follow him, because there was a place of as great safety and +sufficiency, which his brother had found out near the river. The +safety of it consisted, not only in that which is common all along +that coast from Tolou to Nombre de Dios, being above sixty leagues, +that it is a most goodly and plentiful country, and yet inhabited not +with one Spaniard, or any for the Spaniards: but especially in that it +lieth among a great many of goodly islands full of trees. Where, +though there be channels, yet there are such rocks and shoals, that no +man can enter by night without great danger; nor by day without +discovery, whereas our ships might be hidden within the trees. + +The next day (14th September) we arrived at this river appointed, +where we found the Cimaroons according to promise: the rest of their +number were a mile up, in a wood by the river's side. There after we +had given them entertainment, and received good testimonies of their +joy and good will towards us, we took two more of them into our +pinnace, leaving our two men with the rest of theirs, to march by +land, to another river called Rio Guana, with intent there to meet +with another company of Cimaroons which were now in the mountains. + +So we departed that day from Rio Diego, with our pinnaces, towards our +ship, as marvelling that she followed us not as was appointed. + +But two days after (16th September), we found her in the place where +we left her; but in far other state, being much spoiled and in great +danger, by reason of a tempest she had in our absence. + +As soon as we could trim our ship, being some two days, our Captain +sent away (18th September) one of his pinnaces, towards the bottom of +the bay, amongst the shoals and sandy islands, to sound out the +channel, for the bringing in of our ship nearer the Main. + +The next day (19th September) we followed, and were with wary +pilotage, directed safely into the best channel, with much ado to +recover the road, among so many flats and shoals. It was near about +five leagues from the Cativaas, betwixt an island and the Main, where +we moored our ship. The island was not above four cables in length +from the Main, being in quantity some three acres of ground, flat and +very full of trees and bushes. + +We were forced to spend the best part of three days, after our +departure from our Port Plenty, before we were quiet in this new found +road, which we had but newly entered, when our two men and the former +troop of Cimaroons, with twelve others whom they had met in the +mountains, came (23rd September) in sight over against our ship, on +the Main. Whence we fetched them all aboard, to their great comfort +and our content: they rejoicing that they should have some fit +opportunity to wreak their wrongs on the Spaniards; we hoping that now +our voyage should be bettered. + +At our first meeting, when our Captain had moved them, to shew him the +means which they had to furnish him with gold and silver; they +answered plainly, that "had they known gold had been his desire; they +would have satisfied him with store, which, for the present, they +could not do: because the rivers, in which they sunk great store +(which they had taken from the Spaniards, rather to despite them than +for love of gold) were now so high, that they could not get it out of +such depths for him; and because the Spaniards, in these rainy months, +do not use [are not accustomed] to carry their treasure by land." + +This answer although it were somewhat unlooked for, yet nothing +discontented us, but rather persuaded us farther of their honest and +faithful meaning toward us. Therefore our Captain to entertain these +five months, commanded all our ordnance and artillery ashore, with all +our other provisions: sending his pinnaces to the Main, to bring over +great trees, to make a fort upon the same island, for the planting of +all our ordnance therein, and for our safeguard, if the enemy, in all +this time, should chance to come. + +Our Cimaroons (24th September) cut down Palmito boughs and branches, +and with wonderful speed raised up two large houses for all our +company. Our fort was then made, by reason of the place, triangle- +wise, with main timber, and earth of which the trench yielded us good +store, so that we made it thirteen feet in height. [Fort Diego.] + + + +But after we had continued upon this island fourteen days, our Captain +having determined, with three pinnaces, to go for Cartagena left (7th +October), his brother, JOHN DRAKE, to govern these who remained behind +with the Cimaroons to finish the fort which he had begun: for which he +appointed him to fetch boards and planks, as many as his pinnaces +would carry, from the prize we took at Rio Grande, and left at the +Cativaas, where she drove ashore and wrecked in our absence: but now +she might serve commodiously, to supply our use, in making platforms +for our ordnance. Thus our Captain and his brother took their leave; +the one to the Eastward, and the other to the Cativaas. + +That night, we came to an isle, which he called Spur-kite land, +because we found there great store of such a kind of bird in shape, +but very delicate, of which we killed and roasted many; staying there +till the next day midnoon (8th October), when we departed thence. And +about four o'clock recovered a big island in our way, where we stayed +all night, by reason that there was great store of fish, and +especially of a great kind of shell-fish of a foot long. We called +them whelks. + +The next morning (9th October), we were clear of these islands and +shoals, and hauled off into the sea. About four days after (13th +October), near the island of St. Bernards, we chased two frigates +ashore; and recovering one of these islands, made our abode there some +two days (14th-15th October) to wash our pinnaces and to take of the +fish. + +Thence we went towards Tolou, and that day (16th October) landed near +the town in a garden, where we found certain Indians, who delivered us +their bows and arrows, and gathered for us such fruit as the garden +did yield, being many sorts of dainty fruits and roots, [we] still +contenting them for what we received. Our Captain's principal intent +in taking this and other places by the way, not being for any other +cause, but only to learn true intelligence of the state of the country +and of the Fleets. + +Hence we departed presently, and rowed towards Charesha, the island of +Cartagena; and entered in at Bocha Chica, and having the wind large, +we sailed in towards the city, and let fall our grappers betwixt the +island and the Main, right over against the goodly Garden Island. In +which, our Captain would not suffer us to land, notwithstanding our +importunate desire, because he knew, it might be dangerous: for that +they are wont to send soldiers thither, when they know of any Men-of- +war on the coast; which we found accordingly. For within three hours +after, passing by the point of the island, we had a volley of a +hundred shot from them, and yet there was but one of our men hurt. + +This evening (16th October) we departed to sea; and the day following +(17th October), being some two leagues off the harbour, we took a +bark, and found that the Captain and his wife with the better sort of +passengers, had forsaken her, and were gone ashore in the Gundeloe: by +occasion whereof we boarded without resistance, though they were well +provided with swords and targets and some small shot, besides four +iron bases. She was 50 tons, having ten mariners, five or six Negroes, +great store of soap and sweet meat, bound from St. Domingo to +Cartagena. This Captain left behind him a silk ancient [flag] with his +arms; as might be thought, in hasty departing. + +The next day (18th October), we sent all the company ashore to seek +their masters, saving a young Negro two or three years old, which we +brought away; but kept the bark, and in her, bore into the mouth of +Cartagena harbour, where we anchored. + +That afternoon, certain horsemen came down to the point by the wood +side, and with the /Scrivano/ fore-mentioned, came towards our bark +with a flag of truce, desiring of our Captain's safe conduct for his +coming and going; the which being granted, he came aboard us, giving +our Captain "great thanks for his manifold favours, etc., promising +that night before daybreak, to bring as much victuals as they would +desire, what shift so ever he made, or what danger so ever incurred of +law and punishment." But this fell out to be nothing but a device of +the Governor forced upon the /Scrivano/, to delay time, till they +might provide themselves of sufficient strength to entrap us: for +which this fellow, by his smooth speech, was thought a fit means. So +by sun rising, (19th October), when we perceived his words but words, +we put to sea to the westward of the island, some three leagues off, +where we lay at hull the rest of all that day and night. + +The next day (20th October), in the afternoon, there came out of +Cartagena, two frigates bound for St. Domingo, the one of 58, the +other of 12 tons, having nothing in them but ballast. We took them +within a league of the town, and came to anchor with them within sacre +shot of the east Bulwark. There were in those frigates some twelve or +thirteen common mariners, which entreated to be set ashore. To them +our Captain gave the greater frigate's gundeloe, and dismissed them. + +The next morning (21st October) when they came down to the western +point with a flag of truce, our Captain manned one of his pinnaces and +rowed ashore. When we were within a cable's length of the shore, the +Spaniards fled, hiding themselves in the woods, as being afraid of our +ordnance; but indeed to draw us on to land confidently, and to presume +of our strength. Our Captain commanding the grapnell to be cast out of +the stern, veered the pinnace ashore, and as soon as she touched the +sand, he alone leapt ashore in their sight, to declare that he durst +set his foot aland: but stayed not among them, to let them know, that +though he had not sufficient forces to conquer them, yet he had +sufficient judgment to take heed of them. + +And therefore perceiving their intent, as soon as our Captain was +aboard, we hauled off upon our grapner and rid awhile. + +They presently came forth upon the sand, and sent a youth, as with a +message from the Governor, to know, "What our intent was, to stay upon +the coast?" + +Our Captain answered: "He meant to traffic with them; for he had tin, +pewter, cloth, and other merchandise that they needed." + +The youth swam back again with this answer, and was presently +returned, with another message: that, "The King had forbidden to +traffic with any foreign nation for any commodities, except powder and +shot; of which, if he had any store, they would be his merchants." + +He answered, that "He was come from his country, to exchange his +commodities for gold and silver, and is not purposed to return without +his errand. They are like, in his opinion, to have little rest, if +that, by fair means, they would not traffic with him." + +He gave this messenger a fair shirt for a reward, and so returned him: +who rolled his shirt about his head and swam very speedily. + +We heard no answer all that day; and therefore toward night we went +aboard our frigates and reposed ourselves, setting and keeping very +orderly all that night our watch, with great and small shot. + +The next morning (22nd October) the wind, which had been westerly in +the evening, altered to the Eastward. + +About the dawning of the day, we espied two sails turning towards us, +whereupon our Captain weighed with his pinnaces, leaving the two +frigates unmanned. But when we were come somewhat nigh them, the wind +calmed, and we were fain to row towards them, till that approaching +very nigh, we saw many heads peering over board. For, as we perceived, +these two frigates were manned and set forth out of Cartagena, to +fight with us, and, at least, to impeach or busy us; whilst by some +means or other they might recover the frigates from us. + +But our Captain prevented both their drifts. For commanding JOHN OXNAM +to stay with the one pinnace, to entertain these two Men-of-war; +himself in the other made much speed, that he got to his frigates +which he had left at anchor; and caused the Spaniards, (who in the +meantime had gotten aboard in a small canoe, thinking to have towed +them within the danger of their shot) to make the greater haste +thence, than they did thither. + +For he found that in shifting thence, some of them were fain to swim +aland (the canoe not being able to receive them) and had left their +apparel, some their rapiers and targets, some their flasks and +calivers behind them; although they were towing away of one of them. + +Therefore considering that we could not man them, we sunk the one, and +burnt the other, giving them to understand by this, that we perceived +their secret practices. + +This being done, he returned to JOHN OXNAM; who all this while lay by +the Men-of-war without proffering to fight. And as soon as our Captain +was come up to these frigates, the wind blew much for the sea, so +that, we being betwixt the shore and them, were to a manner forced to +bear room into the harbour before them, to the great joy of the +Spaniards; who beheld it; in supposing, that we would still have fled +before them. But as soon as we were in the harbour, and felt smooth +water, our pinnaces, as we were assured of, getting the wind, we +sought, with them upon the advantage, so that after a few shot +exchanged, and a storm rising, they were contented to press no nearer. +Therefore as they let fall their anchors, we presently let drop our +grapner in the wind of them; which the Spanish soldiers seeing, +considering the disadvantage of the wind, the likelihood of the storm +to continue, and small hope of doing any good, they were glad to +retire themselves to the town. + +But by reason of the foul and tempestuous weather, we rode therein +four days, feeling great cold, by reason we had such sore rains with +westerly wind, and so little succour in our pinnaces. + +The fifth day (27th October) there came in a frigate from the sea, +which seeing us make towards her, ran herself ashore, unhanging her +rudder and taking away her sails, that she might not easily be carried +away. But when we were come up to her, we perceived about a hundred +horse and foot, with their furniture, come down to the point of the +Main, where we interchanged some shot with them. One of our great shot +passed so near a brave cavalier of theirs, that thereby they were +occasioned to advise themselves, and retreat into the woods: where +they might sufficiently defend and rescue the frigate from us, and +annoy us also, if we stayed long about her. + +Therefore we concluded to go to sea again, putting forth through /Boca +Chica/, with intent to take down our masts, upon hope of fair weather, +and to ride under the rocks called /Las Serenas/, which are two +leagues off at sea, as we had usually done aforetime, so that they +could not discern us from the rocks. But, there, the sea was mightily +grown, that we were forced to take the harbour again; where we +remained six days, notwithstanding the Spaniards grieved greatly at +our abode there so long. + +They put (2nd November) another device in practice to endanger us. + +For they sent forth a great shallop, a fine gundeloe, and a great +canoe, with certain Spaniards with shot, and many Indians with +poisoned arrows, as it seemed, with intent to begin some fight, and +then to fly. For as soon as we rowed toward them and interchanged +shot, they presently retired and went ashore into the woods, where an +ambush of some sixty shot were laid for us: besides two pinnaces and a +frigate warping towards us, which were manned as the rest. They +attempted us very boldly, being assisted by those others, which from +out of the wood, had gotten aboard the gundeloe and canoe, and seeing +us bearing from them (which we did in respect of the /ambuscado/), +they encouraged themselves and assured their fellows of the day. + +But our Captain weighing this their attempt, and being out of danger +of their shot from the land, commanding his other pinnace to be +brought ahead of him, and to let fall their grapners each ahead of the +other, environed both the pinnaces with bonnets, as for a close fight, +and then wheaved [waved] them aboard him. + +They kept themselves upon their oars at caliver-shot distance, +spending powder apace; as we did some two or three hours. We had only +one of our men wounded in that fight. What they had is unknown to us, +but we saw their pinnaces shot through in divers places, and the +powder of one of them took fire; whereupon we weighed, intending to +bear room to overrun them: which they perceiving, and thinking that we +would have boarded them, rowed away amain to the defence they had in +the wood, the rather because they were disappointed of their help that +they expected from the frigate; which was warping towards us, but by +reason of the much wind that blew, could not come to offend us or +succour them. + +Thus seeing that we were still molested, and no hope remained of any +purchase to be had in this place any longer; because we were now so +notably made known in those parts, and because our victuals grew +scant: as soon as the weather waxed somewhat better (the wind +continuing always westerly, so that we could not return to our ships) +our Captain thought best to go (3rd November) to the Eastward, towards +/Rio Grande/ [Magdalena] long the coast, where we had been before, and +found great store of victuals. + +But when after two days' sailing, we were arrived (5th November) at +the villages of store, where before we had furnished ourselves with +abundance of hens, sheep, calves, hogs, etc.; now we found bare +nothing, not so much as any people left: for that they, by the +Spaniards' commandments, had fled to the mountains, and had driven +away all their cattle, that we might not be relieved by them. Herewith +being very sorry, because much of our victuals in our pinnaces was +spoilt by the foul weather at sea and rains in harbour. A frigate +being descried at sea revived us, and put us in some hope for the +time, that in her we should find sufficient; and thereupon it may +easily be guessed, how much we laboured to recover her: but when we +had boarded her, and understood that she had neither meat nor money, +but that she was bound for /Rio Grande/ to take in provision upon +bills, our great hope converted into grief. + +We endured with our allowance seven or eight days more, proceeding to +the Eastward, and bearing room for Santa Marta, upon hope to find some +shipping in the road, or limpets on the rocks, or succour against the +storm in that good harbour. Being arrived; and seeing no shipping; we +anchored under the western point, where is high land, and, as we +thought, free in safety from the town, which is in the bottom of the +bay: not intending to land there, because we knew that it was +fortified, and that they had intelligence of us. + +But the Spaniards (knowing us to be Men-of-war, and misliking that we +should shroud under their rocks without their leave) had conveyed some +thirty or forty shot among the cliffs, which annoyed us so spitefully +and so unrevengedly, for that they lay hidden behind the rocks, but we +lay open to them, that we were soon weary of our harbour, and enforced +(for all the storm without and want within) to put to sea. Which +though these enemies of ours were well contented withal, yet for a +farewell, as we came open of the town, they sent us a culverin shot; +which made a near escape, for it fell between our pinnaces, as we were +upon conference of what was best to be done. + +The company advised that if it pleased him, they might put themselves +aland, some place to the Eastward to get victuals, and rather hope for +courtesy from the country-people, than continue at sea, in so long +cold, and great a storm in so leaky a pinnace. But our Captain would +in no wise like of that advice; he thought it better to bear up +towards Rio de [la] Hacha, or Coricao [Curacao], with hope to have +plenty without great resistance: because he knew, either of the +islands were not very populous, or else it would be very likely that +these would be found ships of victual in a readiness. + +The company of the other pinnace answered, that "They would willingly +follow him through the world; but in this they could not see how +either their pinnaces should live in that sea, without being eaten up +in that storm, or they themselves able to endure so long time, with so +slender provision as they had, viz., only one gammon of bacon and +thirty pounds of biscuit for eighteen men." + +Our Captain replied, that "They were better provided than himself was, +who had but one gammon of bacon, and forty pounds of biscuit for his +twenty-four men; and therefore he doubted not but they would take such +part as he did, and willingly depend upon God's Almighty providence, +which never faileth them that trust in Him." + +With that he hoisted his foresail, and set his course for Coricao; +which the rest perceiving with sorrowful hearts in respect of the weak +pinnace, yet desirous to follow their Captain, consented to take the +same course. + +We had not sailed past three leagues, but we had espied a sail plying +to the Westward, with her two courses, to our great joy: who vowed +together, that we would have her, or else it should cost us dear. + +Bearing with her, we found her to be a Spanish ship of above 90 tons, +which being wheaved [waved] amain by us, despised our summons, and +shot off her ordnance at us. + +The sea went very high, so that it was not for us to attempt to board +her, and therefore we made fit small sail to attend upon her, and keep +her company to her small content, till fairer weather might lay the +sea. We spent not past two hours in our attendance, till it pleased +God, after a great shower, to send us a reasonable calm, so that we +might use our pieces [i. e., bases] and approach her at pleasure, in +such sort that in short time we had taken her; finding her laden with +victuals well powdered [salted] and dried: which at that present we +received as sent us of God's great mercy. + +After all things were set in order, and that the wind increased +towards night, we plied off and on, till day (13th November), at what +time our Captain sent in ELLIS HIXOM, who had then charge of his +pinnace, to search out some harbour along the coast; who having found +out a little one, some ten or twelve leagues to the east of Santa +Marta, where in sounding he had good ground and sufficient water, +presently returned, and our Captain brought in his new prize. Then by +promising liberty, and all the apparel to the Spaniards which we had +taken if they would bring us to water and fresh victuals; the rather +by their means, we obtained of the inhabitants (Indians) what they +had, which was plentiful. These Indians were clothed and governed by a +Spaniard, which dwelt in the next town, not past a league off. We +stayed there all day, watering and wooding, and providing things +necessary, by giving content and satisfaction of the Indians. But +towards night our Captain called all of us aboard (only leaving the +Spaniards lately taken in the prize ashore, according to our promise +made them, to their great content; who acknowledged that our Captain +did them a far greater favour in setting them freely at liberty, than +he had done them displeasure in taking their ship), and so set sail. + +The sickness which had begun to kindle among us, two or three days +before, did this day shew itself, in CHARLES GLUB, one of our Quarter- +Masters, a very tall man, and a right good mariner; taken away, to the +great grief both of Captain and company. What the cause of this malady +was, we knew not of certainty, we imputed it to the cold which our men +had taken, lying without succour in the pinnaces. But however it was, +thus it pleased GOD to visit us, and yet in favour to restore unto +health all the rest of our company, that were touched with this +disease; which were not a few. + +The next morning (15th November) being fair weather, though the wind +continued contrary, our Captain commanded the /Minion/, his lesser +pinnace, to hasten away before him towards his ships at Fort Diego +within the Cabecas [Headlands] to carry news of his coming, and to put +all things in a readiness for our land journey, if they heard anything +of the Fleet's arrival by the Cimaroons; giving the /Minion/ charge if +they wanted wine, to take St. Bernards in their way, and there take in +some such portion as they thought good, of the wines which we had +there hidden in the sand. + +We plied to windwards, as near as we could, so that within seven-night +after the /Minion/ departed from us, we came (22nd November) to St. +Bernards, finding but twelve /botijos/ of wine of all the store we +left, which had escaped the curious search of the enemy, who had been +there; for they were deep in the ground. + +Within four or five days after, we came (27th November) to our ship, +where we found all other things in good order; but received very heavy +news of the death of JOHN DRAKE, our Captain's brother, and another +young man called RICHARD ALLEN, which were both slain at one time (9th +October), as they attempted the boarding of a frigate, within two days +after our departing from them. + + + +The manner of it, as we learned by examination of the company, was +this. When they saw this frigate at sea, as they were going towards +their fort with planks to make the platforms, the company were very +importunate on him, to give chase and set upon this frigate, which +they deemed had been a fit booty for them. But he told them, that they +"wanted weapons to assail; they knew not how the frigate was provided, +they had their boats loaded with planks, to finish that his brother +had commanded." But when this would not satisfy them, but that still +they urged him with words and supposals: "If you will needs," said he, +"adventure! It shall never be said that I will be hindmost, neither +shall you report to my brother, that you lost your voyage by any +cowardice you found in me!" + +Thereupon every man shifted as they might for the time: and heaving +their planks overboard, took them such poor weapons as they had: viz., +a broken pointed rapier, one old visgee, and a rusty caliver: JOHN +DRAKE took the rapier, and made a gauntlet of his pillow, RICHARD +ALLEN the visgee, both standing at the head of the pinnace, called +/Eion/. ROBERT took the caliver and so boarded. But they found the +frigate armed round about with a close fight of hides, full of pikes +and calivers, which were discharged in their faces, and deadly wounded +those that were in the fore-ship, JOHN DRAKE in the belly, and RICHARD +ALLEN in the head. But notwithstanding their wounds, they with oars +shifted off the pinnace, got clear of the frigate, and with all haste +recovered their ship: where within an hour after, this young man of +great hope, ended his days, greatly lamented of all the company. + +Thus having moored our ships fast, our Captain resolved to keep +himself close without being descried, until he might hear of the +coming of the Spanish Fleet; and therefore set no more to sea; but +supplied his wants, both for his own company and the Cimaroons, out of +his aforesaid magazine, beside daily out of the woods, with wild hogs, +pheasants, and guanas: continuing in health (GOD be praised) all the +meantime, which was a month at least; till at length about the +beginning of January, half a score of our company fell down sick +together (3rd January, 1573), and the most of them died within two or +three days. So long that we had thirty at a time sick of this +/calenture/, which attacked our men, either by reason of the sudden +change from cold to heat, or by reason of brackish water which had +been taken in by our pinnace, through the sloth of their men in the +mouth of the river, not rowing further in where the water was good. + +Among the rest, JOSEPH DRAKE, another of his brethren, died in our +Captain's arms, of the same disease: of which, that the cause might be +the better discerned, and consequently remedied, to the relief of +others, by our Captain's appointment he was ripped open by the +surgeon, who found his liver swollen, his heart as it were sodden, and +his guts all fair. This was the first and last experiment that our +Captain made of anatomy in this voyage. + +The Surgeon that cut him open, over-lived him not past four days, +although he was not touched with that sickness, of which he had been +recovered about a month before: but only of an over-bold practice +which he would needs make upon himself, by receiving an over-strong +purgation of his own device, after which taken, he never spake; nor +his Boy recovered the health which he lost by tasting it, till he saw +England. + +The Cimaroons, who, as is before said, had been entertained by our +Captain in September last, and usually repaired to our ship, during +all the time of our absence, ranged the country up and down, between +Nombre de Dios and us, to learn what they might for us; whereof they +gave our Captain advertisement, from time to time; as now particularly +certain of them let him understand, that the Fleet had certainly +arrived in Nombre de Dios. + +Therefore he sent (30th January) the /Lion/, to the seamost islands of +the Cativaas, to descry the truth of the report: by reason it must +needs be, that if the Fleet were in Nombre de Dios, all frigates of +the country would repair thitherward with victuals. + +The /Lion/, within a few days descried that she was sent for, espying +a frigate, which she presently boarded and took, laden with maize, +hens, and pompions from Tolou; who assured us of the whole truth of +the arrival of the Fleet: in this frigate were taken one woman and +twelve men, of whom one was the /Scrivano/ of Tolou. These we used +very courteously, keeping them diligently guarded form the deadly +hatred of the Cimaroons; who sought daily by all means they could, to +get them of our Captain, that they might cut their throats, to revenge +their wrongs and injuries which the Spanish nation had done them; but +our Captain persuaded them not to touch them, or give them ill +countenance, while they were in his charge; and took order for their +safety, not only in his presence, but also in his absence. For when he +had prepared to take his journey for Panama, by land; he gave ELLIS +HIXOM charge of his own ship and company, and especially of those +Spaniards whom he had put into the great prize, which was hauled +ashore to the island, which we termed Slaughter Island (because so +many of our men died there), and used as a storehouse for ourselves, +and a prison for our enemies. + +All things thus ordered, our Captain conferring with his company, and +the chiefest of the Cimaroons, what provisions were to be prepared for +this great and long journey, what kind of weapons, what store of +victuals, and what manner of apparel: was especially advised, to carry +as great store of shoes as possible he might, by reason of so many +rivers with stone and gravel as they were to pass. Which, accordingly +providing, prepared his company for that journey, entering it upon +Shrove-Tuesday (3rd February). At what time, there had died twenty- +eight of our men, and a few whole men were left aboard with ELLIS +HIXOM to keep the ship, and attend the sick, and guard the prisoners. + +At his departure our Captain gave this Master straight charge, in any +case not to trust any messenger, that should come in his name with any +tokens, unless he brought his handwriting: which he knew could not be +counterfeited by the Cimaroons or Spaniards. + + + +We were in all forty-eight, of which eighteen only were English; the +rest were Cimaroons, which beside their arms, bare every one of them, +a great quantity of victuals and provision, supplying our want of +carriage in so long a march, so that we were not troubled with +anything but our furniture. And because they could not carry enough to +suffice us altogether; therefore (as they promised before) so by the +way with their arrows, they provided for us competent store from time +to time. + +They have every one of them two sorts of arrows: the one to defend +himself and offend the enemy, the other to kill his victuals. These +for fight are somewhat like the Scottish arrow; only somewhat longer, +and headed with iron, wood, or fish bones. But the arrows for +provision are of three sorts, the first serveth to kill any great +beast near at hand, as ox, stag, or wild boar: this hath a head of +iron of a pound and a half weight, shaped in form like the head of a +javelin or boar-spear, as sharp as any knife, making so large and deep +a wound as can hardly be believed of him that hath not seen it. The +second serveth for lesser beasts, and hath a head of three-quarters of +a pound: this he most usually shooteth. The third serveth for all +manner of birds: it hath a head of an ounce weight. And these heads +though they be of iron only, yet are they so cunningly tempered, that +they will continue a very good edge a long time: and though they be +turned sometimes, yet they will never or seldom break. The necessity +in which they stand hereof continually causeth them to have iron in +far greater account than gold: and no man among them is of greater +estimation, than he that can most perfectly give this temper unto it. + +Every day we were marching by sun-rising. We continued till ten in the +forenoon: then resting (ever near some river) till past twelve, we +marched till four, and then by some river's side, we reposed ourselves +in such houses, as either we found prepared heretofore by them, when +they travelled through these woods, or they daily built very readily +for us in this manner. + +As soon as we came to the place where we intended to lodge, the +Cimaroons, presently laying down their burdens, fell to cutting of +forks or posts, and poles or rafters, and palmito boughs, or plantain +leaves; and with great speed set up the number of six houses. For +every of which, they first fastened deep into the ground, three or +four great posts with forks: upon them, they laid one transom, which +was commonly about twenty feet, and made the sides, in the manner of +the roofs of our country houses, thatching it close with those +aforesaid leaves, which keep out water a long time: observing always +that in the lower ground, where greater heat was, they left some three +or four feet open unthatched below, and made the houses, or rather +roofs, so many feet the higher. But in the hills, where the air was +more piercing and the nights cold, they made our rooms always lower, +and thatched them close to the ground, leaving only one door to enter +in, and a louvre hole for a vent, in the midst of the roof. In every +of these, they made four several lodgings, and three fires, one in the +midst, and one at each end of every house: so that the room was most +temperately warm, and nothing annoyed with smoke, partly by reason of +the nature of the wood which they use to burn, yielding very little +smoke, partly by reason of their artificial making of it: as firing +the wood cut in length like our billets at the ends, and joining them +together so close, that though no flame or fire did appear, yet the +heat continued without intermission. + +Near many of the rivers where we stayed or lodged, we found sundry +sorts of fruits, which we might use with great pleasure and safety +temperately: Mammeas, Guayvas, Palmitos, Pinos, Oranges, Lemons, and +divers other; from eating of which they dissuaded us in any case, +unless we eat very few of them, and those first dry roasted, as +Plantains, Potatoes, and such like. + +In journeying, as oft as by chance they found any wild swine, of which +those hills and valleys have store, they would ordinarily, six at a +time, deliver their burdens to the rest of their fellows, pursue, kill +and bring away after us, as much as they could carry, and time +permitted. One day as we travelled, the Cimaroons found an otter, and +prepared it to be drest: our Captain marvelling at it, PEDRO, our +chief Cimaroon, asked him, "Are you a man of war, and in want; and yet +doubt whether this be meat, that hath blood?" + +Herewithal our Captain rebuked himself secretly, that he had so +slightly considered of it before. + +The third day of our journey (6th February), they brought us to a town +of their own, seated near a fair river, on the side of a hill, +environed with a dyke of eight feet broad, and a thick mud wall of ten +feet high, sufficient to stop a sudden surpriser. It had one long and +broad street, lying east and west, and two other cross streets of less +breadth and length: there were in it some five or six and fifty +households; which were kept so clean and sweet, that not only the +houses, but the very streets were very pleasant to behold. In this +town we saw they lived very civilly and cleanly. For as soon as we +came thither, they washed themselves in the river; and changed their +apparel, as also their women do wear, which was very fine and fitly +made somewhat after the Spanish fashion, though nothing so costly. +This town is distant thirty-five leagues from Nombre de Dios and +forty-five from Panama. It is plentifully stored with many sorts of +beasts and fowl, with plenty of maize and sundry fruits. + +Touching their affection in religion, they have no kind of priests, +only they held the Cross in great reputation. But at our Captain's +persuasion, they were contented to leave their crosses, and to learn +the /Lord's Prayer/, and to be instructed in some measure concerning +GOD's true worship. They kept a continual watch in four parts, three +miles off their town, to prevent the mischiefs, which the Spaniards +intend against them, by the conducting of some of their own coats +[i.e., Cimaroons], which having been taken by the Spaniards have been +enforced thereunto: wherein, as we learned, sometimes the Spaniards +have prevailed over them, especially when they lived less careful; but +since, they [watch] against the Spaniards, whom they killed like +beasts, as often as they take them in the woods; having aforehand +understood of their coming. + +We stayed with them that night, and the next day (7th February) till +noon; during which time, they related unto us diverse very strange +accidents, that had fallen out between them and the Spaniards, namely +one. A gallant gentleman entertained by the Governor of the country, +undertook, the year last past [1572], with 150 soldiers, to put this +town to the sword, men, women, and children. Being conducted to it by +one of them, that had been taken prisoner, and won by great gifts; he +surprised it half an hour before day, by which occasion most of the +men escaped, but many of their women and children were slaughtered, or +taken: but the same morning by sun rising (after that their guide was +slain, in following another man's wife, and that the Cimaroons had +assembled themselves in their strength) they behaved themselves in +such sort, and drove the Spaniards to such extremity, that what with +the disadvantage of the woods (having lost their guide and thereby +their way), what with famine and want, there escaped not past thirty +of them, to return answer to those which sent them. + +Their king [chief] dwelt in a city within sixteen leagues southeast of +Panama; which is able to make 1,700 fighting men. + +They all intreated our Captain very earnestly, to make his abode with +them some two or three days; promising that by that time, they would +double his strength if he thought good. But he thanking them for their +offer, told them, that "He could stay no longer! It was more than time +to prosecute his purposed voyage. As for strength, he would wish no +more than he had, although he might have presently twenty times as +much!" Which they took as proceeding not only from kindness, but also +from magnanimity; and therefore, they marched forth, that afternoon, +with great good will. + +This was the order of our march. Four of those Cimaroons that best +knew the ways, went about a mile distance before us, breaking boughs +as they went, to be a direction to those that followed; but with great +silence, which they also required us to keep. + +Then twelve of them were as it were our Vanguard, other twelve, our +Rearward. We with their two Captains in the midst. + +All the way was through woods very cool and pleasant, by reason of +those goodly and high trees, that grow there so thick, that it is +cooler travelling there under them in that hot region, than it is in +the most parts of England in the summer time. This gave a special +encouragement unto us all, that we understood there was a great Tree +about the midway, from which, we might at once discern the North Sea +from whence we came, and the South Sea whither we were going. + +The fourth day following (11th February) we came to the height of the +desired hill, a very high hill, lying East and West, like a ridge +between the two seas, about ten of the clock: where [PEDRO] the +chiefest of these Cimaroons took our Captain by the hand, and prayed +him to follow him, if he was desirous to see at once the two seas, +which he had so long longed for. + +Here was that goodly and great high Tree, in which they had cut and +made divers steps, to ascend up near unto the top, where they had also +made a convenient bower, wherein ten or twelve men might easily sit: +and from thence we might, without any difficulty, plainly see the +Atlantic Ocean whence now we came, and the South Atlantic [i.e., +Pacific Ocean] so much desired. South and north of this Tree, they had +felled certain trees, that the prospect might be the clearer; and near +about the Tree there were divers strong houses, that had been built +long before, as well by other Cimaroons as by these, which usually +pass that way, as being inhabited in divers places in those waste +countries. + +After our Captain had ascended to this bower, with the chief Cimaroon, +and having, as it pleased God, at that time, by reason of the brize +[breeze], a very fair day, had seen that sea, of which he had heard +such golden reports: he "besought Almighty God of His goodness, to +give him life and leave to sail once in an English ship, in that sea!" +And then calling up all the rest of our [17 English] men, he +acquainted JOHN OXNAM especially with this his petition and purpose, +if it would please God to grant him that happiness. Who understanding +it, presently protested, that "unless our Captain did beat him from +his company, he would follow him, by God's grace!" + +Thus all, thoroughly satisfied with the sight of the seas, descended; +and after our repast, continued our ordinary march through woods, yet +two days more as before: without any great variety. But then (13th +February) we came to march in a champion country, where the grass +groweth, not only in great lengths as the knot grass groweth in many +places, but to such height, that the inhabitants are fain to burn it +thrice in the year, that it may be able to feed the cattle, of which +they have thousands. + +For it is a kind of grass with a stalk, as big as a great wheaten +reed, which hath a blade issuing from the top of it, on which though +the cattle feed, yet it groweth every day higher, until the top be too +high for an ox to reach. Then the inhabitants are wont to put fire to +it, for the space of five or six miles together; which notwithstanding +after it is thus burnt, within three days, springeth up fresh like +green corn. Such is the great fruitfulness of the soil: by reason of +the evenness of the day and night, and the rich dews which fall every +morning. + +In these three last days' march in the champion, as we past over the +hills, we might see Panama five or six times a day; and the last day +(14th February) we saw the ships riding in the road. + +But after that we were come within a day's journey of Panama, our +Captain (understanding by the Cimaroons that the Dames of Panama are +wont to send forth hunters and fowlers for taking of sundry dainty +fowl, which the land yieldeth; by whom if we marched not very +heedfully, we might be descried) caused all his company to march out +of all ordinary way, and that with as great heed, silence, and +secrecy, as possibly they might, to the grove (which was agreed on +four days before) lying within a league of Panama, where we might lie +safely undiscovered near the highway, that leadeth from thence to +Nombre de Dios. + +Thence we sent a chosen Cimaroon, one that had served a master in +Panama before time, in such apparel as the Negroes of Panama do use to +wear, to be our espial, to go into the town, to learn the certain +night, and time of the night, when the carriers laded the Treasure +from the King's Treasure House to Nombre de Dios. For they are wont to +take their journey from Panama to Venta Cruz, which is six leagues, +ever by night; because the country is all champion, and consequently +by day very hot. But from Venta Cruz to Nombre de Dios as oft as they +travel by land with their treasure, they travel always by day and not +by night, because all that way is full of woods, and therefore very +fresh and cool; unless the Cimaroons happily encounter them, and made +them sweat with fear, as sometimes they have done: whereupon they are +glad to guard their /Recoes/ [i.e., Recuas, the Spanish word for a +drove of beasts of burden; meaning here, a mule train] with soldiers +as they pass that way. + +This last day, our Captain did behold and view the most of all that +fair city, discerning the large street which lieth directly from the +sea into the land, South and North. + +By three of the clock, we came to this grove; passing for the more +secrecy alongst a certain river, which at that time was almost dried +up. + +Having disposed of ourselves in the grove, we despatched our spy an +hour before night, so that by the closing in of the evening, he might +be in the city; as he was. Whence presently he returned unto us, that +which very happily he understood by companions of his. That the +Treasurer of Lima intending to pass into Spain in the first /Adviso/ +(which was a ship of 350 tons, a very good sailer), was ready that +night to take his journey towards Nombre de Dios, with his daughter +and family: having fourteen mules in company: of which eight were +laden with gold, and one with jewels. And farther, that there were two +other Recuas, of fifty mules in each, laden with victuals for the most +part, with some little quantity of silver, to come forth that night +after the other. + +There are twenty-eight of these Recuas; the greatest of them is of +seventy mules, the less of fifty; unless some particular man hire for +himself, ten, twenty, or thirty, as he hath need. + +Upon this notice, we forthwith marched four leagues, till we came +within two leagues of Venta Cruz, in which march two of our Cimaroons +which were sent before, by scent of his match, found and brought a +Spaniard, whom they had found asleep by the way, by scent of the said +match, and drawing near thereby, heard him taking his breath as he +slept; and being but one, they fell upon him, stopped his mouth from +crying, put out his match, and bound him so, that they well near +strangled him by that time he was brought unto us. + +By examining him, we found all that to be true, which our spy had +reported to us, and that he was a soldier entertained with others by +the Treasurer, for guard and conduct of this treasure, from Venta Cruz +to Nombre de Dios. + +This soldier having learned who our Captain was, took courage, and was +bold to make two requests unto him. The one that "He would command his +Cimaroons which hated the Spaniards, especially the soldiers +extremely, to spare his life; which he doubted not but they would do +at his charge." The other was, that "seeing he was a soldier, and +assured him, that they should have that night more gold, besides +jewels, and pearls of great price, then all they could carry (if not, +then he was to be dealt with how they would); but if they all found it +so, then it might please our Captain to give unto him, as much as +might suffice for him and his mistress to live upon, as he had heard +our Captain had done to divers others: for which he would make his +name as famous as any of them which had received like favour." + +Being at the place appointed, our Captain with half his men [8 English +and 15 Cimaroons], lay on one side of the way, about fifty paces off +in the long grass; JOHN OXNAM with the Captain of the Cimaroons, and +the other half, lay on the other side of the way, at the like +distance: but so far behind, that as occasion served, the former +company might take the foremost mules by the heads, and the hindmost +because the mules tied together, are always driven one after another; +and especially that if we should have need to use our weapons that +night, we might be sure not to endamage our fellows. We had not lain +thus in ambush much above an hour, but we heard the /Recuas/ coming +both from the city to Venta Cruz, and from Venta Cruz to the city, +which hath a very common and great trade, when the fleets are there. +We heard them by reason they delight much to have deep-sounding bells, +which, in a still night, are heard very far off. + +Now though there were as great charge given as might be, that none of +our men should shew or stir themselves, but let all that came from +Venta Cruz to pass quietly; yea, their /Recuas/ also, because we knew +that they brought nothing but merchandise from thence: yet one of our +men, called ROBERT PIKE, haven drunken too much /aqua vitae/ without +water, forgot himself, and enticing a Cimaroon forth with him was gone +hard to the way, with intent to have shown his forwardness on the +foremost mules. And when a cavalier from Venta Cruz, well mounted, +with his page running at his stirrup, passed by, unadvisedly he rose +up to see what he was: but the Cimaroon of better discretion pulled +him down, and lay upon him, that he might not discover them any more. +Yet by this, the gentleman had taken notice by seeing one half all in +white: for that we had all put our shirts over our other apparel, that +we might be sure to know our own men in the pell mell in the night. By +means of this sight, the cavalier putting spurs to his horse, rode a +false gallop; as desirous not only himself to be free of this doubt +which he imagined, but also to give advertisement to others that they +might avoid it. + +Our Captain who had heard and observed by reason of the hardness of +the ground and stillness of the night, the change of this gentleman's +trot to a gallop, suspected that he was discovered, but could not +imagine by whose fault, neither did the time give him leisure to +search. And therefore considering that it might be, by reason of the +danger of the place, well known to ordinary travellers: we lay still +in expectation of the Treasurer's coming; and he had come forward to +us, but that this horseman meeting him, and (as we afterwards learnt +by the other Recuas) making report to him, what he had seen presently +that night, what he heard of Captain DRAKE this long time, and what he +conjectured to be most likely: viz., that the said Captain DRAKE, or +some for him, disappointed of his expectation, of getting any great +treasure, both at Nombre de Dios and other places, was by some means +or other come by land, in covert through the woods, unto this place, +to speed of his purpose: and thereupon persuaded him to turn his +/Recua/ out of the way, and let the other /Recuas/ which were coming +after to pass on. They were whole /Recuas/, and loaded but with +victuals for the most part, so that the loss of them were far less if +the worst befell, and yet they should serve to discover them as well +as the best. + +Thus by the recklessness of one of our company, and by the carefulness +of this traveller; we were disappointed of a most rich booty: which is +to be thought GOD would not should be taken, for that, by all +likelihood, it was well gotten by that Treasurer. + +The other two /Recuas/ were no sooner come up to us, but being stayed +and seized on. One of the Chief Carriers, a very sensible fellow, told +our Captain by what means we were discovered, and counselled us to +shift for ourselves betimes, unless we were able to encounter the +whole force of the city and country before day would be about us. + +It pleased us but little, that we were defeated of our golden /Recua/, +and that in these we could find not past some two horse-loads of +silver: but it grieved our Captain much more, that he was discovered, +and that by one of his own men. But knowing it bootless to grieve at +things past, and having learned by experience, that all safety in +extremity, consisteth in taking of time [i. e., by the forelock, +making an instant decision]; after no long consultation with PEDRO the +chief of our Cimaroons, who declared that "there were but two ways for +him: the one to travel back again the same secret way they came, for +four leagues space into the woods, or else to march forward, by the +highway to Venta Cruz, being two leagues, and make a way with his +sword through the enemies." He resolved, considering the long and +weary marches that we had taken, and chiefly that last evening and day +before: to take now the shortest and readiest way: as choosing rather +to encounter his enemies while he had strength remaining, than to be +encountered or chased when we should be worn out with weariness: +principally now having the mules to ease them that would, some part of +the way. + +Therefore commanding all to refresh themselves moderately with such +store of victuals as we had here in abundance: he signified his +resolution and reason to them all; asking PEDRO by name, "Whether he +would give his hand not to forsake him?" because he knew that the rest +of the Cimaroons would also then stand fast and firm, so faithful are +they to their captain. He being very glad of his resolution, gave our +Captain his hand, and vowed that "He would rather die at his foot, +than leave him to the enemies, if he held this course." + +So having strengthened ourselves for the time, we took our journey +towards Venta Cruz, with help of the mules till we came within a mile +of the town, where we turned away the /Recuas/, charging the +conductors of them, not to follow us upon pain of their lives. + +There, the way is cut through the woods, above ten or twelve feet +broad, so as two /Recuas/ may pass one by another. The fruitfulness of +the soil, causeth that with often shredding and ridding the way, those +woods grow as thick as our thickest hedges in England that are +oftenest cut. + +To the midst of this wood, a company of soldiers, which continually +lay in that town, to defend it against the Cimaroons, were come forth, +to stop us if they might on the way; if not, to retreat to their +strength, and there to expect us. A Convent [Monastery] of Friars, of +whom one was become a Leader, joined with these soldiers, to take such +part as they did. + +Our Captain understanding by our Cimaroons, which with great +heedfulness and silence, marched now, but about half a flight-shot +before us, that it was time for us to arm and take us to our weapons, +for they knew the enemy was at hand, by smelling of their match and +hearing of a noise: had given us charge, that no one of us should make +any shot, until the Spaniards had first spent their volley: which he +thought they would not do before they had spoken, as indeed fell out. + +For as soon as we were within hearing, a Spanish Captain cried out, +"Hoo!" Our Captain answered him likewise, and being demanded "/Que +gente?/" replied "Englishmen!" But when the said Commander charged +him, "In the name of the King of Spain, his Master, that we should +yield ourselves; promising in the word and faith of a Gentleman +Soldier, that if we would so do, he would use us with all courtesy." +Our Captain drawing somewhat near him said: "That for the honour of +the Queen of England, his Mistress, he must have passage that way," +and therewithal discharged his pistol towards him. + +Upon this, they presently shot off their whole volley; which, though +it lightly wounded our Captain, and divers of our men, yet it caused +death to one only of our company called JOHN HARRIS, who was so +powdered with hail-shot, (which they all used for the most part as it +seemed, or else "quartered," for that our men were hurt with that +kind) that we could not recover his life, though he continued all that +day afterwards with us. + +Presently as our Captain perceived their shot to come slacking, as the +latter drops of a great shower of rain, with his whistle he gave us +his usual signal, to answer them with our shot and arrows, and so +march onwards upon the enemy, with intent to come to handy-strokes, +and to have joined with them; whom when we found retired as to a place +of some better strength, he increased his pace to prevent them if he +might. Which the Cimaroons perceiving, although by terror of the shot +continuing, they were for the time stept aside; yet as soon as they +discerned by hearing that we marched onward, they all rushed forward +one after another, traversing the way, with their arrows ready in +their bows, and their manner of country dance or leap, very singing +/Yo peho! Yo peho/ and so got before us, where they continued their +leap and song, after the manner of their own country wars, till they +and we overtook some of the enemy, who near the town's end, had +conveyed themselves within the woods, to have taken their stand at us, +as before. + +But our Cimaroons now thoroughly encouraged, when they saw our +resolution, brake in through the thickets, on both sides of them, +forcing them to fly, Friars and all!: although divers of our men were +wounded, and one Cimaroon especially was run through with one of their +pikes, whose courage and mind served him so well notwithstanding, that +he revenged his own death ere he died, by killing him that had given +him that deadly wound. + +We, with all speed, following this chase, entered the town of Venta +Cruz, being of about forty or fifty houses, which had both a Governor +and other officers and some fair houses, with many storehouses large +and strong for the wares, which brought thither from Nombre de Dios, +by the river of Chagres, so to be transported by mules to Panama: +beside the Monastery, where we found above a thousand bulls and +pardons, newly sent from Rome. + +In those houses we found three gentlewomen, which had lately been +delivered in Nombre de Dios; because it hath been observed of long +time, as they reported to us, that no Spaniard or white woman could +ever be delivered in Nombre de Dios with safety of their children but +that within two or three days they died; notwithstanding that being +born and brought up in this Venta Cruz or Panama five or six years, +and then brought to Nombre de Dios, if they escaped sickness the first +or second month, they commonly lived in it as healthily as in any +other place: although no stranger (as they say) can endure there any +long time, without great danger of death or extreme sickness. + +Though at our first coming into the town with arms so suddenly, these +ladies were in great fear, yet because our Captain had given straight +charge to all the Cimaroons (that while they were in his company, they +should never hurt any woman nor man that had not a weapon in his hand +to do them hurt; which they earnestly promised, and no less faithfully +performed) they had no wrong offered them, nor any thing taken from +them, to the worth of a garter; wherein, albeit they had indeed +sufficient safety and security, by those of his company, which our +Captain sent unto them, of purpose to comfort them: yet they never +ceased most earnestly entreating, that our Captain would vouchsafe to +come to them himself for their more safety; which when he did, in +their presence reporting the charge he had first been given, and the +assurance of his men, they were comforted. + +While the guards which we had, not without great need, set, as well on +the bridge which we had to pass over, as at the town's end where we +entered (they have no other entrance into the town by land: but from +the water's side there is one other to carry up and down their +merchandise from their frigates) gained us liberty and quiet to stay +in this town some hour and half: we had not only refreshed ourselves, +but our company and Cimaroons had gotten some good pillage, which our +Captain allowed and gave them (being not the thing he looked for) so +that it were not too cumbersome or heavy in respect of our travel, or +defence of ourselves. + +A little before we departed, some ten or twelve horsemen came from +Panama; by all likelihood, supposing that we were gone out of this +town, for that all was so still and quiet, came to enter the town +confidently: but finding their entertainment such as it was; they that +could, rode faster back again for fear than they had ridden forward +for hope. + +Thus we having ended our business in this town, and the day beginning +to spring, we marched over the bridge, observing the same order that +we did before. There we were all safe in our opinion, as if we had +been environed with wall and trench, for that no Spaniard without his +extreme danger could follow us. The rather now, for that our Cimaroons +were grown very valiant. But our Captain considering that he had a +long way to pass, and that he had been now well near a fortnight from +his ship, where he had left his company but weak by reason of their +sickness, hastened his journeys as much as he might, refusing to visit +the other Cimaroon towns (which they earnestly desired him) and +encouraging his own company with such example and speech, that the way +seemed much shorter. For he marched most cheerfully, and assured us +that he doubted not but ere he left that coast, we should all be +bountifully paid and recompensed for all those pains taken: but by +reason of this our Captain's haste, and leaving of their towns, we +marched many days with hungry stomachs, much against the will of our +Cimaroons: who if we would have stayed any day from this continual +journeying, would have killed for us victuals sufficient. + +In our absence, the rest of the Cimaroons had built a little town +within three leagues off the port where our ship lay. There our +Captain was contented, upon their great and earnest entreaties to make +some stay; for that they alleged, it was only built for his sake. And +indeed he consented the rather, that the want of shoes might be +supplied by means of the Cimaroons, who were a great help unto us: all +our men complaining of the tenderness of their feet, whom our Captain +would himself accompany in their complaint, some times without cause, +but some times with cause indeed; which made the rest to bear the +burden the more easily. + +These Cimaroons, during all the time that we were with burden, did us +continually very good service, and in particular in this journey, +being unto us instead of intelligencers, to advertise us; of guides in +our way to direct us; of purveyors, to provide victuals for us; of +house-wrights to build our lodgings; and had indeed able and strong +bodies carrying all our necessaries: yea, many times when some of our +company fainted with sickness of weariness, two Cimaroons would carry +him with ease between them, two miles together, and at other times, +when need was, they would shew themselves no less valiant than +industrious, and of good judgment. + +From this town, at our first entrance in the evening, on Saturday +(22nd February), our Captain despatched a Cimaroon with a token and +certain order to the Master: who had, these three weeks, kept good +watch against the enemy, and shifted in the woods for fresh victual, +for the relief and recovery of our men left aboard. + +As soon as this messenger was come to the shore, calling to our ship, +as bringing some news, he was quickly fet[ched] aboard by those which +longed to hear of our Captain's speeding: but when he showed the +toothpike of gold, which he said our Captain had sent for a token to +ELLIS HIXOM, with charge to meet him at such a river though the Master +knew well the Captain's toothpike: yet by reason of his admonition and +caveat [warning] given him at parting, he (though he bewrayed no sign +of distrusting the Cimaroon) yet stood as amazed, lest something had +befallen our Captain otherwise than well. The Cimaroon perceiving +this, told him, that it was night when he was sent away, so that our +Captain could not send any letter, but yet with the point of his +knife, he wrote something upon the toothpike, "which," he said, +"should be sufficient to gain credit to the messenger." + +Thereupon, the Master looked upon it, and saw written, /By me, FRANCIS +DRAKE/: wherefore he believed, and according to the message, prepared +what provision he could, and repaired to the mouth of the river of +Tortugos, as the Cimaroons that went with him then named it. + +That afternoon towards three a clock, we were come down to that river, +not past half-an-hour before we saw our pinnace ready come to receive +us: which was unto us all a double rejoicing: first that we saw them, +and next, so soon. Our Captain with all our company praised GOD most +heartily, for that we saw our pinnace and fellows again. + +We all seemed to these, who had lived at rest and plenty all this +while aboard, as men strangely changed (our Captain yet not much +changed) in countenance and plight: and indeed our long fasting and +sore travail might somewhat forepine and waste us; but the grief we +drew inwardly, for that we returned without that gold and treasure we +hoped for did no doubt show her print and footsteps in our faces. + +The rest of our men which were then missed, could not travel so well +as our Captain, and therefore were left at the Indian new town: and +the next day (23rd February) we rowed to another river in the bottom +of the bay and took them all aboard. Thus being returned from Panama, +to the great rejoicing of our company, who were thoroughly revived +with the report we brought from thence: especially understanding our +Captain's purpose, that he meant not to leave off thus, but would once +again attempt the same journey, whereof they also might be partakers. + + + +Our Captain would not, in the meantime, suffer this edge and +forwardness of his men to be dulled or rebated, by lying still idly +unemployed, as knowing right well by continual experience, that no +sickness was more noisome to impeach any enterprise than delay and +idleness. + +Therefore considering deeply the intelligences of other places of +importance thereabouts, which he had gotten the former years; and +particularly of Veragua, a rich town lying to the Westward; between +Nombre de Dios and Nicaragua, where is the richest mine of fine gold +that is on this North side: he consulted with his company touching +their opinions, what was to be done in this meantime, and how they +stood affected? + +Some thought, that "It was most necessary to seek supply of victuals, +that we might the better be able to keep our men close and in health +till our time came: and this way easy to be compassed, because the +frigates with victuals went without great defence, whereas the +frigates and barks with treasure, for the most part were wafted with +great ships and store of soldiers." + +Others yet judged, "We might better bestow our time in intercepting +the frigates of treasure; first, for that our magazines and +storehouses of victuals were reasonably furnished, and the country +itself was so plentiful, that every man might provide for himself if +the worst befell: and victuals might hereafter be provided abundantly +as well as now: whereas the treasure never floateth upon the sea, so +ordinarily as at this time of the Fleets being there, which time in no +wise may be neglected." + +The Cimaroons being demanded also their opinion (for that they were +experienced in the particularities of all the towns thereabouts, as in +which some or other of them had served), declared that "by Veragua, +Signior PEZORO (some time their master from whom they fled) dwelt; not +in the town for fear of some surprise, but yet not far off from the +town, for his better relief; in a very strong house of stone, where he +had dwelt nineteen years at least, never travelling from home; unless +happily once a year to Cartagena, or Nombre de Dios when the Fleets +were there. He keepeth a hundred slaves at least in the mines, each +slave being bound to bring in daily, clear gain (all charges deducted) +three Pesos of Gold for himself and two for his women (8s. 3d. the +Peso), amounting in the whole, to above 200 pounds sterling each day: +so that he hath heaped a mighty mass of treasure together, which he +keepeth in certain great chests, of two feet deep, three broad, and +four long: being (notwithstanding all his wealth) bad and cruel not +only to his slaves, but unto all men, and therefore never going abroad +but with a guard of five or six men to defend his person from danger, +which he feareth extraordinarily from all creatures. + +"And as touching means of compassing this purpose, they would conduct +him safely through the woods, by the same ways by which they fled, +that he should not need to enter their havens with danger, but might +come upon their backs altogether unlooked for. And though his house +were of stone, so that it could not be burnt; yet if our Captain would +undertake the attempt, they would undermine and overthrow, or +otherwise break it open, in such sort, as we might have easy access to +his greatest treasure." + +Our Captain having heard all their opinions, concluded so that by +dividing his company, the two first different sentences were both +reconciled, both to be practised and put in use. + +JOHN OXNAM appointed in the /Bear/, to be sent Eastward towards Tolou, +to see what store of victuals would come athwart his half; and himself +would to the Westward in the /Minion/, lie off and on the /Cabecas/, +where was the greatest trade and most ordinary passage of those which +transported treasure from Veragua and Nicaragua to the Fleet; so that +no time might be lost, nor opportunity let slip either for victuals or +treasure. As for the attempt of Veragua, or Signior PEZORO'S house by +land, by marching through the woods; he liked not of, lest it might +overweary his men by continual labour; whom he studied to refresh and +strengthen for his next service forenamed. + +Therefore using our Cimaroons most courteously, dismissing those that +were desirous to their wives, with such gifts and favours as were most +pleasing, and entertaining those still aboard his ship, which were +contented to abide with the company remaining; the pinnaces departed +as we determined: the /Minion/ to the West, the /Bear/ to the East. + +The /Minion/ about the /Cabecas/, met with a frigate of Nicaragua, in +which was some gold, and a Genoese Pilot (of which Nation there are +many in those coasts), which had been at Veragua not past eight days +before. He being very well entreated, certified our Captain of the +state of the town, and of the harbour, and of a frigate that was there +ready to come forth within few days, aboard which there was above a +million of gold, offering to conduct him to it, if we would do him his +right: for that he knew the channel very perfectly, so that he could +enter by night safely without danger of the sands and shallows, though +there be but little water, and utterly undescried; for that the town +is five leagues within the harbour, and the way by land is so far +about and difficult through the woods, that though we should by any +casualty be discovered, about the point of the harbour, yet we might +despatch our business and depart, before the town could have notice of +our coming. + +At his being there, he perceived they had heard of DRAKE'S being on +the coast, which had put them in great fear, as in all other places +(PEZORO purposing to remove himself to the South Sea!): but there was +nothing done to prevent him, their fear being so great, that, as it is +accustomed in such cases, it excluded counsel and bred despair. + +Our Captain, conferring with his own knowledge and former +intelligences, was purposed to have returned to his ship, to have +taken some of those Cimaroons which had dwelt with Signior PEZORO, to +be the more confirmed in this point. + +But when the Genoese Pilot was very earnest, to have the time gained, +and warranted our Captain of good speed, if we delayed not; he +dismissed the frigate, somewhat lighter to hasten her journey! And +with this Pilot's advice, laboured with sail and oars to get this +harbour and to enter it by night accordingly: considering that this +frigate might now be gained, and PEZORO'S house attempted hereafter +notwithstanding. + +But when we were come to the mouth of the harbour, we heard the report +of two Chambers, and farther off about a league within the bay, two +other as it were answering them: whereby the Genoese Pilot conjectured +that we were discovered: for he assured us, that this order had been +taken since his last being there, by reason of the advertisement and +charge, which the Governor of Panama had sent to all the Coasts; which +even in their beds lay in great and continual fear of our Captain, and +therefore by all likelihood, maintained this kind of watch, at the +charge of the rich Gnuffe PEZORO for their security. + +Thus being defeated of this expectation, we found it was not GOD'S +will that we should enter at that time: the rather for that the wind, +which had all this time been Easterly, came up to the Westward, and +invited us to return again to our ship; where, on Sheere Thursday +(19th March), we met, according to appointment, with our /Bear/, and +found that she had bestowed her time to more profit than we had done. + +For she had taken a frigate in which there were ten men (whom they set +ashore) great store of maize, twenty-eight fat hogs, and two hundred +hens. Our Captain discharged (20th March) this frigate of her lading; +and because she was new, strong, and of a good mould, the next day +(21st March) he tallowed her to make her a Man-of-war; disposing all +our ordnance and provisions that were fit for such use, in her. For we +had heard by the Spaniards last taken, that there were two little +galleys built in Nombre de Dios, to waft the Chagres Fleet to and fro, +but were not yet both launched: wherefore he purposed now to adventure +for that Fleet. + +And to hearten his company he feasted them that Easter Day (22nd +March) with great cheer and cheerfulness, setting up his rest upon +that attempt. + +The next day (23rd March) with the new tailored frigate of Tolou, and +his /Bear/, we set sail towards the Cativaas, where about two days +after we landed, and stayed till noon; at what time seeing a sail to +the westward, as we deemed making to the island: we set sail and plied +towards him, who descrying us, bare with us, till he perceived by our +confidence, that we were no Spaniards, and conjectured we were those +Englishmen, of whom he had heard long before. And being in great want, +and desirous to be relieved by us: he bare up under our lee, and in +token of amity, shot off his lee ordnance, which was not unanswered. + +We understood that he was TETU, a French Captain of Newhaven [Havre] a +Man-of-war as we were, desirous to be relieved by us. For at our first +meeting, the French Captain cast abroad his hands, and prayed our +Captain to help him to some water, for that he had nothing but wine +and cider aboard him, which had brought his men into great sickness. +He had sought us ever since he first heard of our being upon the +coast, about this five weeks. Our Captain sent one aboard him with +some relief for the present, willing him to follow us to the next +port, where he should have both water and victuals. + +At our coming to anchor, he sent our Captain a case of pistols, and a +fair gift scimitar (which had been the late King's of France [HENRY +II.], whom Monsieur MONTGOMERY hurt in the eye, and was given him by +Monsieur STROZZE). Our Captain requited him with a chain of gold, and +a tablet which he wore. + +This Captain reported unto us the first news of the Massacre of Paris, +at the King of NAVARRE'S marriage on Saint Bartholomew's Day last, +[24th August, 1572]; of the Admiral of France slain in his chamber, +and divers other murders: so that he "thought those Frenchmen the +happiest which were farthest from France, now no longer France but +Frensy, even as if all Gaul were turned into wormwood and gall: +Italian practices having over-mastered the French simplicity." He +showed what famous and often reports he had heard of our great riches. +He desired to know of our Captain which way he might "compass" his +voyage also. + +Though we had seen him in some jealousy and distrust, for all his +pretence; because we considered more the strength he had than the +good-will he might bear us: yet upon consultation among ourselves, +"Whether it were fit to receive him or not?" we resolved to take him +and twenty of his men, to serve with our Captain for halves. In such +sort as we needed not doubt of their forces, being but twenty; nor be +hurt by their portions, being no greater than ours: and yet gratify +them in their earnest suit, and serve our own purpose, which without +more help we could very hardly have achieved. Indeed, he had 70 men, +and we now but 31; his ship was above 80 tons, and our frigate not 20, +or pinnace nothing near 10 tons. Yet our Captain thought this +proportionable, in consideration that not numbers of men, but quality +of their judgements and knowledge, were to be the principal actors +herein: and the French ship could do not service, or stand in any +stead to this enterprise which we intended, and had agreed upon +before, both touching the time when it should take beginning, and the +place where we should meet, namely, at Rio Francisco. + +Having thus agreed with Captain TETU, we sent for the Cimaroons as +before was decreed. Two of them were brought aboard our ships, to give +the French assurance of this agreement. + + + +And as soon as we could furnish ourselves and refresh the French +company, which was within five or six days (by bringing them to the +magazines which were the nearest, where they were supplied by us in +such sort, as they protested they were beholding to us for all their +lives) taking twenty of the French and fifteen of ours with our +Cimaroons, leaving both our chips in safe road, we manned our frigate +and two pinnaces (we had formerly sunk our /Lion/, shortly after our +return from Panama, because we had not men sufficient to man her), and +went towards Rio Francisco: which because it had not water enough for +our frigate, caused us to leave her at the Cabecas, manned with +English and French, in the charge of ROBERT DOBLE, to stay there +without attempting any chase, until the return of our pinnaces. + +And then bore to Rio Francisco, where both Captains landed (31st +March) with such force as aforesaid, and charged them that had the +charge of the pinnaces to be there the fourth day next following +without any fail. And thus knowing that the carriages [mule loads] +went now daily from Panama to Nombre de Dios; we proceeded in covert +through the woods, towards the highway that leadeth between them. + +It is five leagues accounted by sea, between Rio Francisco and Nombre +de Dios; but that way which we march by land, we found it above seven +leagues. We marched as in our former journey to Panama, both for order +and silence; to the great wonder of the French Captain and company, +who protested they knew not by any means how to recover the pinnaces, +if the Cimaroons (to whom what our Captain commanded was a law; though +they little regarded the French, as having no trust in them) should +leave us: our Captain assured him, "There was no cause of doubt of +them, of whom he had had such former trial." + +When we were come within an English mile of the way, we stayed all +night, refreshing ourselves, in great stillness, in a most convenient +place: where we heard the carpenters, being many in number, working +upon their ships, as they usually do by reason of the great heat of +the day in Nombre de Dios; and might hear the mules coming from +Panama, by reason of the advantage of the ground. + +The next morning (1st April), upon hearing of that number of bells, +the Cimaroons, rejoiced exceedingly, as though there could not have +befallen them a more joyful accident chiefly having been disappointed +before. Now they all assured us, "We should have more gold and silver +than all of us could bear away": as in truth it fell out. + +For there came three /Recuas/, one of 50 mules, the other two, of 70 +each, every [one] of which carried 300 lbs. weight of silver; which in +all amounted to near thirty tons. + +We putting ourselves in readiness, went down near the way to hear the +bells; where we stayed not long, but we saw of what metal they were +made; and took such hold on the heads of the foremost and hindmost +mules, that all the rest stayed and lay down, as their manner is. + +These three /Recuas/ were guarded with forty-five soldiers or +thereabouts, fifteen to each /Recua/, which caused some exchange of +bullets and arrows for a time; in which conflict the French Captain +was sore wounded with hail-shot in the belly, and one Cimaroon was +slain: but in the end, these soldiers thought it the best way to leave +their mules with us, and to seek for more help abroad. + +In which meantime we took some pain to ease some of the mules which +were heaviest loaden of their carriage. And because we ourselves were +somewhat weary, we were contented with a few bars and quoits of gold, +as we could well carry: burying about fifteen tons of silver, partly +in the burrows which the great land crabs had made in the earth, and +partly under old trees which were fallen thereabout, and partly in the +sand and gravel of a river, not very deep of water. + +Thus when about this business, we had spent some two hours, and had +disposed of all our matters, and were ready to march back the very +self-same way that we came, we heard both horse and foot coming as it +seemed to the mules: for they never followed us, after we were once +entered the woods, where the French Captain by reason of his wound, +not able to travel farther, stayed, in hope that some rest would +recover him better strength. + +But after we had marched some two leagues, upon the French soldiers' +complaint, that they missed one of their men also, examination being +made whether he were slain or not: it was found that he had drunk much +wine, and over-lading himself with pillage, and hasting to go before +us, had lost himself in the woods. And as we afterwards knew, he was +taken by the Spaniards that evening: and upon torture, discovered unto +them where we had hidden our treasure. + +We continued our march all that and the next day (2nd and 3rd April) +towards Rio Francisco, in hope to meet with our pinnaces; but when we +came thither, looking out to sea, we saw seven Spanish pinnaces, which +had been searching all the coast thereabouts: whereupon we mightily +suspected that they had taken or spoiled our pinnaces, for that our +Captain had given so straight charge, that they should repair to this +place this afternoon; from the Cabecas where they rode; whence to our +sight these Spaniards' pinnaces did come. + +But the night before, there had fallen very much rain, with much +westerly wind, which as it enforced the Spaniards to return home the +sooner, by reason of the storm: so it kept our pinnaces, that they +could not keep the appointment; because the wind was contrary, and +blew so strong, that with their oars they could all that day get but +half the way. Notwithstanding, if they had followed our Captain's +direction in setting forth over night, while the wind served, they had +arrived at the place appointed with far less labour, but with far more +danger: because that very day at noon, the shallops manned out, of +purpose, from Nombre de Dios, were come to this place to take our +pinnaces: imagining where we were, after they had heard of our +intercepting of the treasure. + +Our Captain seeing the shallops, feared lest having taken our +pinnaces, they had compelled our men by torture to confess where his +frigate and ships were. Therefore in this distress and perplexity, the +company misdoubting that all means of return to their country were cut +off, and that their treasure then served them to small purpose; our +Captain comforted and encouraged us all, saying, "We should venture no +farther than he did. It was no time now to fear: but rather to hasten +to prevent that which was feared! If the enemy have prevailed against +our pinnaces, which GOD forbid! Yet they must have time to search +them, time to examine the mariners, time to execute their resolution +after it is determined. Before all these times be taken, we may get to +our ships, if ye will! though not possibly by land, because of the +hills, thickets, and rivers, yet by water. Let us, therefore, make a +raft with the trees that are here in readiness, as offering +themselves, being brought down the river, happily this last storm, and +put ourselves to sea! I will be one, who will be the other?" + +JOHN SMITH offered himself, and two Frenchmen that could swim very +well, desired they might accompany our Captain, as did the Cimaroons +likewise (who had been very earnest with our Captain to have marched +by land, though it were sixteen days' journey, and in case the ship +had been surprised, to have abode always with them), especially PEDRO, +who yet was fain to be left behind, because he could not row. + +The raft was fitted and fast bound; a sail of a biscuit sack prepared; +an oar was shaped out of a young tree to serve instead of a rudder, to +direct their course before the wind. + +At his departure he comforted the company, by promising, that "If it +pleased GOD, he should put his foot in safety aboard his frigate, he +would, GOD willing, by one means or other get them all aboard, in +despite of all the Spaniards in the Indies!" + +In this manner pulling off to the sea, he sailed some three leagues, +sitting up to the waist continually in water, and at every surge of +the wave to the arm-pits, for the space of six hours, upon this raft: +what with the parching of the sun and what with the beating of the +salt water, they had all of them their skins much fretted away. + +At length GOD gave them the sight of two pinnaces turning towards them +with much wind; but with far greater joy to them than could easily +conjecture, and did cheerfully declare to those three with him, that +"they were our pinnaces! and that all was safe, so that there was no +cause of fear!" + +But see, the pinnaces not seeing this raft, nor suspecting any such +matter, by reason of the wind and night growing on, were forced to run +into a cover behind the point, to take succour, for that night: which +our Captain seeing, and gathering (because they came not forth again), +that they would anchor there, put his raft ashore, and ran by land +about the point, where he found them; who, upon sight of him, made as +much haste as they could to take him and his company aboard. For our +Captain (of purpose to try what haste they could and would make in +extremity), himself ran in great haste, and so willed the other three +with him; as if they had been chased by the enemy: which they the +rather suspected, because they saw so few with him. + +And after his coming aboard, when they demanding "How all his company +did?" he answered coldly, "Well!" They all doubted that all went +scarce well. But he willing to rid all doubts, and fill them with joy, +took out of his bosom a quoit of gold, thanking GOD that "our voyage +was made!" + +And to the Frenchmen he declared, how their Captain with great pain of +his company, rowed to Rio Francisco; where he took the rest in, and +the treasure which we had brought with us: making such expedition, +that by dawning of the day, we set sail back again to our frigate, and +from thence directly to our ships: where, as soon as we arrived, our +Captain divided by weight, the gold and silver into two even portions, +between the French and the English. + + + +About a fortnight after, when we had set all things to order, and +taking out of our ship [the /Pascha/] all such necessaries as we +needed for our frigate, had left and given her to the Spaniards, whom +we had all this time detained, we put out of that harbour together +with the French ship, riding some few days among the Cabecas. + +In the meantime, our Captain made a secret composition with the +Cimaroons, that twelve of our men and sixteen of theirs, should make +another voyage, to get intelligence in what case the country stood; +and if it might be, recover Monsieur TETU, the French Captain; at +leastwise to bring away that which was hidden in our former surprise, +and could not then be conveniently carried. + +JOHN OXNAM and THOMAS SHERWELL were put in trust for his service, to +the great content of the whole company, who conceived greatest hope of +them next our Captain; whom by no means they would condescend to +suffer to adventure again, this time: yet he himself rowed to set them +ashore at Rio Francisco; finding his labour well employed both +otherwise, and also in saving one of those two Frenchmen that had +remained willingly to accompany their wounded captain. + +For this gentleman, having escaped the rage of the Spaniards, was now +coming towards our pinnace, where he fell down on his knees, blessing +GOD for the time, "that ever our Captain was born; who now, beyond all +his hopes, was become his deliverer." + +He being demanded, "What was become of his Captain and other fellow?" +shewed that within half an hour after our departure, the Spaniards had +overgotten them, and took his Captain and other fellow: he only +escaped by flight, having cast away all his carriage, and among the +rest one box of jewels, that he might fly the swifter from the +pursuers: but his fellow took it up and burdened himself so sore, that +he could make no speed; as easily as he might otherwise, if he would +have cast down his pillage, and laid aside his covetous mind. As for +the silver, which we had hidden thereabout in the earth and the sands, +he thought that it was all gone: for that he thought there had been +near two thousand Spaniards and Negroes there to dig and search for +it. + +This report notwithstanding, our purpose held, and our men were sent +to the said place, where they found that the earth, every way a mile +distant had been digged and turned up in every place of any +likelihood, to have anything hidden in it. + +And yet nevertheless, for all that narrow search, all our men's labour +was not quite lost, but so considered, that the third day after their +departure, they all returned safe and cheerful, with as much silver as +they and all the Cimaroons could find (viz., thirteen bars of silver, +and some few quoits of gold), with which they were presently embarked, +without empeachment, repairing with no less speed than joy to our +frigate. + +Now was it high time to think of homewards, having sped ourselves as +we desired; and therefore our Captain concluded to visit Rio Grande +[Magdalena] once again, to see if he could meet with any sufficient +ship or bark, to carry victuals enough to serve our turn homewards, in +which we might in safety and security embark ourselves. + +The Frenchmen having formerly gone from us, as soon as they had their +shares, at our first return with the treasure; as being very desirous +to return home into their country, and our Captain as desirous to +dismiss them, as they were to be dismissed: for that he foresaw they +could not in their ship avoid the danger of being taken by the +Spaniards, if they should make out any Men-of-war for them, while they +lingered on the coast; and having also been then again relieved with +victuals by us.--Now at our meeting of them again, were very loath to +leave us, and therefore accompanied us very kindly as far up as St. +Bernards; and farther would, but that they durst not adventure so +great danger; for that we had intelligence, that the Fleet was ready +to set sail for Spain, riding at the entry of Cartagena. + + + +Thus we departed from them, passing hard by Cartagena, in the sight of +all the Fleet, with a flag of St. GEORGE in the main top of our +frigate, with silk streamers and ancients down to the water, sailing +forward with a large wind, till we came within two leagues of the +river [Magdalena], being all low land, and dark night: where to +prevent the over shooting of the river in the night, we lay off and on +bearing small sail, till that about midnight the wind veering to the +eastward, by two of the clock in the morning, a frigate from Rio +Grande [Magdalena] passed hard by us, bearing also but small sail. We +saluted them with our shot and arrows, they answered us with bases; +but we got aboard them, and took such order, that they were content +against their wills to depart ashore and to leave us this frigate: +which was of 25 tons, loaded with maize, hens, and hogs, and some +honey, in very good time fit for our use; for the honey especially was +notable reliever and preserver of crazed people. + +The next morning as soon as we set those Spaniards ashore on the Main, +we set our course for the Cabecas without any stop, whither we came +about five days after. And being at anchor, presently we hove out all +the maize a land, saving three butts which we kept for our store: and +carrying all our provisions ashore, we brought both our frigates on +the careen, and new tallowed them. + +Here we stayed about seven nights, trimming and rigging our frigates, +boarding and stowing our provision, tearing abroad and burning our +pinnaces, that the Cimaroons might have the iron-work. + +About a day or two before our departure, our Captain willed PEDRO and +three of the chiefest of the Cimaroons to go through both his +frigates, to see what they liked; promising to give it them, +whatsoever it were, so it were not so necessary as that he could not +return into England without it. And for their wives he would himself +seek out some silks or linen that might gratify them; which while he +was choosing out of his trunks, the scimitar which CAPTAIN TETU had +given to our Captain, chanced to be taken forth in PEDRO'S sight: +which he seeing grew so much in liking thereof, that he accounted of +nothing else in respect of it, and preferred it before all that could +be given him. Yet imagining that it was no less esteemed of our +Captain, durst not himself open his mouth to crave or commend it; but +made one FRANCIS TUCKER to be his mean to break his mind, promising to +give him a fine quoit of gold, which yet he had in store, if he would +but move our Captain for it; and to our Captain himself, he would give +four other great quoits which he had hidden, intending to have +reserved them until another voyage. + +Our Captain being accordingly moved by FRANCES TUCKER, could have been +content to have made no such exchange; but yet desirous to content +him, that had deserved so well, he gave it him with many good words: +who received it with no little joy, affirming that if he should give +his wife and children which he loved dearly in lieu of it, he could +not sufficient recompense it (for he would present his king with it, +who he knew would make him a great man, even for this very gift's +sake); yet in gratuity and stead of other requital of this jewel, he +desired our Captain to accept these four pieces of gold, as a token of +his thankfulness to him, and a pawn of his faithfulness during life. + +Our Captain received it in most kind sort, but took it not to his own +benefit, but caused it to be cast into the whole Adventure, saying, +"If he had not been set forth to take that place, he had not attained +such a commodity, and therefore it was just that they which bare part +with him of his burden in setting him to sea, should enjoy the +proportion of his benefit whatsoever at his return." + +Thus with good love and liking we took our leave of that people, +setting over to the islands of [ ? ], whence the next day after, +we set sail towards Cape St. Antonio; by which we past with a large +wind: but presently being to stand for the Havana, we were fain to ply +to the windward some three or four days; in which plying we fortuned +to take a small bark, in which were two or three hundred hides, and +one most necessary thing, which stood us in great stead, viz., a pump! +which we set in our frigate. Their bark because it was nothing fit for +our service, our Captain gave them to carry them home. + +And so returning to Cape St. Antonio, and landing there, we refreshed +ourselves, and besides great store of turtle eggs, found by day in the +[sand], we took 250 turtles by night. We powdered [salted] and dried +some of them, which did us good service. The rest continued but a +small time. + +There were, at this time, belonging to Cartagena, Nombre de Dios, Rio +Grande, Santa Marta, Rio de la Hacha, Venta Cruz, Veragua, Nicaragua, +the Honduras, Jamaica etc., above 200 frigates; some of a 120 tons, +others but of 10 or 12 tons, but the most of 30 or 40 tons, which all +had intercourse between Cartagena and Nombre de Dios. The most of +which, during our abode in those parts, we took; and one of them, +twice or thrice each: yet never burnt nor sunk any, unless they were +made out Men-of-war against us, or laid as stales to entrap us. + +And of all the men taken in these several vessels, we never offered +any kind of violence to any, after they were once come under our +power; but either presently dismissed them in safety, or keeping them +with us some longer time (as some of them we did), we always provided +for their sustenance as for ourselves, and secured them from the rage +of the Cimaroons against them: till at last, the danger of their +discovering where our ships lay being over past, for which only cause +we kept them prisoners, we set them also free. + +Many strange birds, beasts, and fishes, besides fruits, trees, plants, +and the like, were seen and observed of us in this journey, which +willingly we pretermit as hastening to the end of our voyage: which +from this Cape of St. Antonio, we intended to finish by sailing the +directest and speediest way homeward; and accordingly, even beyond our +own expectation, most happily performed. + +For whereas our Captain had purposed to touch at Newfoundland, and +there to have watered; which would have been some let unto us, though +we stood in great want of water; yet GOD Almighty so provided for us, +by giving us good store of rain water, that we were sufficiently +furnished: and, within twenty-three days, we passed from the Cape of +Florida, to the Isles of Scilly, and so arrived at Plymouth, on +Sunday, about sermon time, August the 9th, 1573. + +At what time, the news of our Captain's return brought unto his, did +so speedily pass over all the church, and surpass their minds with +desire and delight to see him, that very few or none remained with the +Preacher. All hastened to see the evidence of GOD's love and blessing +towards our Gracious Queen and country, by the fruit of our Captain's +labour and success. + +/Soli DEO Gloria./ +FINIS. + + + + + +End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of Sir Francis Drake Revived + diff --git a/old/fdrvv10.zip b/old/fdrvv10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c72efcf --- /dev/null +++ b/old/fdrvv10.zip |